Class 9 – Page 2 – BSE Odisha

Question 1.
What did the writer experience in the restaurant?
(ଲେଖକ ଭୋଜନାଳୟରେ କ’ଣ ଉପଲବ୍ଧି କଲେ ?)
Answer:
The writer went to a vegetarian restaurant ( ଭୋଜନାଳୟ) during lunchtime. The restaurant was densely crowded as lots of people were eating and drinking there. He found that some of the chairs and tables had been pushed into a corner. He preferred a come table and sat there for lunch and started skimming through the newspaper.

Question 2.
What did he notice there?
(ସେ ସେଠାରେ କ’ଣ ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ ?)
Answer:
The writer noticed a very young girl looking at him. He observed that her eyes were large and there was a sad expression on her face. The girl while going out asked the cashier in a low voice something about the writer and wanted to know whether he was an Indian.

Question 3.
What was the writer’s first impression of the girl?
(ଝିଅଟିକୁ ନେଇ ଲେଖକଙ୍କ ପ୍ରଥମ ଭାବ କ’ଣ ଥିଲା)
Answer:
The way of looking at the girl at the writer repeatedly aroused his curiosity in her. Her large eyes with sad expression made him feel that she was facing some kind of trouble and was rather poor and unhappy.

Question 4.
What made the writer surprised?
(ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ କ’ଣ ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିଥିଲା ? )
Answer:
The girl’s inquiry about the writer with the cashier and her looking at him once more before leaving the restaurant made the writer was surprised.

Question 5.
Why did he enquire from the cashier ? (ସେ କାହିଁକି କ୍ୟାସିୟରଠାରୁ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନ କଲେ ?)
Answer:
The girl’s interest to know about the writer aroused his curiosity in her. So he enquired from the waiter about the girl.

Question 6.
What information did he get from the cashier?
(ସେ କ୍ୟାସିଅରଠାରୁ କି ଖବର/ସୂଚନା ପାଇଲେ ?)
Answer:
The writer got the information from the waiter that the girl had her lunch in that restaurant on Saturdays only. She came to the restaurant on payday only because she earned very little

Question 7.
Where did the writer go on the next Saturday?
( ଲେଖକ ପରବର୍ତୀ ଶନିବାରରେ କେଉଁଠାକୁ ଗଲେ ?)
Answer:
The writer went to the same restaurant the next Saturday where he found the girl sitting at the same table as before (ପୂର୍ବଭଳି).

Question 8.
Why did he arrange the chair opposite hers?
(ସେ କାହିଁକି ତା’ (ଝିଅଟି) ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ ଚଉକି ଯୋଗାଡ଼ କଲେ ?)
Answer:
The next Saturday, he went to the same restaurant. He found the girl sitting at the same table as before and was eating. Then the writer went up to her and took the chair opposite hers. He wished her a good afternoon and started talking with her.

Question 9.
What query did the girl make about the writer?
(ଲେଖକଙ୍କ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ଝିଅଟି କ’ଣ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନ କଲା ?)
Answer:
The query that the girl made about the writer was whether he was an Indian.

Question 10.
What impression did the writer have about the family of the girl?
(ଝିଅଟିର ପରିବାର ଉପରେ ଲେଖକଙ୍କର କି ଧାରଣା ହେଲା ?)
Answer:
The writer came to know from the girl that she was living with her old widowed mother. Her only brother, who was her ony guardian, was serving as a soldier in India. They had not had a letter from him for a long time. Her mother was very worried and she was afraid something bad had happened to her son.

Question 11.
How was the writer treated at Maggie’s house? Who was there to welcome him?
(ମ୍ୟାଗିଙ୍କ ଘରେ ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ କିଭଳି ଚର୍ଚ୍ଚା କରାଗଲା ? କିଏ ସେଠାରେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ସ୍ଵାଗତ କଲେ ?)
Answer:
The writer reached Maggie’s house accompanying her. She took him to her mother who was in the kitchen. She introduced (ପରିଚିତ କରାଇଲେ) him to her mother. Her mother was very glad to meet an Indian. She welcomed (ସ୍ଵାଗତ କଲେ ) the writer eagerly. The writer was treated kindly at Maggie’s house.

Question 12.
What was Mrs. Bethy doing when the writer met her? Why was she unwilling to go for
a handshake?
(ଲେଖକ ଯେତେବେଳେ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥଙ୍କୁ ଭେଟିଲେ ସେ କ’ଣ କରୁଥିଲେ ? ହାତ ମିଳାଇବାକୁ ସେ କାହିଁକି ଅନିଚ୍ଛୁକ ହେଲେ ?)
Answer:
When the writer met Mrs. Bethy, she was in the kitchen making cakes. She was unwilling ( ଅନିଚ୍ଛୁକ) to handshake (ହାତ ମିଳାଇବା) with the writer because her hands were covered with flour.

Question 13.
Why did the girl usually visit the restaurant on Saturdays?
(ଯୁବତୀ ଜଣକ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଶନିବାର ରେଷ୍ଟୁରାଣ୍ଟକୁ କାହିଁକି ଯାଉଥିଲେ?)
Answer:
The girl was very poor. She did not earn much. Saturday was her payday. Therefore, she usually visited the restaurant on Saturdays to have her lunch there.

Question 14.
What did Mrs. Bethy believe about the ring?
(ମୁଦିଟି ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ କ’ଣ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରୁଥିଲେ ? )

Answer:
Mrs. Bethy had a ring that her son had sent from India. She believed that the ring was a miraculous thing and one could see and know about a distant person and his action through the ring by gazing at it and concentrating on him.

Question 15.
What made the author to tell a lie about the ring?
(ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ମୁଦିଟି ବିଷୟରେ କ’ଣ ପାଇଁ ମିଛ କହିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିଲା ?)
Answer:
Maggie persistently (repeatedly) requested the author to look into the ring and tell her mother that Franky was all right and alive in India. As a result, her mother could recover from her serious illness. So keeping this in mind, the author had to tell a lie about the ring.

Question 16.
Did the telling of a lie benefit Mrs. Bethy?
(ମିଛଟିଏ କହିବା ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ଙ୍କର ଉପକାର କଲା କି ?)
Answer:
Yes, telling a lie on the part of the writer gave many benefits to Mrs. Bethy who was lying sick on the bed. After hearing about her son’s well-being, the old woman raised her head, and tears of happiness rolled down her eyes. Mrs. Bethy soon recovered from her illness

Question 17.
Why did the writer feel guilty about himself?
(ଲେଖକ କାହିଁକି ନିଜକୁ ଦୋଷୀ ମନେକଲେ ?)
Answer:
The writer felt guilty about himself because he calculated and found that Franky had been killed some days when he told Mrs. Bethy that her son was alive and all right in India.

Question 18.
What was Maggie’s gift to the writer?
(ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ମାଗିର ଉପହାର କ’ଣ ଥିଲା ?)
Answer:
When Maggie was assured of the writer’s visit to her brother’s grave in India, her face was filled with gratitude. She thanked the writer and gave him a shilling to buy flowers and requested him to lay them on her brother’s grave for her. This was in fact Maggie’s gift to the writer. Maggie’s gift to the writer was only a shilling which she had earned with so much toil.

Question 19.
Why was it a priceless gift?
(ଏହା କାହିଁକି ଏକ ଅମୂଲ୍ୟ ଉପହାର ଥିଲା ?)
Answer:
The shilling that the girl gave to the writer to buy flowers for her dead brother was not an ordinary one. It was an embodiment of her love, sacrifice, joy, and emotion for her brother. Its cost was beyond all price. It was rare and of high value. Thus, it was a priceless gift.

Question 20.
Did Maggie love her brother dearly? Give reasons.
(ମାଗି ତା’ ଭାଇକୁ ଖୁବ୍ ଭଲ ପାଉଥିଲା କି ? କାରଣ ଦର୍ଶାଅ ।)
Answer:
Maggie’s love for her brother was sacred and profound. It is beyond description. Her offering of hard-earned shilling for the purchase of flowers to shower on her brother’s grave and a sense of joy as assured by the writer were enough to know about her love for her brother.

E. Let’s Understand The Text Better : (ଆସ ପାଠ୍ୟବିଷୟଟିକୁ ଭଲ ଭାବରେ ବୁଝିବା )

Question 1.
Why did the writer choose the corner table in the restaurant?
(ଭୋଜନାଳୟରେ ଲେଖକ କାହିଁକି କୋଣରେ ଥିବା ଟେବୁଲଟିକୁ ବାଛିଲେ ?)
Answer:
The writer chose the comer table because the restaurant was very crowded. He saw some of the chairs and tables had been pushed into a comer. He thought a comer place would be a suitable place for lunch and skimming through a newspaper.

Question 2.
How did the writer start a conversation with the young girl ?
ଲେଖକ କିପରି ଯୁବତୀ ଝିଅଟି ସହିତ କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲେ ?)
Answer:
The writer saw the young girl in the restaurant the next Saturday. He went up to her and took the chair opposite hers. He wished her a good afternoon. Then he was able to start a conversation with her.

Question 3.
How could the writer guess the girl to be poverty-stricken?
(ଝିଅଟି ଦାରିଦ୍ର୍ୟ-ପ୍ରପୀଡ଼ିତା ବୋଲି ଲେଖକ କିପରି ଅନୁମାନ କରିପାରିଲେ ?)
Answer:
The writer on his first meeting with the girl had observed a sad expression in her eyes. The writer also came to know from the waiter of the restaurant that she only came for lunch on Saturdays being her payday. Perhaps she did not earn much. All these things made the writer guess the girl to be poverty-stricken.

Question 4.
Which of the following do you think the author will talk about after meeting the girl?
(ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ କେଉଁଟିକୁ ଲେଖକ ଝିଅଟିକୁ ଭେଟିବା ପରେ କହିବେ ବୋଲି ତୁମେ ଭାବୁଛ ?)
(a) Meeting the girl again
(b) Enquiring about her nature of work
(c) about her family
(d) all of the above.
Answer:
(c) about her family

Question 5.
‘I was moved by what he said.’ What impression did the writer get about the girl?
(‘ସେ ଯାହା କହିଲେ ମୁଁ ସେଥୁରେ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ ହେଲି ।’’ ଝିଅଟି ବିଷୟରେ ଲେଖକ କି ଧାରଣା ପାଇଲେ ?)
Answer:
Being moved by the words of the waiter, the writer’s curiosity about the girl grew. He took pity of her poverty and wanted to help her in any way.

Question 6.
What impression did the girl have on India?
(ଝିଅଟିର ଭାରତ ଉପରେ କି ଧାରଣା ଥିଲା ?)
Answer:
The girl and her mother had good knowledge of India. That is why they wanted to know from the writer about the kind of country India was. Her mother also wanted to know about Punjab where her son was posted as a soldier. They thought that India was a land of too many snakes and tigers. People in India were often killed by them. They had a strange idea about Indians. They thought Indians were truthful and they could tell the past and the future of man gazing at a ring. It is a land of miraculous happenings.

Question 7.
‘Will it be too much of a lie ?’ Why did the girl say so?
(ଝିଅଟିର ଭାରତ ଉପରେ କି ଧାରଣା ଥିଲା ?)
Answer:
The girl was too much worried about the miserable condition of her mother. She wanted the writer to tell a lie before her mother that her son Franky was alive and all right. She wanted the writer to tell this lie looking into the crystal for the benefit of her mother. For a good cause if a lie is told, it could be no sin at all. That is why the girl said so.

Question 8.
Why did the writer feel ashamed to face Mrs. Bethy at the time of his return to India?
(ଲେଖକ ଭାରତ ଫେରି ଆସିବାବେଳେ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥଙ୍କୁ ଭେଟିବାକୁ କାହିଁକି ଲଜ୍ଜାବୋଧ କଲେ ?)
Answer:
At the time of his return to India, the writer went to Maggie and her mother to say goodbye. But the family was in mourning. Franky had been killed in the fighting on the frontier. The writer calculated and found that Franky had been dead some days before when he told his mother he was alive and well. Therefore he felt ashamed to face Mrs. Bethy. Out of shame, Mr. Gupta wrote to them announcing his departure.

Question 9.
Why was the shilling Maggie presented to the writer an invaluable offering?
(ମାଗି ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ଦେଇଥ‌ିବା ସିଲିଙ୍ଗ୍‌ଟି କାହିଁକି ଏକ ଅମୂଲ୍ୟ ଉପହାର ଥିଲା ?)
Answer:
The shilling that Maggie presented to the writer was not an ordinary gift. It was the symbol of her true love, sacrifice, and emotion for her brother as it was meant for the purchase of flowers to be showered on her brother’s grave. The cost of the shilling was beyond all prices. It was rare and of high value. Thus the shilling was an invaluable offering

F. Let’s learn some words : (ଆସ କିଛି ଶବ୍ଦ ଶିଖିବା)

Words that are not derived or developed from other words are called primary words.
(ମାଗି ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ଦେଇଥ‌ିବା ସିଲିଙ୍ଗ୍‌ଟି କାହିଁକି ଏକ ଅମୂଲ୍ୟ ଉପହାର ଥିଲା ?)
In other words, words having no suffixes or prefixes are primary words.
Example – Orange, right, fast, slow.
Compound words are formed noun to noun (moonlight, village bridge) adjective + noun (sweetheart), verb + noun (breakfast) gerund + noun (drawing room), preposition + noun (overcoat) noun + adjective (lifelong).

Compound words (ଯୌଗିକ ଶବ୍ଦ)are formed,
(i) noun + noun (moonlight, village bridge) (ବିଶେଷ + ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ)
(ii) adjective + noun (sweetheart) (ବିଶେଷଣ + ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ)
(iii) verb + noun (breakfast) (କ୍ରିୟାପଦ + ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ )
(iv) gerund + noun (drawing room) ( ଜିରଣ୍ଡ + ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ)
(v) preposition + noun (overcoat) (ବିଭକ୍ତିସୂଚକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ + ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ)
(vi) noun + adjective (lifelong) (ବିଭକ୍ତିସୂଚକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ + ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ)
By adding prefixes like mis, un, in, dis, it, anti, de, make the word negative and by adding suffixes we change the words from noun to adjective, adjective to verb, adjective to an adverb, and verb to noun. This is called derivation. Thus we find a family of words.

Derivation (ବ୍ୟୁତ୍ପତ୍ତି) – It is the name given to the process of making a new word from an old one (word) by the addition of some prefixes or suffixes.
(ପୂର୍ବ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟା ବା ପର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ଯୋଗରେ ପୁରୁଣା ଶବ୍ଦରୁ ନୂତନ ଶବ୍ଦ ଗଠନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ବ୍ୟୁତ୍ପରି ବା କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

(i) Noun + Noun
beauty – spot (ସୌନ୍ଦର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସ୍ଥାନ)
bullock – cart (ବଳଦଗାଡ଼ି)
tax – collector (କର/ଟିକସ ଆଦାୟକାରୀ)
wine – shop (ମଦ ଦୋକାନ)
hospital – bed (ଡାକ୍ତରଖାନା ଶଯ୍ୟା)
stone – work (ପ୍ରସ୍ତର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
maid – servant (ଦାସୀ)
orange-juice (କମଳାରସ)
book – maker (ପୁସ୍ତକ ନିର୍ମାତା)
police – dog (ପୋଲିସ କୁକୁର)
ballot – papers ( ଭୋଟ କାଗଜ)
pocket – money (ପକେଟ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ)
work – shop (ଗାଡ଼ି ମରାମତି ସ୍ଥାନ/ଗ୍ୟାରେଜ୍)
tea – cup (ଚା’ ପିଆଲା)
needle – work (ଛୁଞ୍ଚିମ)
paper – money ( କାଗଜ ଟଙ୍କା)
horse – race (ଘୋଡ଼ାଦୌଡ଼)
brick – layer ଘୋଡ଼ାଦୌଡ଼)
oil – paint (ତୈଳଚିତ୍ର)
bank – rate (ବ୍ୟାଙ୍କ ସୁଧ ହାର)

(ii) Adjective + Noun
freelance (ସବୁ ବିଷୟରେ ଲେଖୁଥ‌ିବା) (ଲେଖକ)
short – cut ( ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ପଦ୍ଧତି)
free – thinker (ମୁକ୍ତ ଚିନ୍ତାକାରୀ)
soft – ware ( କମ୍ପ୍ୟୁଟରର ପ୍ରୋଗ୍ରାମିଂ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
double – dealing (ଅସାଧୁ ସମ୍ପର୍କ)

(iil) Verb + Noun
make – shift (house) (ଅସ୍ଥାୟୀ ଗୃହ)
light – house ( ବତୀଘର)
turn – coat (ବାରମ୍ବାର ଦଳବଦଳକାରୀ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି)
cut – throat (competition) (ଗଳାକଟା|ତୀବ୍ର ପ୍ରତିଯୋଗିତା)
watch – dog (ପ୍ରହରୀ)
break – fast (ପ୍ରାତଃଭୋଜନ )
pick – pocket (ପକେଟକଟା ଚୋର)

(iv) Gerund + Noun
hearing – aid (ଶୁଣିବା ଯନ୍ତ୍ର)
moving – picture (ହୃଦୟସ୍ପର୍ଶୀ ଚଳଚ୍ଚିତ୍ର)
dancing – doll (ନାଚ କଣ୍ଢେଇ)
dressing – room (ପୋଷାକ ବଦଳାଇବା କୋଠରି)
brain – washing (ଚିନ୍ତା ଉଦ୍ରେକଧାରୀ) (ଆଲୋଚନା |ସମସ୍ୟା)
walking – stick (ଆଶାବାଡ଼ି)
washing – machine (ପୋଷାକ ଧୂଲେଇ ଯନ୍ତ୍ର)

(v) Preposition + Noun
indoor – game (ଘର ଭିତରର ଖେଳ)
uphill (ପାହାଡ଼ ଶୀର୍ଷ)
overload (ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ବୋଝ)
post – independence (ସ୍ଵାଧୀନତୋତ୍ତର)
outlaw (ସମାଜରୁ ବାସନ୍ଦ ଅପରାଧୀ)
outdoor – game (ବାହାର ଖେଳ)
post – graduate (ସ୍ନାତକୋତ୍ତର)
under – weight (କମ୍ ଓଜନର)

(vi) Noun + Adjective/Participle
blood – curdling (ରକ୍ତ ଶୀତଳେଇ ଦେଉଥ‌ିବା )
ice – cold (ବରଫ ଭଳି ଶୀତଳ)
chest – deep (ଛାତି ଗଭୀରର)
blood – thirsty (ରକ୍ତ ତୃଷାର୍ତ୍ତ)
moth – eaten (book) (ଉଇ ଖାଇଥିବା) (ପୁସ୍ତକ)
henpecked (ମାଇଚିଆ )
frost – bitten (କୁହୁଡ଼ିଘେରା)

By adding prefixes like (mis, un, in, dis, il, anti) we make the words negative.
(mis, un, in, dis, il, anti ଆଦି ପୁର୍ବପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକ ଅର୍ଥରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରାଯାଏ ।)

inactive (ଅକର୍ମଣ୍ୟ)	inadequeate ( ଗଳ୍ପ )	unhealthy (ଅସୁସ୍ଥ)
Mismanagement (କୁପରିଚାଳନା)	dishonest (ଅସାଧୁ)	disappear ( ଅଦୃଶ୍ୟ ହେବା)
illegal (ବେଆଇନ)	illegitimate (ଅବୈଧ )	ill – timed(ଅସମୟରେ)
anti-govemment (ସରକାର ବିରୋଧୀ)	anti-people (ଜନବିରୋଧୀ )
anti-malarial (ମ୍ୟାଲେରିଆ ନିବାରକ)	de-throne ( ସିଂହାସନରୁ ବିତାଡ଼ିତ କରିବା)
de-recognise (ସ୍ୱୀକୃତି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାହାର କରିବା)	de-stabilize(ଅସ୍ଥିର କରିବା)
de-grade (ପଦରୁ ସ୍ଖଳିତ କରିବା \| ପଦବୀ ପ୍ରତି ଅପମାନ କରିବା)

By adding suffixes we change the words from noun to adjective, adjective to the verb, adjective to adverb, and verb to noun. This is called ‘derivation’. Thus we find a family of words. Here is an exercise for you. Fill in the gaps using the appropriate form in each sentence. One has been done for you.
(ଏଠାରେ ତୁମ ପାଇଁ ଏକ ଅନୁଶୀଳନୀ ଅଛି । ବନ୍ଧନୀ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଥିବା ଶବ୍ଦର ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ରୂପ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର । ଗୋଟିଏ ତୁମ ପାଇଁ କରି ଦିଆଯାଇଛି ।)

Example : (ଉଦାହରଣ)

1. There is an _____________ of anger on his face, (Express)
Answer:
There is an expression of anger on his face

2. He made his _____________ from the scene after a dialogue, (depart)
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ) :
Departure ( ପ୍ରସ୍ଥାନ),

3. She performed well at her first ____________ (opportune)
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ) :
opportunity (ସୁଯୋଗ ),

4. She showed a ____________ for my past life, (curious)
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ) :
curiosity (କୌତୁହଳ )

5. I had a _____________ with, my friend, (converse)
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ) :
conversation (ବାର୍ତ୍ତାଳାପ |),

6. You need a lot of ______________ on the subject to understand it perfectly, (concentrate)
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ) :
concentration ( ଏକାଗ୍ରତା )

(B) Look at the following dialogues carefully and write them in the correct sequence as
they occur in the story.
(ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ ସଂଳାପଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଯତ୍ନର ସହ ଦେଖ ଏବଂ ଗଳ୍ପରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଭଳି ଠିକ୍ କ୍ରମରେ ସଜାଇ ଲେଖ)

1. ‘How can I ever thank you ?’ she said.
2. ‘Are you leaving today ?’ she asked.
3. ‘When I go to that part of the country I shall visit your brother’s grave and write to you.’
4. ‘Excuse me, my hands are covered with flour ?’
5. ‘My son is in Punjab. He is a soldier.’
6. ‘May I know your name ?’
7. ‘Are you an Indian? My brother is in India.’
8. ‘What kind of country is India, Sir ?’
9. ‘Show Mr. Gupta the ring which your brother sent you.’
10. ‘Mrs. Bethy, your son is alive. He is well.’
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ) :
7. ‘Are you an Indian? My brother is in India.’
6. ‘May I know your name ?’
4. ‘Excuse me, my hands are covered with flour ?’
8. ‘What kind of country is India, Sir ?’
5. ‘My son is in Punjab. He is a soldier.’
9. ‘Show Mr. Gupta the ring which your brother sent you.’
10. ‘Mrs. Bethy, your son is alive. He is well.’
2. ‘Are you leaving today ?’ she asked.
3. ‘When I go to that part of the country I shall visit your brother’s grave and write to you.’
1. ‘How can I ever thank you ?’ she said.

(C) Study the following combination (collocation) of words. One is an adjective and the other is a noun.
(ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ଶବ୍ଦ ସଙ୍କଳନକୁ ଅନୁଧ୍ୟାନ କର । ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷଣ ଏବଂ ଅନ୍ୟଟି ବିଶେଷ ଅଟେ ।)
Example : (ଉଦାହରଣ)

Adjective	Noun	Collocation
happy	man	happy man (ସୁଖୀ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି) (Adj. + Noun)
previous	day	previous day (ପୂର୍ବଦିନ) (Adj. + Noun)
wonderful	place	wonderful place (ଚମତ୍କାର ଜାଗା) (Adj. + Noun)
power	manner	power house (ବିଦ୍ୟୁଗୃହ) (Noun + Noun)
good	house	good manners (ଉତ୍ତମ ଆଚରଣ) (Adj. + Noun)
Japanese	girl	Japanese girl (ଜାପାନୀ ଝିଅ) (Adj. + Noun)

There are a group of adjectives (descriptive words) chosen from the text. They are miraculous, mysterious, brief, only, weekly, virtuous, serious, healthy, and sad. Fill in the gaps choosing, the appropriate adjectives. One has been done for you.
(ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ବିଶେଷଣଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବାଛି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର । ତୁମ ପାଇଁ ଗୋଟିଏ କରିଦିଆଯାଇଛି । )

Fill in the gaps choosing,the appropriate adjectives. One has been done for you.
(ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ବିଶେଷଣଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବାଛି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର । ତୁମ ପାଇଁ ଗୋଟିଏ କରିଦିଆଯାଇଛି ।)

(i). I hope that some __________ change will occur.
Answer:
miraculous

(ii). The children have _____________ appetite.
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):
Healthy ( ସୁସ୍ଥ)

(iii). There was some ____________ news for the child.
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):
Sad(ଦୁଃଖଦ )

(iv). She suffered from a _____________ illness.
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):
serious

(v). He leads a ______________ life all the time.
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):
virtuous

(vi). He started with a _____________ description of the subject.
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):
Brief (ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ)

(vii). He attends every ______________ meeting.
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):
weekly

(viii). Ramesh is the _______________ child of his father.
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):
Only.

(D) Compound adjectives are beautifully formed with the addition of nouns with participles. One a such compound adjective is used in the text
(ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ସହ କ୍ରିୟାର ‘participle’ ରୂପ ଯୋଗ ହୋଇ ଯୌଗିକ ବିଶେଷଣଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସୁନ୍ଦରଭାବେ ଗଢ଼ାଯାଇଛି । ଏଭଳି ଏକ ଯୌଗିକ ବିଶେଷଣ ପାଠ୍ୟବିଷୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି ।)
i.e., poverty-stricken
In column ‘A’ there are the nouns and in column ‘B’ there are participles kept in a disordered manner. You are to match them and make compound adjectives. (The first noun becomes the adjective).
(‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ତଳେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥିବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ସହିତ ‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ତଳେ ଥିବା ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଯୋଗକରି ଯୌଗିକ ବିଶେଷଣ ଗଠନ କର ।)

‘A’	‘B’
Moth	Ridden
Heart	Made
Bed	Broken
Hand	Eaten

Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):

‘A’ (Noun)	‘B’(Participle)
Moth	Eaten (ଉଇଖ୍) (ବହି)
Heart	Broken(ହୃଦୟ ବିଦାରକ) (ଦୃଶ୍ୟ)
Bed	Ridden(ଶଯ୍ୟାଶାୟୀ) (ରୋଗୀ )
Hand	Made(ହାତ ତିଆରି) (ଖେଳନା )

Words in the circles are not written in order. Put them in order and make sentences.

(ଗୋଲେଇ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଥିବା ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସଠିକ୍ କ୍ରମରେ ଲେଖାଯାଇନାହିଁ । ବାକ୍ୟ ଗଠନ ନିମନ୍ତେ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ କ୍ରମରେ ସଜାଅ ।)

Words in the circles are not written in orderPut them in order and make sentences.

Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):

Words in the circles are not written in orderPut them in order and make sentences

G. Let’S Learn Use Of Language (ଆସ ଆମେ ଭାଷାର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଶିଖ୍) :

Active and Passive Voice (କର୍ତ୍ତବାଚ୍ୟ ଓ କର୍ମବାଚ୍ୟ ) :
Much objective writing is done in the passive voice. For the passive voice we may use any one of the tenses. With each one we have to use the relevant tense of ‘be’ along with the past participle of the main verb.

Tense	Form	Examples in the passive
		(from the text)
Simple Present	is/am/are+past participle	Mv’s hands are covered with foam.
Present Progressive	is/am/are+being+PP	It is being repaired at the moment.
Present Perfect	has/have+been+PP	It has been kept verv neatly in that envelope.
Present perfect Progressive
Simple past	was/were+PP	Maggie’s face was filled with gratitude.
Past Progressive	was/were+being+PP	A letter was being written to her.
Past Perfect Past Perfect Progressive Future time	had+been+PP	Some of the chairs and tables had been pushed into comers.
Past Perfect Past Perfect Progressive Future time	shall/will+be+PP	All kinds of things will be sold in night.
	shall/will+be+PP	All kinds of things will be sold in night.
Referring to	would+be+PP	The grief in her heart would be eased
Future in the past		a little.

Note: The present perfect progressive and past perfect progressive in the passive voice is very rarely used.

Question 1.
Supply the correct form of the verb to fill in the gaps in the following narration.
(ନିମ୍ନ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନାରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବନ୍ଧନୀରେ ଥିବା କ୍ରିୟାର ସଠିକ୍ ରୂପ ବସାଇ ପୂରଣ କର ।)
When the match was coming to an end I ___________ (tell) by my father to leave the stadium quickly to attend to my cousin at the hospital where he ____________ bring) by an ambulance. I ____________ (shock) to hear this. An auto rickshaw _____________ (arrange) and I reached the hospital and then to the ward in no time. I saw that my cousin ____________ (bandage) was lying on the bed with saline hanging on a stand beside the bed. The nurse told me he ___________ (inject) with antibiotics.
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):
When the match was coming to an end I was told my father to leave the stadium quickly to attend to my cousin at the hospital where he had been brought by ambulance. I was shocked to hear this. An auto rickshaw was arranged and I reached the hospital and then the ward in no time. I saw that my cousin was bandaged and was lying on the bed with saline hanging on a stand beside the bed. The nurse told me he had been injected with antibiotics.

H. Let’s Write (ଆସ ଲେଖୁ ) :

There are a few dialogues between the teacher and Deepak. Some dialogues are omitted. Fill in the dialogues according to the sequence. A few hints are given in the bracket.
(ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଓ ଦୀପକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ହୋଇଥିବା କେତେକ ସଂଳାପ ଏଠାରେ ଅଛି । କେତେକ ସଂଳାପ ଛାଡ଼ି ଦିଆଯାଇଛି । ଘଟଣାକ୍ରମ ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ସଂଳାପଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପୂରଣ କର । ବନ୍ଧନୀ ମଧ୍ୟରେ କେତେକ ସୂଚନା ଦିଆଯାଇଛି ।)

Teacher: Deepak. Please come here if you have finished writing
Deepak: Sir, it is over.
Teacher: _________ (demand the copy)
Deepak: Here is my copy. Sir, the question was difficult
Teacher: ___________? (enquiring)
Deepak: Yes Sir, we were taught this subject twice. But I was confused.
Teacher : (Checking the note) Deepak, _________________?
Deepak: Sir, this sentence was actually told by you.
Teacher: It is just and ____________.
Deepak: Sir, I remember your words. Rome was not built in a day.
Teacher: _________? (Asks to know his response)
Deepak: Sir, I was greatly moved by it.
Teacher: ___________?
Deepak: Sir, I found this sentence in a book
Teacher: ____________?
Deepak: I bought the book at the exhibition. There was a great rush at the exhibition.
Teacher: _____________?
Deepak: I also bought one storybook.
Teacher: It is better to have the companionship of books.

Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):
Teacher: Deepak. Please come here if you have finished writing
Deepak: Sir, it is over.
Teacher: Show me your copy, (demand the copy)
Deepak: Here is my copy. Sir, the question was difficult
Teacher: Were you not taught this subject? (enquiring)
Deepak: Yes Sir, we were taught this subject twice. But I was confused.
Teacher : (Checking the note) Deepak, Well, you have written a good sentence. Who told this you?
Deepak: Sir, this sentence was actually told by you.
Teacher: It is just and beautiful.
Deepak: Sir, I remember your words. Rome was not built in a day.
Teacher: How do YOU like this? (Asks to know his response)
Deepak: Sir, I was greatly moved by it.
Teacher: Where have you found it?
Deepak: Sir, I found this sentence in a book
Teacher: Where did you buy this book?
Deepak: I bought the book at the exhibition. There was a great rush at the exhibition.
Teacher: What else did you buy there?
Deepak: I also bought one storybook.
Teacher: It is better to have the companionship of books.
After you have completed writing the dialogues, have to role-play with your peers inside the classroom.

(କଥୋପକଥନ ଲେଖୁସାରିବା ପରେ, ଶ୍ରେଣୀକକ୍ଷ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ତୁମ ସାଙ୍ଗମାନଙ୍କ ସହିତ ଅଭିନୟ କର ।)

Let’s Know More (ଆସ ଅଧ୍ବକ ଜାଣିବା )

Word	Related Word
vegetable (n)	vegetarian (n)
express (v)	expression (n)
curiosity (n)	curious (adj), curiously (adv)
poverty (n)	poor (adj)
enter (v)	entrance (n), entry/entrant (n)
company (n)	accompany (v)
know (v)	knowledge (n), knowledgeable (adj)
pleasant (adj)	pleasantly (adv)
usual (adj)	usually (adv)
eager (adj)	eagerness (n), eagerly (adv)
introduce (v)	introduction (n), introductory (adj)
concentrate (v)	concentration (n), concentrative (adj)
miracle (n)	miraculous (adj), miraculously (adv)
ill (adj)	illness (n)
anxiety (n)	anxious (adj)
recover(v)	recovery (n)
distant (adj)	distance (n)
emotion (n)	emotional (adj), emotionally (adv)
remember (v)	remembrance (n)
thank (v)	thankful (adj).
joy (n)	enjoy (v), joyful (adj), joyfully (adv)

B. Opposite/Antonyms

Word	Opposite Word
vegetarian	non-vegetarian
large	small
persist	discontinue
widow	widower
worried	composed/calm
neatly	poorly
question	answer
aggravated	lessened
serious	light
depart	enter
love (n)	hatred
distant	near
anxious	carefree
alive	dead
spend	save
repair	damage

Word	Opposite Word
crowded	deserted
moved	unmoved
same	different
usually	unusually
approach	recoil/withdraw
cover	uncover
bless	curse
virtuous	vicious
departure	entry
buried	burnt
love (v)	hate
profusion	scarcity
gentleman	ruffian
low	high
narrow	wide
brief	lengthy

BSE Odisha 9th Class English The Priceless Gift Important Questions and Answers

Very Short & Objective Questions With Answers.
Answer The Followings In A Sentence.

Question 1.
When did the writer visit the restaurant?
Answer:
The writer visited the restaurant during lunchtime on a Saturday.

Question 2.
What did the writer see in a corner?
Answer:
The writer saw that some of the chairs and tables had been pushed into a corner.

Question 3.
What did the girl ask the cashier?
Answer:
The girl asked the cashier if the writer was an Indian.

Question 4.
What made the writer surprised?
Answer:
The girl’s repeated looking at him and her discussion with the cashier in a low voice made the writer surprised.

Question 5.
What did the writer want to know from the waiter?
Answer:
The writer wanted to know about the girl from the waiter

Question 6.
How did Maggie open the door?
Answer:
Maggie opened the door with a thin latch key.

Question 7.
Where was Maggie’s mother when Maggie entered the house?
Answer:
When Maggie entered the house, her mother was in the kitchen.

Question 8.
What was Maggie’s mother doing when the writer met her?
Answer:
Maggie’s mother was making cakes when the writer met her.

Question 9.
Why couldn’t Maggie’s mother go for a handshake?
Answer:
Maggie’s mother couldn’t go for a handshake because her hands were covered with flour.

Question 10.
What was the importance of Saturday night?
Answer:
Saturday night was a time of festivity.

Question 11.
Why was Mrs. Bethy sick?
Answer:
Mrs. Bethy was sick, aggravated by her anxiety for her son, Franky.

Question 12.
What did Maggie request from Mr. Gupta?
Answer:
Maggie requested Mr. Gupta to tell a lie to her mother about her brother looking into the crystal.

Question 13.
How did Mrs. Bethy recover?
Answer:
Mr. Gupta, the writer, told Mrs. Bethy that her son was alive and well. So she soon recovered.

Question 14.
Why did the writer wish to say ‘goodbye’ to Maggie and her mother?
Answer:
The writer wished to say goodbye to Maggie and her mother before his return to India as he had an acquaintanceship with them.

Question 15.
Why couldn’t the writer face Mrs. Bethy?
Answer:
The writer couldn’t face Mrs. Bethy before his departure as her family was in mourning due to the death of Franky.

Question 16.
What did Maggie offer the writer?
Answer:
Maggie offered a shilling to the writer.

Question 17.
What did Maggie request from the writer?
Answer:
Maggie requested the writer to buy some flowers and put them on her brother’s grave.

Question 18.
Why didn’t the writer want to accept that shilling from Maggie?
Answer:
The writer thought that Maggie would have earned the shilling with much toil.

Question 19.
Why did the writer pick up the shilling?
Answer:
The writer picked up the shilling thinking that the grief in Maggie’s heart would be eased a little by it.

Question 20.
Why was the shilling a priceless gift?
Answer:
The shilling was an embodiment of her love and sacrifice for her brother. Its cost was beyond all price. So it was a priceless gift.

Answer The Followings In A Word Or A Phrase

Question 1.
Why did the writer feel ashamed to face Mrs. Bethy?
Answer:
Because he had told a lie about Franky.

Question 2.
When did Maggie’s face fill with gratitude?
Answer:
when the author told her that he would visit her brother’s grave and would write to her

Question 3.
Why was Mrs. Bethy unwilling to go for a handshake?
Answer:
Because her hands were covered with flour;

Question 4.
What did the writer notice in the eyes of the young girl?
Answer:
Her eyes were large and they had sad expressions.

Question 5.
Why was Maggie’s mother worried?
Answer:
Because she hadn’t received any letter from her son.

Question 6.
Why did the writer wait for his lunch in the restaurant?
Answer:
Because the restaurant was crowded.

Question 7.
What was Maggie’s first question Maggie to the writer?
Answer:
Are you an Indian?

Question 8.
When were the people in poor neighborhoods able to spend a little?
Answer:
On Saturday night.

Question 9.
Who showed the ring to the writer?
Answer:
Maggie.

Question 10.
“Please come in.”- Who told this?
Answer:
Maggie

Question 11.
What was Mr. Gupta doing when Maggie knocked at his door?
Answer:
He was having his breakfast

Question 12.
What was Mrs. Bethy doing when the writer met her?
Answer:
Making cakes.

Question 13.
“What kind of country is India, Sir 7” Who is the speaker of this question?
Answer:
Mrs. Bethy

Question 14.
What did Mrs. Bethy show Mr. Gupta in her house?
Answer:
A photograph

Question 15.
Who prepared tea for Mr. Gupta?
Answer:
Mrs. Bethy

Question 16.
Who was Mrs. Bethy?
Answer:
The girl’s old and worried mother

Question 17.
“An Indian has come.”- Who said it to whom?
Answer:
Maggie said it to her mother.

Question 18.
How much did Maggie offer to the writer to buy flowers for her brother’s grave?
Answer:
A shilling

Question 19.
How was the girl who was looking at the writer?
Answer:
She was sorrowful.

Question 20.
What aroused the author’s curiosity about the girl in the restaurant?
Answer:
Her interest in him.

Fill In The Blanks.

1. I was in a fix. Here the underlined phrase means he was in _____________________.
Answer:
Dilemma.

2. The crystal is a __________________.
Answer:
Bright Mirror

3. “Who was the mysterious child ?” Here the word mysterious means _______________.
Answer:
Strange.

4. “her poverty-stricken sad anxious figure”. Here ‘figure’ means _______________.
Answer:
Appearance.

5. Franky was working in ________________.
Answer:
Punjab.

6. Franky was a ________________ .
Answer:
Soldier.

7. The writer told Mrs. Bethy that India is a _________________.
Answer:
Fine Country.

8. The writer told Maggie that he had entered ____________________.
Answer:
The Punjab service

9. When the writer told Maggie that he would visit her brother’s grave, her face filled with ___________.
Answer:
Gratitude

10. Mrs. Bethy was making them in the evening. _______________ to sell
Answer:
Cakes.

11. The writer went to the restaurant during _______________.
Answer:
Lunch.

12. In England, the writer went to a _____________.
Answer:
Vegetarian Restaurant.

13. In the restaurant, the writer started skimming through the newspaper sitting in the comer of the _____________.
Answer:
Restaurant.

14. The young girl came to the restaurant on __________________.
Answer:
Saturdays

Multiple Choice Questions With Answers

Question 1.
“I am glad to hear it.” was said by _____________?
(A) Mr. Gupta
(B) Maggie
(C) Mrs. Bethy
(D) Franky
Answer:
(C) Mrs. Bethy.

Question 2.
Mr. Gupta told Mrs. Bethy, “Punjab is a ___________ place to live in?
(A) healthy
(C) suitable
(B) fire
(D) beautiful
Answer:
(A) healthy.

Question 3.
“Please come in.”______________ Who told this?
(A) Mr. Gupta
(B) Mrs. Bethy
(C) Maggie
(D) the writer
Answer:
(C) Maggie.

Question 4.
Saturday night was a time of ____________ in a poor neighborhood?
(A) payment
(B) buying
(C) marketing
(D) festivity
Answer:
(D) festivity

Question 5.
“What kind of country is India, Sir ?” Who is the speaker of this question _______________?
(A) Maggie
(B) Mrs. Bethy
(C) cashier
(D) waiter
Answer:
(B) Mrs. Bethy

Question 6.
Franky was buried ________________?
(A) in Punjab
(B) in London.
(C) near Punjab
(D) near the frontier
Answer:
(D) near the frontier.

Question 7.
Maggie had come to say goodbye to the writer wearing _________________?
(A) black
(B) red
(C) a saree
(D) a new dress
Answer:
(A) black.

Question 8.
“her poverty-stricken sad anxious figure”. Here ‘figure’ means __________________?
(A) picture
(B) design
(C) drawing
(D) appearance
Answer:
(D) appearance.

Question 9.
Franky was working in __________________?
(A) London
(B.) Punjab
(C) America
(D) Delhi
Answer:
(B.) Punjab

Question 10.
Franky was a ______________?
(A) writer
(B) commander
(C) major
(D) soldier
Answer:
(D) soldier.

Question 11.
The writer told Mrs. Bethy that India is a ________________?
(A) fine country
(B) beautiful country
(C) healthy place
(D) peaceful country
Answer:
(A) fine country

Question 12.
How much did Maggie offer to the writer to buy flowers for her brother’s grave _________________?
(A) a shilling
(B) a dollar
(C) five shillings
(D) ten shillings
Answer:
(A) a shilling

Question 13.
Mrs. Bethy wanted to know about a particular place in India. Write the name of the place _________________?
(A) New Delhi
(B) Punjab
(C) Haryana
(D) Frontier
Answer:
(B) Punjab.

Question 14.
Where did the writer go to pack his bags?
(A) to the hotel
(B) to the room
(C) downstairs
(D) upstairs
Answer:
(D) upstairs.

Question 15.
The writer went to the restaurant during ________________?
(A) breakfast
(B) lunch
(C) supper
(D) dinner
Answer:
(B) Lunch.

Subjective Questions With Answers
Answer the following question in about 50 words.

Question 1.
Where did the writer go for his launch and what did he experience there?
Answer:
In England, once the writer went to a vegetarian restaurant to have his launch. He found that it was very crowded. People were eating and drinking and all the seats were occupied by them. He preferred a comer table to sit and wait for his launch and started skimming through a newspaper.

Question 2.
What was the writer’s first impression of the girl?
Answer:
While waiting for his launch at the restaurant, the writer noticed a young girl. She was looking at him with a very sad expression. At the time of her departure, she asked the cashier about the identity of the writer. It seemed as if she was very much interested to know about him.

Question 3.
What made the writer surprised?
Answer:
The writer was surprised at the behavior of the girl in the restaurant. She was repeatedly looking at him with her large eyes and they had a sad expression. She also asked the cashier about the writer when she was about to leave the restaurant. Her repeated looking with a sad expression made him surprised.

Question 4.
Why was the writer interested to know about the girl?
Answer:
The writer saw a young girl taking her launch in the restaurant. She looked at him time and again. As she was leaving the place she asked the cashier something in a very low voice That incident made him surprised and he was interested to know about the girl.

Question 5.
What did the writer know about the young girl?
Answer:
The young girl’s interest to know about the writer aroused his curiosity in her. So after his launch, he asked the waiter about the girl. The waiter didn’t know much about her, still, he told that she was visiting the restaurant only on Saturdays.

Question 6.
Where did the writer go on the next Saturday?
Answer:
After getting little information about the girl, the writer was anxious to meet her again. He was curious to know more about the poverty-stricken girl. So the very next Saturday he went to the same restaurant. He found her sitting at the same table as before.

Question 7.
Where did the writer meet the young girl again? Why did he sit opposite hers?
Answer:
The writer came to know that the girl used to visit the restaurant only on Saturdays. He was interested to meet her and know about her. The next Saturday he went to the restaurant and met her again. As she was eating, the writer arranged a chair and sat opposite hers in order to talk to her freely.

Question 8.
How did the writer start a conversation?
Answer:
The writer came to know about the girl’s visit to the restaurant on Saturdays. He went there on Saturday in order to meet her.
He saw her eating. So he went up to her and took the chair opposite hers. He wished her a good afternoon. After a brief remark, he started a conversation with her.

Question 9.
How could the writer guess the girl to be poverty-stricken?
Answer:
The writer saw a sad expression in the eyes of the girl. He came to know from the waiter that the girl used to come to the restaurant to have her launch only on Saturday as it was payday. Perhaps she didn’t earn much. All these made him guess that she was a poverty-stricken girl.

Question 10.
hat query had the girl made about the writer?
Answer:
The girl came across the writer in the restaurant on a Saturday. She was anxious to know if the writer was an Indian. She asked it the cashier but she was not confirmed it. The next Saturday once again she met him in the same restaurant and came to know

Question 11.
How was the writer treated at Maggie’s house?
Answer:
Maggie invited the writer to visit her house. Both walked to her house. She took him to her mother, Mrs. Bethy who was busy doing something in the kitchen. She introduced him to her mother. Her mother was very glad to meet an Indian She welcomed the writer.

Question 12.
what was Mrs. Bethy doing when the writer met her? Why was she unwilling to go for a handshake?
Answer:
Maggie took the writer to her mother, Mrs. Bethy. She was making some. cakes in the kitchen. Maggie introduced him to her mother. Soon the writer held out his hand for a handshake. But she was unwilling to go for a handshake as her hands were covered with flour.

Question 13.
What did Mrs. Bethy request from the writer?
Answer:
Mrs. Bethy told Maggie to show the ring to Mr. Gupta. It was sent by her son, Franky. She believed that an Indian could see and know about a distant person through the ring which was bought in India. So she requested the writer to try and tell her something about her son.

Question 14.
What made the author tell a lie about the ring?
Answer:
One day the writer had been to Maggie’s house. He found her mother, Mrs. Bethy was seriously ill due to her anxiety for her son Ma ie requested him to tell her mother that Franky was alive and alright. So he had to tell a lie looking at the ring. He did so only for the early recovery of Mrs. Bethy and goodbye to Maggie and her mother before leaving for India. But the family was in mourning as Franky’s death news had already been received by them. Franky had been killed in a fight on the frontier. Since the writer had told a lie about Franky, he felt ashamed to face Mrs. Bethy. He felt guilty about himself.

Question 15.
When and why did the writer feel guilty about himself?
Answer:
The writer wished to go and say goodbye to Maggie and her mother before leaving for India. But the family was in mourning as Franky’s death news had already been received by them. Franky had been killed in a fight on the frontier. Since the writer had told a lie about Franky, he felt ashamed to face Mrs. Bethy. He felt guilty about himself.

The Priceless Gift Summary in English.

Lead In:
Commonly a gift means a presentation or offering to somebody on special occasions such as marriage or birthday. Even a small gift is sometimes considered very valuable and rare. Hence it is called priceless. Here is an interesting story ‘The Priceless Gift’ which deals with a simple gift given by a sister for her brother as a token of pure love.

Notes:
Commonly – ସାଧାରଣତଃ,
gift – ଉପହାର,
offering – ଉପହାର/ଭେଟି,
special – ସ୍ବତନ୍ତ୍ର/ଗୁରୁତ୍ବପୂର୍ଣ,
occasion – ଉତ୍ସବ,
rare – କ୍ଵଚିତ୍‌/ଦୁର୍ଲଭ,
priceless -ଅମୂଲ୍ୟ
token of –

ଉପକ୍ରମ :
ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଗୋଟିଏ ଉପହାର ଜଣକୁ କେତେକ ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ଉତ୍ସବ, ଯଥା – ବିବାହ ଓ ଜନ୍ମଦିନ ଉପଲକ୍ଷେ ପ୍ରଦାନ ତେଣୁ ଏହାକୁ ‘ଅମୂଲ୍ୟ’ ବୋଲି କୁହାଯାଇଥାଏ । ଏଠାରେ ଏହିପରି ଏକ ହୃଦୟସ୍ପର୍ଶୀ କାହାଣୀ ‘The Priceless Gift” (ଅମୂଲ୍ୟ ଉପହାର) ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କରାଯାଇଅଛି ଯେଉଁଥରେ ଜଣେ ଭାଇକୁ ଭଉଣୀଦ୍ଵାରା ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଏକ ସାଧାରଣ ଉପହାର ଶାଶ୍ଵତ ସ୍ନେହର ନିଦର୍ଶନସ୍ଵରୂପ ହୋଇଛି ।

About The Writer And The Topic :
In the story ‘The Priceless Gift’ the writer is identified as Mr. Gupta. During his stay in London, he came in contact with a poor young girl named Maggie, who was living with her widowed mother Mrs. Bethy. Her only brother, Franky was serving in India as a soldier in the state of Punjab. She and her mother were worried because they had no contact with Franky for a long time and that had made her mother sick. Her mother Mrs. Bethy believed that the writer being an Indian could see the past and future.

On another occasion, Maggie requested the writer to tell a lie that her brother was alive and well in India so that her mother would recover soon. The writer had to tell a lie against his will. After a few days, her family received the death news of her brother who had died a little before the prediction of writer. It shocked the writer and he could not meet them before his return to India as he felt guilty.

The next day before his departure Maggie met the writer and gave a shilling to him. She requested him to buy some flowers with it and lay them on her brother’s grave on behalf of her. The shilling though a small amount of money was a symbol of her sacred love and affection. Hence the gift was priceless.

Note:
identified – ପରିଚିତ,
contact – ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶ,
worried –
occasion –
recover – ଆରୋଗ୍ୟ ଲାଭ କରିବା,
will – ଇଚ୍ଛା,
prediction – ଗଣନା/ଭବିଷ୍ୟବାଣୀ,
departure – ପ୍ରସ୍ଥାନ,
shilling – ଏକବ୍ରିଟିଶ୍ ମୁଦ୍ରା (ପାଉଣ୍ଡର କୋଡ଼ିଏ ଭାଗରୁ ଭାଗେ)

ଲେଖକ ଏବଂ ବିଷୟବସ୍ତୁ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ :
ଉକ୍ତ ଗଳ୍ପରେ ଲେଖକ ଶ୍ରୀଯୁକ୍ତ ଗୁପ୍ତା ନାମରେ ପରିଚିତ ହୋଇଛନ୍ତି । ଲଣ୍ଡନରେ ତାଙ୍କର ରହଣି କାଳରେ ସେ ‘ମାଗି’ ନାମକ ଏକ ଗରିବ ଯୁବତୀ ଝିଅ ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶରେ ଆସିଥିଲେ ଯିଏକି ତାଙ୍କ ବିଧବା ମାଆ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥୁଙ୍କ ସହିତ ରହୁଥିଲେ । ତାଙ୍କର ଏକମାତ୍ର ଭାଇ ‘ପ୍ରାଙ୍ଗୀ’ ଭାରତର ପଞ୍ଜାବ ରାଜ୍ୟରେ ସୈନିକ ଭାବରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଥିଲେ । ସେ ଓ ତା’ର ମାଆ ବହୁତ ବିବ୍ରତ ଥିଲେ କାରଣ ତା’ର ଭାଇ ସହିତ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଦୀର୍ଘଦିନ ଧରି କୌଣସି ଯୋଗାଯୋଗ ସମ୍ଭବପର ହୋଇନଥିଲା, ଯାହା ଫଳରେ ତା’ର ମାଆ ରୋଗାକ୍ରାନ୍ତ ହୋଇପଡ଼ିଥିଲେ । ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରୁଥିଲେ ଯେ ଲେଖକ ଜଣେ ଭାରତୀୟ ହୋଇଥ‌ିବାରୁ ଅତୀତ ଓ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ଘଟଣା ଜାଣିପାରନ୍ତି । ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ ଘଟଣାକ୍ରମେ ମାଗି ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ଅନୁରୋଧ କଲା ଯେ ସେ ମିଛରେ କୁହନ୍ତୁ ଯେ ତା’ର ଭାଇ ଭାରତରେ ଜୀବିତ ଓ ଭଲରେ ଅଛି, ଯାହାଫଳରେ ତା’ର ମାଆ ଶୀଘ୍ର ଆରୋଗ୍ୟ ଲାଭ କରିପାରିବେ । ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ନିଜ ଇଚ୍ଛା ବିରୁଦ୍ଧରେ ଏପରି ମିଥ୍ୟା କହିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିଲା । କିନ୍ତୁ କେତେଦିନ ପରେ ତା’ର ପରିବାର ତା’ର ଭାଇର ମୃତ୍ୟୁ ଖବର ପାଇଲେ ଯିଏକି ଲେଖକଙ୍କ ଗଣନାର ଅଳ୍ପ କିଛିଦିନ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ମୃତ୍ୟୁବରଣ କରିଥିଲା । ଏହା ପ୍ରକୃତରେ ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ଆଘାତ ଦେଇଥିଲା । ଫଳରେ ସେ ନିଜକୁ ଦୋଷୀ ମନେକରି ଭାରତ ଫେରିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ଭେଟି ପାରି ନ ଥିଲେ । ତା’ ପରଦିନ ଲେଖକଙ୍କ ପ୍ରସ୍ଥାନ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ମାଗି ତାଙ୍କୁ ସାକ୍ଷାତ କରି ଏକ ସିଲିଙ୍ଗ୍ (ଏକ ବ୍ରିଟିଶ୍ ମୁଦ୍ରା) ଦେଲା । ସେ (ଲେଖକ) ଏହି ସିଲିଙ୍ଗ୍ ବିନିମୟରେ କିଛି ଫୁଲ କିଣି ତା’ ଭାଇର କବର ଉପରେ ତା’ ତରଫରୁ ବିଛାଇବାକୁ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଅନୁରୋଧ କଲା । ସିଲିଙ୍ଗ୍ ଯଦିଓ ଏକ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ପରିମାଣବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ମୁଦ୍ରା, ତାହା ଥିଲା ତା’ର ଶାଶ୍ଵତ ସ୍ନେହ ଓ ଶ୍ରଦ୍ଧାର ନିଦର୍ଶନସ୍ଵରୂପ । ଅତଏବ

Summary:
‘The Priceless Gift’ is a story about a significant gift that is rare and extraordinary. It is a small gift but its cost is beyond all price. Why the gift has become, so valuable, would be clear to us from the following story. The writer, Mr. Gupta, has narrated it from his personal experience. During his stay in London, once he went to a vegetarian restaurant for lunch. It was very crowded and people were eating and drinking.

The writer chose a comer table and while waiting for lunch, he was overlooking a newspaper. Meanwhile, he saw a very young girl looking at him. Her eyes had a sad expression. Before she left the restaurant, she enquired about the writer and wanted to know from the cashier if he was an Indian. She also had another look at him. It surprised the writer and he wanted to know the matter. He asked the waiter about the girl. The waiter said that she used to come for the launch on Saturdays being her payday. Perhaps she did not earn much.

The writer was moved by the waiter’s words. He was thinking about the mysterious child who was enquiring about him. The girl seemed to be extremely poor. So he felt pity for her and wanted to help her. The writer waited for the girl till next Saturday. When it came he went to the restaurant and found the girl sitting at the same table as before. He went to her straight and sat in front of her. He wished her a good afternoon and started talking to her.

The girl named Maggie was happy to meet an Indian, the writer himself. She informed him about her brother Franky, who served in India as a soldier. But her brother had no contact with her family for a long time. Her mother, Mrs. Bethy was worried that something bad had happened to her son. The writer understood the problem of her family and accompanied her home as she wanted him to meet her mother.

When they reached home, her mother Mrs. Bethy was in the kitchen and making cakes. She welcomed him and was happy to meet an Indian. She asked the writer many questions about India. She wanted to know whether India was a safe country to live in. Was it a land of too many snakes and tigers? Did they kill people? Her son was in Punjab. He was a soldier. What kind of place was Punjab? Mr. Gupta the writer told that India was a beautiful country and a fine place to live in.

Then they took the writer upstairs where they discussed India and their Franky. Franky was in India and he had no contact with his family for a long time. Mrs. Bethy showed him a photograph of her son. She also showed a ring that her son Franky had sent from India. The ring had magical power and if anyone would gaze at it thinking about a distant person, he could see that person and know what he was doing.

They had tried it but were unable to see anything. They believed that an Indian could do this miraculous thing. Therefore, they requested the writer to do it. He did not believe in it. But he did not say anything to shatter their dream. After a few months when the writer visited Maggie and her mother, he saw Mrs. Bethy in a serious condition. She was bedridden and was thinking about her son. The condition of her mother compelled the writer to tell a lie.

He went near Mrs. Bethy’s bed where she was lying. Accordingly, watching the ring, he told Mrs. Bethy that her son was alive and well. The old woman, listening to this, raised her head, and tears of happiness rolled down her eyes. She soon recovered. After a few days, his time to return to India came.

He went to Maggie and her mother to wish them goodbye. But then the family was in mourning, The news of Franky’s death had reached them. The writer made a calculation and found that Franky had been killed some days before he told Mrs. Bethy that her son was alive and well. He felt ashamed for saying so and came back without meeting them. He just left a letter writing his departure and bidding them goodbye.

Afterward, on the very morning of his last day in London just before his leaving for India while taking his breakfast, he heard a knock at the door. He opened the door and saw Maggie standing wearing black. She asked the writer about his leaving. In reply, he told her about his leaving and service in India. He had entered the Punjab service. With tearful eyes, she told that her brother Franky was buried near the frontier.

The writer consoled her by saying that he would pay a visit to her brother’s grave after reaching India. Her face filled with gratitude and her voice got choked as she thanked him. She gave a shilling to him and requested him to buy flowers with this and lay them on her brother’s grave for her. For a moment, the writer is very much sympathetic wanted to return her hard-earned shilling on the plea that flowers were available free of cost in his country.

But he thought again and did not want to deprive the girl of the joy of her sacrifice. That shilling was not an ordinary one. It was a shilling of her love,m emotion, joy, and sacrifice. Its cost was beyond all price. Hence it was a priceless gift. The writer accepted the gift and assured Maggie to fulfill her wishes. Finally, he blessed her. While taking leave from her, his eyes were filled with tears.

Notes:
valuable – ମୂଲ୍ୟବାନ
following story – ନିମ୍ନପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଗଳ୍ପ,
significant –
character –
vegetarian restaurant – ନିରାମିଷ ଭୋଜନାଳୟ,
crowded – ଜନଗହଳି,
chose – ବାଛିଲେ,
lunch –
overlooking – ଉପରଠାଉରିଆ ଭାବେ ଦେଖିବା,
meanwhile- ଠିକ୍ ସେହି ସମୟରେ,
sad expression – ବିଷଣ୍ଣ ଭାବ,
restaurant – ଭୋଜନାଳୟ,
enquired – ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନ କଲେ,
cashier – ଟଙ୍କା ହିସାବ ରଖୁଥ‌ିବା କିରାଣି,
surprised’-
matter –
waiter – ପରିଚାରକ,
mysterious – ରହସ୍ୟଜନକ,
extremely – ଅତିଶୟ,
pity – ଦୟା/କରୁଣା,
straight – ସିଧାସଳଖ
in front of- ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ,
accompanied- ସାଙ୍ଗରେ ଗଲେ,
upstairs -ଉପର ମହଲା,
showed – ଦେଖାଇଲେ,
magical power- ଯାଦୁକରୀ ଶକ୍ତି,
miraculous- ବିସ୍ମୟକର,
shatter- ଭାଙ୍ଗିବା,
visited – ବୁଲିଗଲେ,
bed-ridden – ଶଯ୍ୟାଶାୟୀ
compelled – ବାଧ୍ୟ କଲା,
accordingly-ସେହି ଅନୁସାରେ,
raised- ଉଠାଇଲେ,
mourning – ଶୋକାକୁଳ,
calculation – ହୃସାବ|ଗଣନା,
ashamed –
departure – ପ୍ରସ୍ଥାନ,
breakfast – ସକାଳ ଜଳଖୁ,
tearful – ଲୋତକପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ,
consoled – ସାନ୍ତୁନା
gratitude- କୃତଜ୍ଞତା,
sympathetic – ସହାନୁଭୂତିସମ୍ପନ୍ନ,
hard earned -କଷ୍ଟ ଅର୍ଜିତ,
sacrifice – ତ୍ୟାଗ,
assured –

ସାରାଂଶ :
‘Priceless Gift’ ବା ‘ଅମୂଲ୍ୟ ଉପହାର’ ବିଷୟଟିରେ ଏଭଳି ଏକ ଅସାଧାରଣ ଉପହାର ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି ଯାହାର ମୂଲ୍ୟ କେହି କଳନା କରିପାରିବେ ନାହିଁ । ଏହା ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଜନ୍ମଦିନ, ବିବାହ ବା ବିଶେଷ ଉତ୍ସବରେ ଦିଆଯାଉଥ‌ିବା ଉପହାର ଭଳି ନୁହେଁ । ଏହା ଏକ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ଉପହାର ହେଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଏହାକୁ ଯେକୌଣସି ପରିମାଣର ଅର୍ଥଦ୍ଵାରା କିଣାଯାଇ ପାରିବ ନାହିଁ । ଏହି ଉପହାରଟି କ’ଣ ଏବଂ ଏହା କାହିଁକି ଏତେ ମୂଲ୍ୟବାନ୍ ଏ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ନିମ୍ନପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଗଳ୍ପଟିକୁ ପଠନ କଲେ ସ୍ପଷ୍ଟ ହେବ । ଲେଖକ, ମହାଶୟ ଗୁପ୍ତା ଏହାକୁ ନିଜ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ଜୀବନର ଏକ ଅନୁଭୂତିରୁ ବର୍ଣନା କରିଛନ୍ତି । ସେ ତାଙ୍କର ଲଣ୍ଡନରେ ରହଣି କାଳରେ ଥରେ ଏକ ନିରାମିଷ ଭୋଜନାଳୟକୁ ମଧ୍ୟାହ୍ନ ଭୋଜନ କରିବାପାଇଁ ଯାଇଥିଲେ । ଭୋଜନାଳୟଟି ଖୁବ୍ ଗହଳି ଥିଲା ଏବଂ ଲୋକମାନେ ଖୁଆପିଆ କରୁଥିଲେ । ଲେଖକ ଏକ କୋଣରେ ଟେବୁଲ ବାଛି ବସିଲେ ଏବଂ ଭୋଜନ ପାଇଁ ଅପେକ୍ଷା କଲା ସମୟରେ ଖବରକାଗଜ ଉପରେ ଆଖୁ ବୁଲାଉଥିଲେ ।

ଏହି ସମୟରେ ସେ ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ ଜଣେ ତରୁଣୀ ତାଙ୍କ ଆଡ଼କୁ ଅନାଇ ରହିଛି । ଆଖୁର ଚାହାଣିରୁ ତାଙ୍କ ବିଷଣ୍ଣ ଭାବନା ଜଣାପଡ଼ୁଥିଲା । ଭୋଜନାଳୟ ଛାଡ଼ିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସେ ଲେଖକଙ୍କ ଆଡ଼କୁ ଆଉଥରେ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିନିକ୍ଷେପ କଲେ ଏବଂ ପଇସା ଦେବାବେଳେ କ୍ୟାସିଅରଙ୍କୁ ତାଙ୍କ ବିଷୟରେ କିଛି ପଚାରିଲେ, ‘ସେ ଭଦ୍ରଲୋକ ଜଣକ ଜଣେ ଭାରତୀୟ କି ?’’ ଏହି ଘଟଣା ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ବିସ୍ମିତ କଲା ଏବଂ ସେ ଏହାର କାରଣ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଲେ । ସେ ଭୋଜନାଳୟର ଜଣେ ପରିଚାରକଙ୍କୁ ସେ ଝିଅ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ପଚାରିଲେ । ପରିଚାରକ ଜଣକ କହିଲେ ଯେ ସେ ଝିଅଟିକୁ ସେ ଚିହ୍ନିନାହାନ୍ତି; କିନ୍ତୁ ଶୁଣି ଲେଖକଙ୍କ ମନରେ ସେ ଝିଅଟି ପାଇଁ ଏକ ଅହେତୁକ ଅନୁକମ୍ପା ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେଲା । ସେ ଝିଅଟି କଥା ସେ ଚିନ୍ତା କରିବାକୁ ଲାଗିଲେ । ସେ ତାଙ୍କ ଆଡ଼କୁ ବାରମ୍ବାର ଚାହିଁବାର ରହସ୍ୟ କ’ଣ ଥିଲା ଏସବୁ ସେ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଲେ । ସେହି ଝିଅଟିକୁ ଯାଇ ଦେଖୁଲେ ସେ ଝିଅଟି ପୂର୍ବଭଳି ସେହି ସ୍ଥାନରେ ବସି ମଧ୍ୟାହ୍ନ ଭୋଜନ କରୁଛି । ସେ ସିଧାସଳଖ ଝିଅଟିର ଟେବୁଲ ପାଖକୁ ଗଲେ ଏବଂ ତା’ ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ ଥିବା ଚଉକିରେ ବସିପଡ଼ିଲେ ।

ଝିଅଟିକୁ ଶୁଭ ଅପରାହ୍ନ ଜଣାଇବା ସହିତ ତା’ ସହିତ କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା ହେବାର ପ୍ରୟାସ କଲେ । ମାଗି ନାମକ ସେହି ଝିଅଟି ମଧ୍ୟ ଜଣେ ଭାରତୀୟଙ୍କୁ ଭେଟି ମନେ ମନେ ଖୁସି ହେଲା । କଥା ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗରେ ଭାଇର ଘର ସହିତ କିଛି ସମ୍ପର୍କ ନାହିଁ ବୋଲି ସେ କହିଲା । ସେଥ‌ିପାଇଁ ତା’ର ମା’ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ ବଡ଼ ବ୍ୟସ୍ତ ଏବଂ ତାଙ୍କ ମନରେ ଧାରଣା ଯେ ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଭାବରେ କିଛି ଅଘଟଣ ଘଟିଛି । ଲେଖକ ତା’ ସହିତ ଭୋଜନାଳୟରୁ ବାହାରିଗଲାବେଳେ ଝିଅଟିର ମନର ଭାବନାକୁ ବୁଝି ପାରୁଥିଲେ । ସେ ଜାଣିପାରିଲେ ଯେ, ଝିଅଟି ତାଙ୍କୁ ତା’ ନିଜ ଘରକୁ ନେବାପାଇଁ ଚାହୁଁଥିଲା । ଗପସପ ହୋଇ ବେଥ୍ ସେତେବେଳେ ରୋଷେଇଘରେ ଥିଲେ । ସେ ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖି ବହୁତ ଖୁସି ହେଲେ । ସେ ଲେଖକଙ୍କ ସହିତ କଥା ହେଲେ । ‘‘ଭାରତ କିଭଳି ଦେଶ ? ଭାରତରେ ଲୋକମାନେ ସର୍ପ ଓ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରର ଶିକାର ହୁଅନ୍ତି କି ? ଭାରତର ପଞ୍ଜାବ କିଭଳି ସ୍ଥାନ ? ସେଠି ତାଙ୍କ ପୁଅ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତ କି ନାହିଁ ?’’ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ପଚାରିଲେ ।

ଉତ୍ତରରେ ଲେଖକ ଶ୍ରୀଯୁକ୍ତ ଗୁପ୍ତା ଭାରତ ଏକ ଭଲ ଦେଶ ଓ ପଞ୍ଜାବ ଏକ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ସ୍ଥାନ ବୋଲି କହିଲେ । ସେ (ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍) କହିଲେ, ତାଙ୍କ ପୁଅ ପ୍ରାଜ୍ଞୀ ସେଠି ସୈନିକ ଭାବରେ କାମ କରୁଛି କିନ୍ତୁ ଦୀର୍ଘଦିନ ହେଲା ତା’ର କୌଣସି ଖବର ନାହିଁ । ସେ ତାଙ୍କ ପୁଅର ଏକ ଫଟୋ ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାଇଲେ । ଫ୍ରାଙ୍କୀ ଭାରତରୁ ପଠାଇଥିବା ଏକ ମୁଦି ମଧ୍ୟ ଦେଖାଇଲେ । ସେ ମୁଦି ଏକ ଯାଦୁକରୀ ଶକ୍ତିସମ୍ପନ୍ନ ମୁଦି ଏବଂ ଫ୍ରାଙ୍କା ଲେଖୁଲା ଯେ ଯଦି କେହି ସେ ମୁଦିକୁ ଅନାଇ ରହି କାହା ବିଷୟରେ ଭାବିବ, ସେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାଯିବ । ସେ କେଉଁଠି ଅଛି ଏବଂ କ’ଣ କରୁଛି କଲେ । ଲେଖକ ସେଥିରେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରୁନଥିଲେ । କିନ୍ତୁ ସେ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ଏଭଳି ସ୍ଵପ୍ନକୁ ଭାଙ୍ଗିଦେବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁନଥିଲେ । ତେଣୁ ସେ ସବୁ ଶୁଣି ନୀରବ ରହିଲେ । ଥିଲା । ପୁତ୍ରର ଅନୁପସ୍ଥିତି ତାଙ୍କୁ ଶଯ୍ୟାଶାୟୀ କରିଥିଲା ।

ମାଗି ଏଭଳି ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବାକୁ ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ଅନୁରୋଧ କଲେ । ସେ କହିଲେ ଯେ ତା’ ମା’ଙ୍କ ଭଲ ପାଇଁ ଲେଖକ ଟିକିଏ ମିଛ କୁହନ୍ତୁ । ଲେଖକ ଅବସ୍ଥାର ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵକୁ ଅନୁଭବ କଲେ ଏବଂ ସେହି ମୁଦିଟିକୁ ଅନାଇ ତାଙ୍କ ମା’ଙ୍କ ଶଯ୍ୟା ପାଖରେ କହିଲେ, ‘ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ ଆପଣଙ୍କ ପୁଅ ଜୀବିତ ଏବଂ ସୁସ୍ଥ । ଆପଣଙ୍କର ଚିନ୍ତା କରିବାର କୌଣସି ପ୍ରୟୋଜନ ନାହିଁ ।’’ ଏକଥା ଶୁଣିବା ପରେ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ ଉଠି ବସିଲେ ଏବଂ ଆନନ୍ଦରେ କାନ୍ଦି ପକାଇଲେ । ସେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ସୁସ୍ଥ ହୋଇଗଲେ । ଯାଇ ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ, ମାଗି ଏବଂ ତାଙ୍କ ମା’ କଳା ବସ୍ତ୍ର ପରିଧାନ କରିଥିଲେ ଏବଂ ଦୁଃଖରେ କାନ୍ଦୁଥିଲେ । ଫ୍ରାଙ୍ଗୀର ମୃତ୍ୟୁ ଖବର ସେମାନଙ୍କ ନିକଟରେ ପହଞ୍ଚି ସାରିଥିଲା । ଲେଖକ ହିସାବ କରି ଦେଖିଲେ ଯେ ସେ ଯେତେବେଳେ ବେଥୁଙ୍କୁ ତାଙ୍କ ପୁଅ ଜୀବିତ ଓ ସୁସ୍ଥ ଥ‌ିବା କଥା କହିଥିଲେ ତା’ ଆଗରୁ ତାଙ୍କ ପୁଅ ମରିସାରିଥିଲା । ତାଙ୍କୁ ଲଜ୍ଜା ଲାଗିଲା । ତେଣୁ ସେ ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ନ ଭେଟି ଏକ ପତ୍ର ଲେଖୁ ପଳାଇ ଆସିଲେ ।

ତାଙ୍କର ଭାରତ ଫେରିଆସିବା ଦିନ ସକାଳୁ ସେ ଜଳଖିଆ ଖାଉଥିବା ସମୟରେ କବାଟ ଠକ୍‌ଠକ୍ ଶବ୍ଦ ଶୁଣି ଖୋଲି ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ ମାଗି ଛିଡ଼ା ହୋଇଥିଲା । ସେ କଳା ବସ୍ତ୍ର ପରିଧାନ କରିଥିଲା ଓ ତା’ର ମୁଖମଣ୍ଡଳରେ ବିଷଣ୍ଣତା ଭରି ରହିଥିଲା । ସେ ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ତାଙ୍କ ଭାରତ ଫେରିବା କଥା ପଚାରିଲା । ଲେଖକ ହଁ କହିଲେ । ତା’ପରେ ସେ ଲୋତକଭରା ବଦନରେ କହିଲା ଯେ ତା’ ଭାଇଙ୍କୁ ଭାରତର ସୀମାନ୍ତ ନିକଟରେ ପଞ୍ଜାବଠୁ ଅଳ୍ପ ଦୂରରେ ସମାଧ୍ ଦିଆଯାଇଛି । ତା’ର ମନର ଭାବନାକୁ ବୁଝିପାରି ଲେଖକ କହିଲେ ଯେ ସେ ଭାରତରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ ତାଙ୍କ ଭାଇର ସମାଧ୍ଵସ୍ଥଳକୁ ବୁଲିଯିବେ । ଏକଥା ଶୁଣି ମାଗି କୃତଜ୍ଞତା ଜଣାଇବା ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ଖୁସି ହେଲା । ସେ ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ଏକ ଛୋଟ ଅନୁରୋଧ ରକ୍ଷା କରିବାପୂର୍ବକ କହିଲା, ‘ଆପଣ ଏହି ସିଲିଙ୍ଗ୍ଟିକୁ ନିଅନ୍ତୁ, ଏଥରେ କିଛି ଫୁଲ କିଣି ମୋ ଭାଇର ସମାଧ୍ ଉପରେ ବିଛାଇଦେବେ ।’’ ଲେଖକ ପ୍ରଥମେ ତା’ର ଏହି କଷ୍ଟ ଅର୍ଜିତ ଟଙ୍କାକୁ ନ ନେବାପାଇଁ ଭାବିଲେ; କିନ୍ତୁ ପରେ ସେ ଅନୁଭବ କଲେ ଏହି ସିଲିଙ୍ଗୁଟି ମଧ୍ୟରେ ମାଗିର ତା’ ଭାଇ ପ୍ରତି ଥ‌ିବା ସ୍ନେହ, ପ୍ରେମ, ତ୍ୟାଗ ଓ ଭାବନା ଭରି ରହିଛି ଯାହାକୁ କୌଣସି ମୂଲ୍ୟ ଦେଇ କିଣିହେବ ନାହିଁ । ଏହା ତା’ ଭାଇ ପାଇଁ ତା’ର ଏକ ଅମୂଲ୍ୟ ଉପହାର । ସେ ତାକୁ ଗ୍ରହଣ କଲେ ଏବଂ ଲୋତକଭରା ଆଖରେ ତା’ଠାରୁ ବିଦାୟ ନେଲେ ।

Text -1
I went to a vegetarian restaurant. It was lunchtime. There were people eating and drinking. The restaurant was very crowded. I saw that some of the chairs and tables had been pushed into a comer. I chose the comer table, seated myself, and started skimming through the newspaper. At that moment, I noticed a very young girl looking at me. Her eyes were large and they had a sad expression.

As she was going out she asked the cashier in a low voice, ‘Is that gentleman an Indian ?’ 7 think so’, the cashier replied. The girl looked at me once more and went out. It surprised me. Why? What was the matter ? Her interest in me aroused my curiosity in her. When I had finished my lunch I asked the waiter, ‘Do you know the girl who was sitting out there ?’ No, Sir, I notice she has lunch here on Saturdays. She comes on payday only. Perhaps she does not earn much. ‘ I was moved by what he said. The curiosity I felt about the girl persisted. Why had enquired about me? Who was the mysterious child? 1 kept thinking of her poverty-stricken sad anxious figure. Could I help her in any way?

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ମୁଁ (ଏଠାରେ ଲେଖକ) ଗୋଟିଏ ନିରାମିଷ ଭୋଜନାଳୟକୁ ଗଲି । ଏହା ମଧ୍ୟାହ୍ନ ଭୋଜନର ସମୟ ଥିଲା । ସେଠାରେ ଲୋକମାନେ ଖୁପିଆ କରୁଥିଲେ । ଭୋଜନାଳୟଟିରେ ଭାରି ଗହଳି ଥିଲା । ମୁଁ ଦେଖିଲି କେତେକ ଖାଇବା ଚଉକି ଏବଂ ଟେବୁଲ ଏକ କୋଣକୁ ପଡ଼ିଛି । ମୁଁ କୋଣ ଟେବୁଲଟି ବାଛିଲି, ନିଜେ ବସିଲି ଏବଂ ଏକ ଖବରକାଗଜ ଉପରେ ଆଖୁ ବୁଲାଇଲି । ସେହି ମୁହୂର୍ତ୍ତରେ ମୁଁ ଦେଖିଲି ଜଣେ ଯୁବତୀ ଝିଅ ମୋତେ ଅନାଉଛନ୍ତି । ତା’ ଆଖୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବଡ଼ ଥିଲା ଏବଂ ସେଥ‌ିରେ ବିଷଣ୍ଣତା ଭରି ରହିଥିଲା । ସେ ବାହାରି ଯାଉଥିଲାବେଳେ ଭୋଜନାଳୟର କ୍ୟାସିଅରଙ୍କୁ କ୍ଷୀଣସ୍ବରରେ ପଚାରିଲା, ‘ସେ ଭଦ୍ରଲୋକ ଜଣକ କ’ଣ ଜଣେ ଭାରତୀୟ ?’ଉତ୍ତରରେ କ୍ୟାସିଅର କହିଲେ ‘ମୁଁ ସେଇଆ ଭାବୁଛି ।’ ଝିଅଟି ଆଉ ଥରେ ମତେ ଅନାଇଲା ଏବଂ ବାହାରିଗଲା । ଏହା ମୋତେ ବିସ୍ମିତ କଲା । କାହିଁକି ? ଘଟଣାଟା କ’ଣ ଥିଲା ? ତା’ର ମୋ ପ୍ରତି ଆଗ୍ରହ ମୋ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ତା’ ବିଷୟରେ ଯେଉଁ ଝିଅଟି ବସିଥିଲା ତୁମେ ତାକୁ ଜାଣିଛ କି ?’ ‘ନା, ମହାଶୟ, ମୁଁ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଶନିବାରଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ଏଠାରେ ମଧ୍ୟାହ୍ନ ଭୋଜନ କରୁଥିବାର ଦେଖୁଛି । ସେ କେବଳ ଦରମା ପାଇବା ଦିନ ଆସନ୍ତି । ସେ ବୋଧହୁଏ ଅଧିକ ରୋଜଗାର କରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।’ ସେ ଯାହା କହିଲେ ତାହା ଶୁଣି ମୁଁ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ ହୋଇଗଲି । ସେ ଝିଅ ବିଷୟରେ ଜାଣିବାର ପ୍ରବଳ ଇଚ୍ଛା ମୋ ମନରେ ଜାଗ୍ରତ ହେଲା । ସେ କାହିଁକି ମୋ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନ କରୁଥିଲା ? ସେ ରହସ୍ୟମୟୀ ଝିଅ କିଏ ଥିଲା ? ମୁଁ ତା’ର ସେହି ଦାରିଦ୍ର୍ୟ ପ୍ରପୀଡ଼ିତା ଦୁଃଖପୂର୍ଣ ଉତ୍କଣ୍ଠିତ ଚେହେରା କଥା ଭାବୁଥୁଲି । କୌଣସି ବାଟରେ ମୁଁ ତାକୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରି ପାରିଥା’ନ୍ତି କି ?

Text -2
The week passed. Saturday came again. I went to the same restaurant. As I entered I saw her sitting at the same table as before. She was eating. I went up to her and took the chair opposite hers. I wished her a good afternoon and then by making one brief remark after another, I was able to start a conversation. At last, she asked, Are you an Indian? My brother is in India. He is a soldier. We have not had a letter from him for a long time. My mother is very worried. She is afraid something has happened to him. ‘ I learned that her only guardian was her brother.

She lived with her old, widowed mother Mrs. Bethy. I understood how she felt. I think she wanted me to see her mother but she did not have the courage to ask me to accompany her home. We finished our lunch and got up together. As we walked I asked her, May I know your name ?’ My name is Maggie. ‘ We chatted pleasantly and soon reached the bus stand.

This gave me the opportunity of asking her where she worked. ‘Do you usually go this way ?’ I asked. ‘No’, she answered. 7 usually take the village bridge. It is being repaired at the moment. ‘ Soon we approached their neighborhood. We had reached a narrow doorway. Maggie took a thin latch-key out of her pocket and opened the door. She entered and said, ‘Please come in’.

Together we descended the stairs to the kitchen. ‘Mother’, said Maggie from the doorway, ‘an Indian gentleman has come to see you. ‘Where is he ?’ the old woman asked eagerly. With a smile, I stepped into the kitchen behind Maggie. She introduced us. ‘How do you do ?’ I said and held out a trip hand. ‘Excuse me. My hands are covered with flour. I am making cakes. People will come to buy them this evening. This is the way we make our living- lots of trouble.’

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ସପ୍ତାହଟି ଅତିବାହିତ ହୋଇଗଲା । ପୁନର୍ବାର ଶନିବାର ଆସିଲା । ମୁଁ ସେହି ଭୋଜନାଳୟକୁ ଗଲି । ପ୍ରବେଶ କଲାବେଳେ ମୁଁ ସେହି ଝିଅକୁ ସେହି ଏକା ଟେବୁଲରେ ପୂର୍ବଭଳି ବସିଥ‌ିବାର ଦେଖିଲି । ସେ ଖାଉଥିଲା । ମୁଁ ତା’ ନିକଟକୁ ଗଲି ଏବଂ ତା’ ସମ୍ମୁଖ ଚଉକିରେ ବସିଲି । ମୁଁ ତାକୁ ‘ଶୁଭ ଅପରାହ୍ନ’ କହି ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛା ଜଣାଇଲି ଏବଂ ଗୋଟିଏ ବା ଦୁଇଟି ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ମନ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଦେଇ ତା’ ସଙ୍ଗେ କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବାକୁ ସକ୍ଷମ ହେଲି । ଶେଷରେ ସେ ମତେ ପଚାରିଲା, ‘ଆପଣ ଜଣେ ଭାରତୀୟ କି ? ମୋ ଭାଇ ଭାରତରେ ଅଛି । ସେ ଜଣେ ସୈନିକ । ଦୀର୍ଘଦିନ ହେଲାଣି ଆମ୍ଭେ ତା’ଠାରୁ ପତ୍ରଟିଏ ବି ପାଇନାହୁଁ । ମୋ ମା’ ଖୁବ୍ ଚିନ୍ତାଗ୍ରସ୍ତ । ତା’ର କିଛି ଘଟିଛି ବୋଲି ସେ ଭୟ କରୁଛି ।’ ମୁଁ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ପାଇଲି ଯେ ତା’ର ଏକମାତ୍ର ଅଭିଭାବକ ହେଉଛନ୍ତି ତା’ର ଭାଇ ।

ସେ ତା’ର ବିଧବା ବୃଦ୍ଧା ମା’ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ ସହ ରହୁଥିଲା । ସେ କିଭଳି ଅନୁଭବ କରୁଥିଲା ମୁଁ ତାହା ବୁଝିପାରିଲି । ମୁଁ ଭାବିଲି ଯେ ମୁଁ ତା’ ମା’ଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାକରିବା ପାଇଁ ତା’ ଘରକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ସେ ଚାହୁଁଥିଲା; କିନ୍ତୁ ସେ ଏକଥା କହିବାକୁ ସାହସ କରିପାରୁନଥିଲା । ଆମେ ମଧ୍ୟାହ୍ନ ଭୋଜନ ଶେଷ କରି ଏକାଠି ଉଠିଲୁ । ଚାଲିଚାଲି ଯାଉଥିଲାବେଳେ ମୁଁ ତାକୁ ପଚାରିଲି, ‘ମୁଁ ତୁମର ନାଁ ଜାଣିପାରେ କି ?’ ‘ମୋ ନାଁ ମାଗି ।’ ଆମେ ଖୁସିରେ ଗପସପ ହୋଇ ଗୋଟିଏ ବସ୍ଷ୍ଟାଣ୍ଡରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲୁ । ସେଠାରେ ସେ କେଉଁଠି କାମ କରୁଛି ବୋଲି ପଚାରିବାର ସୁଯୋଗ ମୁଁ ପାଇଲି । ‘ତୁମେ ସବୁଦିନ ଏହି ବାଟରେ ଯାଅ କି ?’ ମୁଁ ପଚାରିଲି । ସେ କହିଲା, ‘ନା, ମୁଁ ପ୍ରାୟତଃ ଗ୍ରାମ୍ୟ ପୋଲ ଦେଇ ଯାଏ । ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ସେଇଟି ମରାମତି ହେଉଛି ।’ ଆମେ ଖୁବ୍ ଶୀଘ୍ର ତା’ ରହୁଥ‌ିବା ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ପ୍ରବେଶ କଲୁ । ଆମେ ଏକ ଅଣଓସାରିଆ ଦ୍ବାରଦେଶରେ ପହଞ୍ଚୁ । ମାଗି ତା’ ପକେଟରୁ ଏକ ପତଳା ଚାବି କାଢ଼ିଲା ଏବଂ ଦ୍ଵାର ଖୋଲିଦେଲା ।

ସେ ଗୃହ ମଧ୍ୟକୁ ପ୍ରବେଶ କଲା ଏବଂ କହିଲା, ‘ଦୟାକରି ଭିତରକୁ ଆସନ୍ତୁ ।’ ଏକତ୍ର ଆମେ ପାହାଚରେ ଓହ୍ଲାଇ ରୋଷେଇ ଗୃହରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲୁ । ମାଗି ଦ୍ବାରଦେଶରେ ଥାଇ କହିଲା, ‘ମା’, ଜଣେ ଭାରତୀୟ ଭଦ୍ରଲୋକ ତୁମକୁ ଦେଖା କରିବାକୁ ଆସିଛନ୍ତି ।’ ବୃଦ୍ଧା ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ ଲୋକଜଣକ ଆଗ୍ରହର ସହିତ ପଚାରିଲେ, ‘ସେ କେଉଁଠି ଅଛନ୍ତି ?’ ସ୍ମିତହାସ୍ୟ ଗୃହରେ ପ୍ରବେଶ କଲି | ହସି ମାଗି ପଛରେ ମୁଁ ରୋଷେଇ ସେ ଆମକୁ ପରିଚୟ କରାଇଦେଲା । ‘ଆପଣ କେମିତି ଅଛନ୍ତି ?’ ମୁଁ କହିଲି ଏବଂ ମୋ ହାତ ବଢ଼ାଇଲି । ‘କ୍ଷମା କରିବେ, ମୋ ହାତରେ ଅଟା ଲାଗିଛି । ମୁଁ ପିଠା ତିଆରି କରୁଥିଲି । ଲୋକମାନେ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ କିଣିବାକୁ ଆଜି ସନ୍ଧ୍ୟାରେ ଆସିବେ । ଏହିଭଳି ଆମେ ଜୀବିକା ନିର୍ବାହ କରୁଛୁ – ଅନେକ ସମସ୍ୟା ।’ – ସେହି ବସ୍ତି ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଶନିବାର ରାତ୍ରି ଏକ ଉତ୍ସବର ସମୟ । ସବୁପ୍ରକାର ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଏହି ରାତ୍ରିରେ ବିକ୍ରି କରାଯାଏ । ଅନ୍ୟଦିନ ଅପେକ୍ଷା ସେଦିନ ଗଳିଟି ଅଧ୍ବକ ଜନଗହଳି ହୁଏ । ଏହିଦିନ ସେମାନେ ତାଙ୍କ ସାପ୍ତାହିକ ରୋଜଗାରରୁ ଅଳ୍ପ କିଛି ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି ।

Text – 3
What kind of country is India, sir ?’ asked Mrs. Bethy as she resumed her cooking. ‘A beautiful country. ‘Safe to live in? Aren’t there too many snakes and tigers? Don’t they kill people ?’ This type of question has often been asked. Don’t believe that snakes and tigers are killed by the people if they come too close.’ ‘My son is in Punjab. He is a soldier. What kind of place is Punjab ?’

‘Punjab is a fine place. It is a very healthy place to live in. ‘I’m glad to hear it. Mrs. Bethy said. Her baking was finished. ‘Maggie’, she said, ‘take Mr. Gupta upstairs. I’ll wash my hands and bring tea’. As we drank tea I talked about India. Mrs. Bethy showed me a photograph of her son. It had been kept very neatly in an envelope by the mother. His name was Franky. ‘Maggie’, said Mrs. Bethy, ‘show Mr. Gupta the ring which your brother sent you. ‘ She brought it and asked, ‘Can you see the past and future in it ?’ I took it and examined it.

‘When Franky sent the ring’, Mrs. Bethy said, ‘he wrote that if you concentrate on a distant person as you gaze into it, you will be able to see him arid what he is doing. We have not had any news from Frankyfor for a long time. But we have not been able to see anything. Why don’t you try? You are an Indian, you may be able to do it ?” I did not have the heart to tell the mother and daughter that the ring was nothing much-not a miraculous thing from a distant land. How could shatter their dream?

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ରୋଷେଇ କରୁଥିବା ସମୟରେ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ ପଚାରିଲେ, ‘ମହାଶୟ, ଭାରତ ଏକ କିଭଳି ଦେଶ ?’ ‘ଏକ ସୁନ୍ଦର ଦେଶ ।’ ‘ରହିବା ପାଇଁ ନିରାପଦ କି ? ସେଠି ବହୁତ ସର୍ପ ଓ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ନାହାନ୍ତି କି ? ସେମାନେ ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କୁ ମାରନ୍ତିନି କି ?’ ‘ଏପ୍ରକାର ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ବହୁବାର ପଚରାଯାଇଛି । ଆପଣମାନେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରନ୍ତିନି କି ସର୍ପ ଓ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରମାନେ ଲୋକଙ୍କ ନିକଟକୁ ଆସିଲେ ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ମାରିଦିଆଯାଏ ।’ ‘ମୋର ପୁଅ ପଞ୍ଜାବରେ ଅଛି । ସେ ଜଣେ ସୈନିକ । ପଞ୍ଜାବ ଏକ କିଭଳିଆ ସ୍ଥାନ ?’ ‘ପଞ୍ଜାବ ଏକ ସୁନ୍ଦର ସ୍ଥାନ । ଏହା ବସବାସ କରିବା ନିମନ୍ତେ ଏକ ସ୍ବାସ୍ଥ୍ୟକର ସ୍ଥାନ ।’ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ କହିଲେ, ‘ଏକଥା ଶୁଣି ମୁଁ ଖୁସି ।’ ତାଙ୍କର କେକ୍ ତିଆରି ସରିଗଲା । ସେ କହିଲେ, ‘‘ମାଗି, ତୁମେ ଶ୍ରୀଯୁକ୍ତ ଗୁପ୍ତାଙ୍କୁ ଉପର ମହଲାକୁ ନେଇ ବସାଅ । ମୁଁ ହାତ ଧୋଇ ଚା’ ନେଇ ଯାଉଛି ।’’ ଆମେ ଚା’ ପିଉଥିଲାବେଳେ ଭାରତ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ମୁଁ ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ କହିଲି । ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ ତାଙ୍କ ପୁଅର ଗୋଟିଏ ଫଟୋ ମୋତେ ଦେଖାଇଲେ ।

ଏହା ମା’ଙ୍କଦ୍ବାରା ଏକ ଖୋଳ ଭିତରେ ଯତ୍ନର ସହିତ ରଖାଯାଇଥିଲା । ତା’ର ନାଁ ଥିଲା ଫ୍ରାଙ୍କୀ । ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ କହିଲେ, ‘ମାଗି, ଶ୍ରୀଯୁକ୍ତ ଗୁପ୍ତାଙ୍କୁ ତୋ ଭାଇତୋ ପାଖକୁ ପଠାଇଥ‌ିବା ମୁଦିଟି ଦେଖା ।’ ସେ ଏହାକୁ ଆଣିଲା ଏବଂ ପଚାରିଲା, ‘ଆପଣ ଏହି ମୁଦିରେ ଅତୀତ ଏବଂ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ଦେଖିପାରିବେ କି ?’’ ମୁଁ ସେଇଟିକୁ ନେଲି ଏବଂ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରି ଦେଖିଲି । ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ କହିଲେ, ‘ଯେତେବେଳେ ଫ୍ରାଙ୍କୀ ଏହି ମୁଦି ପଠାଇଥିଲା, ସେ ଲେଖିଥିଲା ଯେ ଯଦି ତୁମେ ଦୂରରେ ରହିଥ‌ିବା କୌଣସି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିକୁ ଧ୍ୟାନ କରି ଏହି ମୁଦ୍ରିକାକୁ ଅନାଇବ, ତୁମେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖିବା ସହିତ ସେ କ’ଣ କରୁଛନ୍ତି ଜାଣିପାରିବ । ଆମେ ଦୀର୍ଘଦିନ ହେଲା ଫ୍ରାଙ୍କଠାରୁ କୌଣସି ଖବର ପାଇନାହୁଁ । କିନ୍ତୁ ଆମେ କିଛି ଦେଖିବାରେ ସକ୍ଷମ ହୋଇନାହୁଁ । ଆପଣ କାହିଁକି ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରୁନାହାନ୍ତି । ଆପଣ ଜଣେ ଭାରତୀୟ, ଆପଣ ଏହା କରିବାରେ ହୁଏତ ସକ୍ଷମ ହେବେ ?’’ ସୁଦୂର ଭୂଖଣ୍ଡରୁ ଆସିଥିବା ଏ ମୁଦି ଯେ କିଛି ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟକର ଜିନିଷ ନୁହେଁ ଓ ଏହାର କିଛି ବିଶେଷତ୍ବ ନାହିଁ – ଏକଥା ମା’ ଓ ଝିଅଙ୍କୁ କହିବା ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ମୁଁ ନ ଥିଲି । ମୁଁ କିପରି ସେମାନଙ୍କ ସ୍ଵପ୍ନକୁ ଭାଙ୍ଗି ଦେଇଥା’ନ୍ତି ?

Text – 4
Several months passed. I visited Maggie and Mrs. Bethy. But no news had come from Franky. Mrs. Bethy was sick, and in a serious condition, aggravated by her anxiety for Franky. 1 was in a fix. What could I say to console the mother? Only God knew whether Franky was still alive or dead. ‘Mr. Gupta’, the girl said, ‘Mr mother has not been ill like this before. I have read in books that Indians love the truth. If you could bring yourself to tell mother only once, after looking into the crystal, that Franky is all right, that he is alive- will it be too much of a lie? Will it be very wrong? I thought it over.

I am not a very virtuous man so I decided to do this, the least of my offenses. Maggie brought me the ring. I took it and approached her mother beside. Wishing her a good morning I said, ‘Mrs. Bethy, your son is alive. He is well. The old woman raised her head a little off the pillow. Tears of happiness welled up in her eyes. Mrs. Bethy soon recovered.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
କିଛି ମାସ ବିତିଗଲା । ମୁଁ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ ଓ ମାଗିକୁ ଦେଖା କରିବାକୁ ଗଲି । କିନ୍ତୁ ଫ୍ରାଙ୍କୀ ନିକଟରୁ କୌଣସି ଖବର ଆସିନଥିଲା । ଫ୍ରାଙ୍କା କଥା ଭାବି ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ ରୋଗଗ୍ରସ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ଏବଂ ତାଙ୍କର ଅବସ୍ଥା ସଙ୍କଟାପନ୍ନ ଥିଲା । ମୁଁ ଏକ ଦୋଦୁଲ୍ୟମାନ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ ଥୁଲି । କ’ଣ କହି ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥୁଙ୍କୁ ମୁଁ ସାର୍ଚ୍ଚନା ଦେଇଥା’ନ୍ତି ? କେବଳ ଭଗବାନ୍ ଜାଣନ୍ତି ଫ୍ରାଙ୍କୀ ଜୀବିତ କି ମୃତ । ଝିଅଟି କହିଲା, ‘ଗୁପ୍ତା ମହାଶୟ, ମୋର ମା’ ପୂର୍ବରୁ କେବେ ଏଭଳି ରୋଗଗ୍ରସ୍ତା ହୋଇ ନ ଥିଲେ । ମୁଁ ବହିରେ ପଢ଼ିଛି ଯେ ଭାରତୀୟମାନେ ସତ୍ୟକୁ ଭଲ ପାଆନ୍ତି । ତେଣୁ ଆପଣ ଯଦି ଥରେ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରି ଏହି ମୁଦ୍ରିକାର ପଥରକୁ ଚାହିଁ ଫ୍ରାଙ୍ଗୀ ଭଲ ଅଛି ଏବଂ ଜୀବିତ ବୋଲି କୁହନ୍ତି । ଏହା କ’ଣ ଏକ ଖୁବ୍ ବଡ଼ ମିଛ ହୋଇଯିବ କି ? ଏହା କ’ଣ ଏକ ମସ୍ତବଡ଼ ଭୁଲ୍ ହୋଇଯିବ କି ?’ ମୁଁ ଏହା ଉପରେ ଭାବିଲି, ମୁଁ ତ ଜଣେ ଅତି ଧାର୍ମିକ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ନୁହେଁ, ତେଣୁ ମୁଁ ନିଷ୍ପତ୍ତି ନେଲି ଯେ ମୁଁ ଏହି ସାମାନ୍ୟତମ ଅପରାଧ କରିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥୁଙ୍କୁ ମିଛ କହିବି । ମାଗି ମୋତେ ମୁଦିଟି ଆଣି ଦେଲା । ସେଇଟିକୁ ଧରି ମୁଁ ତାଙ୍କ ମା’ଙ୍କ ଶଯ୍ୟା ନିକଟରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲି । ତାଙ୍କୁ ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛା ଜଣାଇ ମୁଦିଟିକୁ ଚାହିଁ କହିଲି, ‘ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ, ଆପଣଙ୍କର ପୁତ୍ର ଜୀବିତ ଏବଂ ସୁସ୍ଥ ଅଛି ।’ ବୃଦ୍ଧା ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲୋକଟି ତକିଆ ଉପରୁ ମୁଣ୍ଡ ଅଳ୍ପ ଉପରକୁ ଉଠାଇଲେ । ଆନନ୍ଦର ଅଶୁ ତାଙ୍କ ଆଖିରୁ ବହିଯାଉଥାଏ । ସେ ଶୀଘ୍ର

Text – 5
It was almost time for me to return to India. I wished to go, to say goodbye to Maggie and her mother. But the family was in mourning. Franky had been killed in the fighting on the frontier. I calculated and found that Franky had been dead sortie days when I told his mother he was alive and well. I felt ashamed to face Mrs. Bethy so I wrote a letter to them, announcing my departure
and bidding them goodbye. The morning of my last day in London dawned. I was to leave that night. / was having my breakfast, there was a knock at the door. Maggie had come to say goodbye.

She was wearing black. ‘Are you leaving today ?’ she asked. ‘Yes’, I replied, ‘today’ is the day of my departure. ‘ ‘How long will it take to reach your country? In which part of the country do you live ?’She wanted to know. 7 have entered the Punjab service. I shall not know exactly where I am posted until I arrive there. ‘Is the frontier very far from there ?’ ‘No, not very’. ‘Franky is buried near the frontier.’ The girl’s eyes filled with tears as she spoke. ‘When I go to that part of the country I shall visit your brother’s grave and write to you.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ମୋର ଭାରତ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାବର୍ତ୍ତନର ସମୟ ପ୍ରାୟ ଉପଗତ ହେଲା । ମୁଁ ମାଗି ଏବଂ ତା’ ମା’ଙ୍କୁ ଅନ୍ତିମ ବିଦାୟ ଜଣାଇବାକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଲ । କିନ୍ତୁ ପରିବାରଟି ଶୋକାକୁଳ ଥିଲା । ଫ୍ରାଙ୍କୀ ସୀମାନ୍ତରେ ଯୁଦ୍ଧ କରୁଥିବାବେଳେ ମୃତ୍ୟୁବରଣ କରିଥିଲା । ମୁଁ ହିସାବ କଲି ଓ ଦେଖିଲି ଯେଉଁ ସମୟରେ ମୁଁ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥଙ୍କୁ ତାଙ୍କ ପୁଅ ଜୀବିତ ଓ ସୁସ୍ଥ ବୋଲି କହିଥିଲି ତା’ର କିଛିଦିନ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସେ ମରିସାରିଥିଲା I ମୁଁ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ଙ୍କ ସମ୍ମୁଖକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଲଜ୍ଜାବୋଧ କଲି, ତେଣୁ ଏକ ଚିଠି ଲେଖୁ ମୋର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାବର୍ତ୍ତନ କଥା ଜଣାଇ ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ବିଦାୟକାଳୀନ ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛା ଜଣାଇଲି । ମୋର ଲଣ୍ଡନରେ ରହଣିର ଶେଷଦିନର ସକାଳ ହେଲା । ସେଦିନ ରାତିରେ ବିଦାୟ ନେବାର ଥିଲା । ମୁଁ ମୋର ଜଳଖିଆ ମାଗି ଶେଷ ବିଦାୟ ଜଣାଇବାପାଇଁ ଆସିଥିଲା । ସେ କଳା ପୋଷାକ ପରିଧାନ କରିଥିଲା । ସେ ପଚାରିଲା, ‘ଆଜି ଆପଣ ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି କି ?’ ମୁଁ ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲି, ‘ହଁ, ଆଜି ମୋର ବିଦାୟ ଦିନ ।’ ସେ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଲା, ‘ଆପଣଙ୍କ ଦେଶରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିବାକୁ କେତେ ଦିନ ଲାଗିବ ? ଆପଣ ଦେଶର କେଉଁ ଭାଗରେ ରୁହନ୍ତି ?’ ‘ମୁଁ ପଞ୍ଜାବରେ ଚାକିରିରେ ଯୋଗ ଦେଉଛି । ସେଠାରେ ନ ପହଞ୍ଚିବା ଯାଏ କେଉଁ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ମୋତେ ନିଯୁକ୍ତି ଦିଆଯାଇଛି ତାହା ଜାଣିପାରିବି ନାହିଁ ।’’ ‘ସେଠାରୁ ସୀମାନ୍ତ ଅର୍ଧ ଦୂର କି ?’ ‘ନା, ଅଧିକ ଦୂର ନୁହେଁ ?’ ହୋଇଯାଇଥିଲା । ‘ମୁଁ ଯେତେବେଳେ ଦେଶର ସେ ଅଞ୍ଚଳକୁ ଯିବି ତୁମ ଭାଇଙ୍କର ସମାଧ୍ଵସ୍ଥଳକୁ ବୁଲିଯିବି ଏବଂ ତୁମକୁ ଏ ବିଷୟରେ ଚିଠି ଲେଖୁ ।’

Text – 6
Maggie’sfacefilled with gratitude. As she thanked me her voice choked. She took a shilling out of her packet, saying, ‘Please buy flowers with this when you go, and lay them on my brother’s grave for me. ‘ In my emotion, I lowered my eyes. The child had earned the shilling with so much toil. I felt like returning it to her, explaining that in our country flowers grow in great profusion. But I considered, ‘Why should I deprive her of the joy this sacrifice would give her ?’ She was foregoing so much for the love of her brother.

The joy of doing it was beyond all price. The grief in her heart would be eased a little. I picked up the shilling. ‘Maggie’, I said, I shall use this shilling to buy flowers and put them on your brother’s grave.’ Maggie stood up. ‘How can I ever thank you, she said. ‘Goodbye. Remember to write. I got up and held her hand. ‘Goodbye, Maggie, God bless you, ’ I said. Maggie left. I wiped a tear from my eyes and went upstairs to pack my bags.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ମାଗିର ମୁଖମଣ୍ଡଳ କୃତଜ୍ଞତାରେ ଭରିଗଲା । ସେ ମୋତେ ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ ଦେଲାବେଳେ ତା’ କଣ୍ଠ ରୁଦ୍ଧ ହୋଇଆସିଲା । ସେ ତା’ ପକେଟରୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ସିଲିଂ ମୁଦ୍ରା କାଢ଼ି କହିଲା, ‘ଆପଣ ସେଠାକୁ ଯିବାବେଳେ ଏଥ‌ିରେ କିଛି ଫୁଲ କିଣି ମୋ ଭାଇର ସମାଧ୍ ଉପରେ ଦୟାକରି ମୋ’ ପାଇଁ ବିଛାଇ ଦେବେ ।’ ଭାବବିହ୍ଵଳ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ମୁଁ ଚକ୍ଷୁ ଅବନତ କଲି । ପିଲାଟି ବହୁତ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କରି ସିଲିଂଟି ଉପାର୍ଜନ କରିଥିଲା । ଆମ ଦେଶରେ ଫୁଲ ପ୍ରଚୁର ପରିମାଣରେ ମିଳେ ବୋଲି ବୁଝାଇ ମୁଁ ତାକୁ ଏହା ଫେରାଇ ଦେବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଥୁଲି । କିନ୍ତୁ ମୁଁ ବିଚାର କଲି, ‘ଏହି ତ୍ୟାଗ ତାକୁ ଯେଉଁ ଆନନ୍ଦ ଦେବ ସେଥୁରୁ ମୁଁ କାହିଁକି ତାକୁ ସେଥୁରୁ ବଞ୍ଚିତ କରିବି ?’ ଭାଇ ପ୍ରତି ଥ‌ିବା ଶ୍ରଦ୍ଧା ପାଇଁ ସେ ଅନେକ ତ୍ୟାଗ ପାଇଁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ଥିଲା । ଏହି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିବାର ଆନନ୍ଦ ମହାର୍ଘ ଥିଲା । ତା’ ହୃଦୟର ବେଦନା ସାମାନ୍ଯ ଲାଘବ ହେବ । ମୁଁ ସିଲିଂଟି ଉଠାଇନେଲି । ମୁଁ କହିଲି, ‘ମାଗି, ମୁଁ ଏହି ସିଲିଂରେ ଫୁଲ କିଣିବି ଓ ତୁମ ଭାଇଙ୍କ କବର ଉପରେ ବିଛାଇଦେବି ।’ ମାଗି ଛିଡ଼ାହେଲା । ସେ କହିଲା, ‘ମୁଁ ଆପଣଙ୍କୁ କିପରି ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ ଜଣାଇବି । ମୋ ପାଖକୁ ମନେପକାଇ ଚିଠି ଲେଖିବେ ।’ ମୁଁ ଛିଡ଼ାହେଲି ଏବଂ ତା’ ହାତ ଧରିଲି । ମୁଁ କହିଲି ‘ଶୁଭ ବିଦାୟ ମାଗି, ଭଗବାନ୍ ତୋତେ ଆଶୀର୍ବାଦ କରନ୍ତୁ ।’ ମାଗି ଚାଲିଗଲା । ମୁଁ ମୋ ଆଖିରୁ ଝରି ଆସିଥିବା ଏକ ଲୁହବିନ୍ଦୁକୁ ପୋଛିଲି ଏବଂ ଜିନିଷପତ୍ର ବାନ୍ଧିବାକୁ ଉପର ମହଲାକୁ ଗଲି ।

Notes And GLOSSARY (ଟିପ୍‌ପଣୀ ଓ କଠିନ ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ: )
Vegetarian Restaurant – an eating place where no animal food is served – ନିରାମିଷ ଭୋଜନାଳୟ, My uncle is running a vegetarian restaurant in Puri.
Pushed Into – taken into by force ଭିତରକୁ ଠେଲି ଦିଆଗଲା
Crowded – a lot of people ଜନବହୁଳ A daily market is a crowded place.
skimming through – reading something quickly ଖବରକାଗଜ ଉପରେ While waiting for the train, he was skimming through a newspaper.
priceless – extremely valuable or important
Gift – ଉପହାର a thing that we offer to somebody on a special occasion
waiter – a person who serves food in a hotel ଖାଦ୍ୟ ବିତରକ
cashier – a person who maintains cash in an organization ଭଲ ଭାବରେ
noticed – saw carefully He noticed me in a crowded street. ବିମର୍ଷ ଭାବ sad expression I am worried about my friend’s sad expression over the issue of his family feud.
Aroused – awakened, stirred ଜାଗ୍ରତ କଲା The story has aroused my interest.
curiosity – a strong desire to know something – Our curiosity in space research has brought success to us
What was the matter ?- What was the problem? – ସମସ୍ୟା କ’ଣ?
moved (v) – made someone have strong feelings of sadness
payday – the day on which one gets wages – ମଜୁରି ମିଳିବା ଦିବସ
persisted – the day on which one gets wages – ବଳବତ୍ତର ରହିଲା, ଅବିରତ ଲାଗି ରହିଲା The pain persisted into the morning.
enquired about – wanted to know in details about somebody – (ଟିକିନିଖ୍) ଚାହୁଁଥିଲେ
mysterious – very strange and difficult to explain – ଅଦ୍ଭୁତ|ବିସ୍ମୟକର Her behavior is often mysterious.
poverty-stricken- suffering extremely because of lack of money – ଦାରିଦ୍ର୍ୟ ପ୍ରପୀଡ଼ିତ Most of the people of our country are poverty-stricken.
anxious figure – very worried person – ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ବିବ୍ରତ/ବ୍ୟାକୁଳ ବା ଚିନ୍ତିତ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି
conversation- talk / discussion – କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା
widowed – ବିଧବା a woman having no husband
courage – boldness, effrontery, fearlessness, temerity ସାହସକତା
accompany – to go with / to travel with ସାଥିରେ ଯବା
got up – rose stood on the feet
usually – generally, as usual, normally, commonly – ସାଧାରଣତଃ
approached – proceeded/moved towards, headed
opposite – ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ
opportunity – a situation that makes it possible for you to do something that you want to do – ସୁଯୋଗ | We should not misuse any opportunity whenever it comes to serving our nation.
a thin latch key – ଏକ ପତଳା ଚାବି a thin key for a latch (lock) He uses a thin latch key to lock his room
chat (v) – to talk in a friendly way
festivity – celebration – ଉତ୍ସବ ପାଳନ
neighborhood – people living in a nearby place or a village – ଏକ ଅଞ୍ଚଳର ଲୋକମାନେ
descend (v) – went down –
doorway – an opening where there is a door – ପବେଶପଥ
stare – look at something or someone with wide-open eyes – ଆଖିରେ ଚାହିଁବା
concentrate – to give all attention – ଏକାଗ୍ର ହେବା . My father advised me to concentrate on my studies
resume – start again – ପୁନବାର ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବା
miraculous – amazing, unbelievable, surprising, and fortunate ବିସ୍ମୟକର India’s victory in the third world cup cricket was miraculous.
eagerly (adv.) – ଉତ୍ସାହର ସହିତ, ଆଗ୍ରହ ସହିତ,
aggravated – worsened – ଅତି ଖରାପ ଅବସ୍ଥା Our country’s economy in pack (v) – was aggravated.
bake (v) – make something using dry heat – ସେକାବା
in a fix – in a dilemma – ଅନଜ୍ୟୋପାୟ, He was in a fix over the matter of his support to political parties.
excuse me – ମୋତେ କ୍ଷମା କରିବେ
crystal – a mineral or a rock (clear and transparent) – ଏକ ପଥର ଖଣିଜ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ (ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ଵଳ ଏବଂ ସ୍ଵଚ୍ଛ) Her innocence is crystal clear.
choke (v) – ଚକ୍କର
offenses – crime, wrong-doing – ଅପରାଧ Travelling without a ticket is an offense.
welled up – appeared – ଦେଖାଗଲା | He welled up suddenly in the morning.
deprive (v) – ବଞ୍ଚିତ କରିବା | ଛଡ଼େଇ ନେବା
mourning – lamenting or grieving for a dead person – ମୃତ୍ୟୁରେ ଶୋକାଭିଭୂତ ହେବା The entire nation was mourning after the death of Mahatma Gandhi
accompany (v)- travel with someone – ସାଙ୍ଗରେ ଯିବା
gaze (v) – look fixedly – ସ୍ଥିର ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ଚାହିଁବା
shatter (v) – destroy something completely – ନଷ୍ଟ ବା ଧ୍ବଂସ କରିବା
anxiety – a feeling of worries ଚିନ୍ତା,
console (v) – give comfort to someone during sadness
virtuous (adj) – good quality of a person ନୀତିବାନ୍ | ସାଧୁ
approach (v)- come nearer
ease (v) – ଆରାମ ଦେବା
wipe (v) – clean something using a piece of dry cloth – ପୋଛି ସଫା କରିବା
toil (n) – hard work
emotion – a strong feeling of love and hatred – ଉତ୍କଣ୍ଠା
recover (v) – become well after illness ଆରୋଗ୍ୟ ହେବା
announcing – ଘୋଷଣା declaring, revealing, reporting Gandhi gave a call announcing non-cooperation.
poverty – suffering extremely due to lack of food and money ଦାରିଦ୍ର୍ୟ
bury – ସମାଧି
grave – a grave is a place where a dead person is buried – ସମାଧ୍ଵସ୍ଥଳ Everybody will go to the grave after death
dawn – ସକାଳ ହେବା
gratitude – କୃତଜ୍ଞତା ଅନୁଭବ କରିବା the feeling of being grateful I must express my gratitude to the chief guest for accepting our invitation.
bid goodbye – ବିଦାୟ
shilling – a unit of money (20 shillings make an English pound)- (ଏହା ଏକ ବ୍ରିଟିଶ୍ ମୁଦ୍ରା) My father gave me a shilling on my birthday.
grief (n) – ଦୁଖ
departure – ପ୍ରସ୍ଥାନ
profusion – abundance, plenty – ପ୍ରଚୁର Roses grow in profusion in the garden
sacrifice (n) – ତ୍ୟାଗ
foregoing – sacrificing – ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା She was foregoing so much for the love of her brother.
pack (v) – ପ୍ୟାକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |

Refer More:

LTIM Pivot Point Calculator

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 5 A Hero

February 7, 2025February 6, 2025 by Prasanna

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 5 A Hero of India Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Solutions Chapter 5 A Hero

BSE Odisha 9th Class English A Hero Text Book Questions and Answers

D. Let’s Understand The Text: (ଆସ ପାଠ୍ୟବିଷୟକୁ ବୁଝିବା)

Question 1.
Swami was very much interested in the newspaper report about the brave village boy. What were Swami’s views?
(ଖବରକାଗଜରେ ପ୍ରକାଶିତ ହୋଇଥିବା ସାହସୀ ଗାଉଁଲି ବାଳକ କଥା ସ୍ଵାମୀ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ବହୁତ ଆଗ୍ରହୀ ଥିଲା । ତା’ର ମତ କ’ଣ ଥିଲା ?)
Answer:
Swami was very much interested in the newspaper report about the brave boy. But he didn’t believe the news that his father told him. He was wonderstruck (ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟଚକିତ ହେଲା) how a boy could fight a tiger. He thought that he might have been a very strong and grown-up person.

Question 2.
Why did Swami’s father want him to sleep alone?
(ସ୍ଵାମୀଙ୍କ ବାପା କାହିଁକି ସେ ଏକାକୀ ଶୋଉ ବୋଲି ଚାହିଁଲେ ?)
Answer:
Swami’s father wanted Swami to be a courageous boy who might face any hurdle in his life. He also thought that sleeping alone at night might make one courageous. So his father wanted him to sleep alone in his office room.

Question 3.
How did Swami react to his father’s proposal to sleep alone?
(ସ୍ଵାମୀ କିଭଳି ଭାବରେ ବାପାଙ୍କ ଏକୁଟିଆ ଶୋଇବା ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ ଉପରେ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ପ୍ରକାଶ କଲା ?)
Answer:
Father proposed ( ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ ଦେଲେ) Swami to sleep alone (ଏକୁଟିଆ ଶୋଇବାକୁ) in his office room. First of all, Swami thought that his father might be joking (ମଜା କରୁଛନ୍ତି). Swami changed the subject matter tactfully (ଚତୁରତାର ସହ) by saying that the elders were allowed to play in their cricket team. But his father stuck to his proposal. Swami grumbled but it had no effect.

Question 4.
How did Swami feel when he was left alone in his father’s office at night?
(ସ୍ଵାମୀ ରାତିରେ ବାପାଙ୍କ ଅଫିସ୍ ଗୃହରେ ଏକୁଟିଆ ରହିବା ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ କିଭଳି ଅନୁଭବ କରିଥିଲା ?)
Answer:
Swami felt fish out of water when he was left alone in his father’s office at night. It gave him great pain as he disliked the strain of cruelty (ନିଷ୍ଠୁରତା). He hated the newspaper for the tiger’s story. His heart beat faster. He remembered the stories of devils and ghosts he had heard. Every moment he expected the devils to come up and clutch at his throat (ତଣ୍ଟି ଚିପିବା) or carry him away.

Question 5.
What kind of dreams did he have while he was sleeping there?
(ସ୍ଵାମୀ ସେଠାରେ ଶୋଇଥିଲାବେଳେ କି ପ୍ରକାର ସ୍ବପ୍ନ ଦେଖୁଥିଲା ?)
Answer:
While Swami was sleeping in his father’s office alone, he dreamt a terrible dream (ଭୟଙ୍କର ସ୍ବପ୍ନ). He dreamt that a tiger was chasing him. His feet struck to the ground. He tried to escape but he couldn’t move and the tiger was at his back. Again, he could hear its claws scratching the ground. He groaned in despair.

Question 6.
Why did he wake up?
(ସେ କାହିଁକି ଉଠିପଡ଼ିଲା ?)
Answer:
Swami crouched (ଜାକିଜୁକି ହୋଇ ଶୋଇଲା) under the bench in fear.He fell asleep and saw a terrible dream. When the frightening dream (ଭୟଙ୍କର ସ୍ବପ୍ନ) was continuing, he heard a light thud. He was extremely (ଅଧିକ ମାତ୍ରାରେ) frightened. All sorts of noises reached his ears. These thoughts suddenly woke him up.

Question 7.
What made Swami desperate?
(ସ୍ବାମୀଙ୍କୁ କ’ଣ ହତାଶ କଲା ?)
Answer:
Swami heard a noise in his sleep. He opened his eyes. He sweated with fear. He stared in the darkness and saw something was moving down the wooden leg of the bench and rustling. So he became desperate (ହତାଶ ) thinking that the devil would tear him to pieces.

Question 8.
What made him attack the burglar?
(ସିନ୍ଧିଆଳ ଚୋରକୁ ଆକ୍ରମଣ କରିବାକୁ ସେ କିପରି ବାଧ୍ୟ ହେଲା ? )
Answer:
Swami could hear the rustling in dark. He woke up in terror. He was frightened and sweated with fear as he was alone. Soon he found something was moving down. He thought that it was a devil. He was sure of his death. So without waiting he came out from under the bench and hugged the figure with all his strength and bit its ankle severely.

Question 9.
Suppose you were asked to describe Swami in a few words, how would you do it ? Write the most appropriate answer.
(ମନେକର ତୁମକୁ ସ୍ୱାମୀକୁ କିଛି ଶବ୍ଦରେ ବର୍ଣନା କରିବାକୁ କୁହାଗଲା, ତୁମେ କିପରି କରିବ ? ସଠିକ୍ ଉତ୍ତର ଲେଖ ।)
(a) Young, strong and brave.
(b) Well-behaved and polite.
(c) Disobedient, disrespectful and naughty.
(d) Clever but not courageous.
Answer:
(d) Clever but not courageous. (ଯଦିଓ ସ୍ବାମୀ ଚତୁର ଥିଲା ହେଲେ ସାହସୀ ନ ଥିଲା ।)

Question 10.
What did Swami dream in the office?
(ସ୍ଵାମୀ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାଳୟରେ କ’ଣ ସ୍ଵପ୍ନ ଦେଖିଲା ?)
(a) The devils came up and clutched at his throat.
(b) A tiger chased him and he tried hard to escape but couldn’t.
(c) As a devil came nearer, he held his arms around the devil tightly.
Answer:
(b) A tiger chased him and he tried hard to escape but couldn’t. (ସ୍ଵାମୀକୁ ଏକ ବାଘ ଗୋଡ଼େଇଲା, ସେ ଖସି ପଳେଇବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କଲା, କିନ୍ତୁ ପାରିଲାନି ।)

E. Let’s Understand The Text Better : (ଆସ ପାଠ୍ୟବିଷୟଟିକୁ ଭଲ ଭାବରେ ବୁଝିବା)

Question 1.
Discuss how Swamy felt being forced to sleep alone.
(ଏକୁଟିଆ ଶୋଇବାକୁ ବାଧ୍ୟ କରାଗଲାରୁ ସ୍ୱାମୀ କିପରି ଅନୁଭବ କରୁଥିଲା ଆଲୋଚନା କର ।)
Answer:
Swami was compelled by his father to sleep alone in the office room to prove his courage. He appealed to his mother and granny to come to his rescue. But his father did not listen to anything. Being forced to do so he felt cut off from humanity. He was pained and felt angry. He did not like the strain of cruelty of his father’s nature. He also hated newspapers for printing the tiger’s story.

Question 2.
How would you feel if you were made to sleep alone in a room? Do you share Swami’s feelings?
(ତୁମକୁ ଯଦି ଏକୁଟିଆ ଏକ କୋଠରିରେ ଶୋଇବାକୁ ବାଧ୍ୟ କରାଯାଏ, ତୁମେ କିପରି ଅନୁଭବ କରିବ ? ତୁମେ କ’ଣ ସ୍ଵାମୀ ପରି ଅନୁଭବ କରିବ ?)
Answer:
If I were made to sleep alone in a room, I would be terrified. Because I am not in habit of sleeping alone. I also share Swami’s feelings because I used to sleep beside my granny or grandmother and had no experience of sleeping alone at night.

Question 3.
How did Swami feel in the darkness?
(ଅନ୍ଧକାରରେ ସ୍ବାମୀ କିପରି ଅନୁଭବ କରୁଥିଲା ?)
Answer:
Swami was compelled (ବାଧ୍ୟ ହେଲା ) to sleep alone in his father’s office room at night. He had never experienced it before. He was suffocated (ଅଣନିଃଶ୍ଵାସୀ ହେଲା). He remembered the stories of devils and ghosts he had heard and remembered his friend who had seen a devil. He was faint with fear.

Question 4.
Discuss Swami’s response to the movement in the darkness.
(ଅନ୍ଧାରରେ ଯାହାସବୁ ହେଉଥିଲା ସ୍ବାମୀର ସେସବୁ ପ୍ରତି ଯାହା ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଥିଲା ଆଲୋଚନା କର ।)
Answer:
Swami’s loneliness in utter darkness made him frightened. He tried his best to fall asleep. As he fell asleep, he saw a frightful dream. Just then he heard some rustling sound. He opened his eyes. He stared into the darkness. To his utter surprise, he saw something moving down. He thought it was a devil. He was sure of his death. He became desperate and thought that the devil would certainly tear him to pieces.

Question 5.
Was Swami really courageous? What did people think about him?
(ସ୍ଵାମୀ କ’ଣ ପ୍ରକୃତରେ ସାହସୀ ଥିଲା ? ଲୋକେ ତା’ ବିଷୟରେ କ’ଣ ଭାବୁଥିଲେ ? )
Answer:
Certainly, Swami was courageous. Had he not been courageous, he wouldn’t have attacked the burglar in dark. He attacked the burglar thinking of him to be a devil. People congratulated (ଅଭିନନ୍ଦନ ଜଣାଇଲେ ) ବନ୍ଦୀ ହେଲା) him for his heroic action. A notorious (କୁଖ୍ୟାତ) house-breaker could be captivated (ବନ୍ଦୀ ହେଲା) only because of Swami’s timely action. People thought him a true hero.

Question 6.
“Courage is everything, strength and age are not important.”
(‘‘ସାହସ ସବୁକିଛି, ଶାରିରୀକ ବଳ ଏବଂ ବୟସ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ ନୁହେଁ ।’’)
Answer:
‘Courage is everything, strength and age are not important.’ It was the statement and theory of Swami’s father. It is a fact. A mighty person without courage can do nothing whereas a weak person with courage can do everything. It so happened in the life of Swami. He could attack a strong house-breaker even if he was very young then.

F. Let’s Learn Some New Words: (ଆସ କେତେକ ନୂଆ ଶବ୍ଦ ଶିଖୁବା)

The words given in the brackets have come from the story ‘A Hero’. The expression in each sentence is the meaning of the word after that sentence. Rewrite each sentence using the appropriate form of the word in brackets.
(ବନ୍ଧନୀ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ‘A Hero’ ଗଳ୍ପରୁ ଆସିଛି । ଉକ୍ତିରେ ଯାହା ପ୍ରକାଶ କରାଯାଇଛି ତାହା ବନ୍ଧନୀ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଥିବା ଶବ୍ଦର ଅର୍ଥ । ବନ୍ଧନୀ ଭିତରେ ଥିବା ଶବ୍ଦର ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ରୂପ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ପୁନର୍ବାର ଲେଖ ।)

Example :
The teacher looked at me continuously before asking the question. (fixedly)
Answer:
The teacher looked at me fixedly before asking the question.

1. The plan of action suggested by the students was not accepted by the headmaster. (proposition)
2. The child spoke in an unclear manner which her mother couldn’t hear. (mumble)
3. My friend sleeps in a separate room because he breathes noisily while asleep. (snore)
4. The patient’s painful condition affected everyone. (agonize)
5. The boy was not prepared and so did not want to take the examination. (hesitate)
6. The low continuous sound of the bee adds charm to the garden. (humming)
7. The surface of my car was damaged due to the accident. (scratch)

Answer:
1. The proposition suggested by the students was not accepted by the headmaster.
2. The child mumbled which her mother couldn’t hear.
3. My friend sleeps in a separate room because he snores while asleep.
4. The patient’s painful condition agonized everyone.
5. The boy was not prepared and so hesitated to take the examination.
6. The humming of the bee adds charm to the garden.
7. The surface of my car was scratched due to the accident.

The following sentences occur in the story you have read in Section -1.
1. “How could a boy fight a tiger ?”
2. Any change in this arrangement kept him trembling.
‘Fight in sentence 1 is a verb.
‘Change’ in sentence 2 is a noun.
(ପ୍ରଥମ ବାକ୍ୟରେ fight ଶବ୍ଦଟି verb ରୂପେ ଓ ଦ୍ବିତୀୟ ବାକ୍ୟରେ change ଶବ୍ଦଟି noun ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି ।)
Now read these sentences: (ଏବେ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପଢ଼)
1. He got into a fight with a man in the bar. (Noun)
2. We change our car every two years. (Verb)
ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଥମ ବାକ୍ୟରେ fight ଶବ୍ଦଟି noun ରୂପେ ଓ ଦ୍ବିତୀୟ ବାକ୍ୟରେ change ଶବ୍ଦଟି verb ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି ।
Often in English, one comes across words that can function both as nouns and as verbs in different contexts.
(ଇଂରାଜୀରେ ଆମେ କେତେକ ଶବ୍ଦ ଦେଖୁ ଯାହାକି ଉଭୟ Noun ଓ Verb ରୂପେ ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ ପରିପ୍ରେକ୍ଷୀରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର ହୋଇପାରେ । )
Read the story again and pick out ten such words. Then use each word In two different sentences of your own mentioning ‘noun use’ and ‘verb use’.
(ଗଳ୍ପଟିକୁ ଆଉଥରେ ପଢ଼ ଏବଂ ଦଶଟି ଏପରି ଶବ୍ଦ ବାଛ । ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଶବ୍ଦକୁ noun ଓ verb ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କର ।)
Answer:

1.	Turn (Noun) (Verb)	You have missed your turn (ପାଳି/ସୁଯୋଗ) so you’ll have to wait. The wheel turned (ଘୂରିଲା) slowly.
2.	Face (Noun) (Verb)	She had a surprised expression on her face ( ମୁଖମଣ୍ଡଳ). The building faces (ମୁହାଁ ଆଡ଼କୁ ମୁହଁ କରିବା) north.
3.	Attack (Noun) (Verb)	Security will be increased after yesterday’s attack (ଆକ୍ରମଣ) on the President’s life. The enemy attacked (ଆକ୍ରମଣ କଲେ) at night.
4	Dispute (Noun) (Verb)	This question is still under dispute (ବିବାଦ). The two parties disputed (କଳି କଲେ) over the ownership
5.	Hope (Noun) (Verb)	The situation looks bad, but we don’t give up hope (ଆଶା). I hope (ଆଶା କରେ) to go to university next year.
6.	Cut (Noun) (Verb)	How did you get that cut (କଟା ଚିହ୍ନ) on your hand? I cut (କାଟି ଦେଲି) my face when I was shaving.
7.	Command (Noun) (Verb)	The Indian Army is under the government’s direct command (ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ). The general commanded (ଆଦେଶ ଦେଲେ) his men to the boundary.
8.	Sleep (Noun) (Verb)	Try to get eight hours’ sleep (ଶୋଇବା) a night. I couldn’t sleep (ଶୋଇବା) well last night.
9.	Bat (Noun) (Verb use)	Bat (ଖେଳପଟା ) and ball are necessary for cricket. The Indian players are batting (ବଲ୍ ବାଡ଼େଇବା)) now.
10.	Call (Noun) (Verb)	Give me a call (କଲ୍) when you are ready. The teacher called (ଡାକିଲେ) (out) the names of everyone.

G. Let’s Learn Language: (ଆସ ଭାଷା ଶିଖୁବା)
Speech Change (ଉକ୍ତି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ):
Speech is the words spoken by the speaker. (ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର କହିବା ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ‘ଉକ୍ତି’ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
Example :
The teacher said, “Oil floats on water”.
ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟରେ Oil floats on water ହେଉଛି ଏକ speech ବା ଉକ୍ତି ଓ teacher ହେଉଛନ୍ତି speaker ବା reporter.
Two types of speech (ଦୁଇ ପ୍ରକାର ଉକ୍ତି):

Direct speech (ପ୍ରତ୍ଯକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି)

Indirect speech (ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତି)

(i) It is the actual words of a speaker. (ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ପ୍ରକୃତ କଥା ବା ଉକ୍ତି)

(ii) The actual words are kept within the inverted commas or quotation marks. (ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର ପ୍ରକୃତ କଥାକୁ ଉଦ୍ଧତ ଚିହ୍ନ ଭିତରେ ରଖାଯାଏ । )

(i) It is the changed words told by somebody else other than the speaker.
(ଅର୍ଥ ନ ବଦଳାଇ) (ବକ୍ତାଙ୍କର କଥାକୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନଜନିତ ଉକ୍ତି)
(ii) inverted commas are omitted. (ଉଦ୍ଧୃତ ଚିହ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଉଠାଇ ଦିଆଯାଏ ।)

Change to be effected in the indirect speech (ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଶବ୍ଦବିଶେଷ) :

Direct speech		Indirect speech
I	—>	he/she
we	—>	they
my	—>	his / her
our	—>	their
his / her	—>	my
you	—>	I/he/she/they
your	—>	my / his./ her / their
present simple {go/goes/does/do go)	—>	past simple (went)
past simple {went)	—>	past perfect (had gone)
present progressive {is/am/are going)	—>	past progressive (was/were going)
present perfect {has/have gone)	—>	past perfect {had gone)
present perfect progressive (has/have been eating) can/may/ shall/will/must)	—>	past perfect progressive (had been eating) could/might/should/would/had to
this	—>	that
these	—>	those
since	—>	then
ago	—>	before
today	—>	that day
tonight	—>	that night
tomorrow	—>	the next day / the day after the day
yesterday	—>	before / the previous day the
last night	—>	previous night
here	—>	there
present simple as the reporting verb (say/says/tell/tells)	—>	no change in the tensed verb

Examples:

D.S.: Father said, “You can’t go with me”.
I.S.: Father said told that (€c) I couldn’t go with him.
DS.: The teacher said to the pupils, “You have made our school proud this year.
I.S.: The teacher told the pupils that they (pupils) had made their school proud that year.
DS.: Rohit said, “I am visiting Saurav tonight”.
I.S.: Rohit said that he was visiting Saurav that night.
D.S.: Manali said to Rabi Sir, “Did you call me ?“ (Did – helping verb)
I.S.: Manali asked Rabi Sir if ( QI’ he had called her).
D.S.: Suresh says, “I am pleased with your performance now.”
(says = reporting verb / present simple tense)
I.S.: Suresh says that he is (not ‘was’ for ‘is’) pleased with my performance then.

Here are some more examples (ଏଠାରେ ଆଉ କେତୋଟି ଅଧୂକ ଉଦାହରଣ ଦିଆଯାଇଛି) :
(i) Swami said, “Your office room is very dusty and there may be scorpions behind your law books”. (Direct speech)
Swami told his father that his office room was very dusty and there might be scorpions behind his law books. (Indirect speech) .
Turn the following statements into indirect speech (ନିମ୍ନ ଉକ୍ତିଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପରୋକ୍ଷ ଉକ୍ତିରେ ପରିଣତ କର ।)
(i) Father said, “I don’t at all like the way you are being brought up”.
“If you do it, mind you, I will make you the laughingstock of your school.”
Answer:
Indirect speech: Father told (Swami) that he didn’t at all like the way (Swami) was being brought up. He (Father) warned ( ସତର୍କ କରାଇଦେଲେ) him. to make him the laughing-stock of his school provided he (Swami) did it.

Questions:
Look at the following sentence. (ନିମ୍ନରେ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ଚାହିଁ ।)
Granny pleaded (ବିନୀତ ସ୍ୱରରେ କହିଲା), “Why do you disturb him ?”
Indirect speech: Granny asked father why he disturbed Swami.

Direct speech	Indirect speech
(i) “Wh-questions + helping verb (is, am, are, do, does, was, have) can, must + Subject………………….. ?”(ii) “Helping verbs + Subject ?” (Yes-No questions) inverted commas or quotation marks.	—> … asked (Object), Wh-questions +Subject + Verb(s)… —>…. asked (Object) if + Subject + Verb + … inverted commas or quotation marks deleted.

Exercise:
Report the following dialogue. (ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ କଥୋପକଥନକୁ reported speechରେ ପରିଣତ କର ।)
“Let me sleep in the hall, father” Swami pleaded. “Your office room is very dusty and there may be scorpions behind your law books”.
“There are no scorpions, little fellow. Sleep on the bench if you like”.
“Can I have a lamp burning in the room ?”
“No. You must learn not to be afraid of darkness. It is only a question of habit. You must cultivate good habits”.
“Will you at least leave the door open ?”
“All right. But promise you will not roll up your bed and go to your granny’s side at night”.

Answer:
(In the indirect speech or reporting)
Swami sought his father’s permission (ଅନୁମତି ମାଗିଲେ) to sleep in the hall in an appealing tone (ବିନୀତ ସ୍ୱରରେ). He reasoned (କାରଣ ଦର୍ଶାଇଲା) that his office room was very dusty (ଧୂଳିପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ) and there might be scorpions behind his law books. Thereupon father bluntly (ସିଧାସଳଖ ) refused Swami’s logic (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କରିଦେଲେ) (for (କାରଣ ) there were no scorpions and asked him to sleep on the bench if he liked. Swami (showing a bit of excitement) enquired if he could have a lamp burning in the room. At this, father turned down his request (ଅନୁରୋଧକୁ ନାମଞ୍ଜୁର କରିଦେଲେ) and reassured (ଆଶ୍ୱାସନା ଦେଇ କହିଲେ) him of learning not to be afraid of darkness and encouraged (ଉତ୍ସାହିତ କରି କହିଲେ) him (Swami) to cultivate good habits as ((ଯେହେତୁ) it was only question of habit. Swami further (ପୁନଶ୍ଚ) asked if he would at least leave the door open and father gave his nod (ସମ୍ମତି ଜଣାଇଲେ), however, he wanted him (Swami) to promise him that he (Swami) must not roll up his bed and go to his granny’s side at night.

H. Let’s Write: (ଆସ ଲେଖୁବା)
1. In the story you read Swami was asked by his father to sleep alone in his office room at night. (ଗଳ୍ପରେ ତୁମେ ପଢ଼ିଲ ଯେ ସ୍ବାମୀକୁ ତା’ ବାପା ଏକୁଟିଆ ତାଙ୍କ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ରାତିରେ ଶୋଇବାକୁ କହିଲେ ।)
Imagine that you are Swami and give an account of what followed from your point of view. (ମନେକର ତୁମେ ସ୍ଵାମୀ, ତୁମେ ତୁମ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିକୋଣରୁ କ’ଣ କ’ଣ ଘଟିଲା ତାହାର ଏକ ବିବରଣୀ ପ୍ରଦାନ କର ।)
Begin: It was a terrible experience. Father told me to sleep in the office room alone to do away with fear. Till then I always used to
You may like to end with: My fear of darkness remained unchanged and I still had the habit of sleeping with granny. But the incident made me a hero overnight.

Answer:
It was a terrible experience. Father told me to sleep in the office room alone to do away with fear. Till then I always used to sleep beside my grandmother and any sort of the change in this arrangement kept me awake all night. Everybody knew the fact well. My father left me in the office alone at night. My heart started beating faster as the stories of ghosts and devils came to my memory. I completely covered myself with the blanket. I expected the devils to capture me or carry me away. As I shut my eyes, I saw frightening dreams. Just then I could hear a rustling sound. I got up and stared into the darkness.

I found that something was moving down. I became desperate. As it came nearer I hugged it and used my teeth on it like a mortal weapon. It fell down on the ground. Father along with two other attendants reached there and captured the injured man. He was a notorious house-breaker of the district. The next day I was congratulated at my school. I became a hero overnight. Even the Inspector of Police praised me for my heroic deed. My fear of darkness remained unchanged and I still had the habit of sleeping with granny. But the situation made me a hero overnight.

2. Write a citation (a statement about someone’s character or brave actions) to be read out on the occasion of the award-giving ceremony in honor of a brave young man of your locality who has been selected for the “Bravery Award” by the government. (କୌଣସି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିବିଶେଷଙ୍କ ଚରିତ୍ର କିମ୍ବା ସାହସିକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବିଷୟରେ) ଏକ ବିବରଣୀ ଲେଖ ଯାହା ତୁମ ଅଞ୍ଚଳର ଏକ ସାହସୀ ଯୁବକଙ୍କ ସମ୍ମାନାର୍ଥେ ଏକ ପୁରସ୍କାର ବିତରଣୀ ସଭାରେ ସରକାରଙ୍କ ତରଫରୁ ସାହସିକ ପୁରସ୍କାର ପାଇବାକୁ ଚୟନ କରାଯାଇଥିବା ହେତୁ ପାଠ କରାଯିବ ।)

Answer:
BRAVERY OF A YOUNG VILLAGE LAD
Bikram, a young village lad of 14 years could save a helpless baby from a burning house. On a hot summer afternoon, he was returning home from his coaching center. All of a sudden he heard a loud cry of people and rushed to the spot. He found a large gathering around a burning house. The most pitiable incident he got to know was that a helpless crying mother had left her baby sleeping inside that house. Nobody could dare to enter the burning house and save the baby. It was Bikram who wasted no time and at once jumped into the room with the help of a ladder. Then he came out with the crying baby wrapped under a blanket. The baby was immediately taken to the nearest hospital and was saved. After this heroic incident, the villagers embraced Bikram and thanked him immensely for his brave and adventurous deed.

Let’s Know More (ଆସ ଅଧ‌ିକ ଜାଣିବା )
A. Related words or correct forms of the words.

Word	Related Word
describe (v)	description (n)
boy (n)	boyhood (n)
people (n)	popularity (n), popularize (v), popular (adj), populous
strong (adj)	strength (n), strengthen (v), strongly (adv)
prove (v)	proof (v)
courage (n)	courageous (adj), courageously (adv), encourage (v)
arrange (v)	arrangement (n)
enthusiasm (n)	enthusiast (n), enthusiastic (adj), enthusiastically (adv)
loud (adj)	loudly (adv)
silent (adj)	silence (n), silently (adv)
die (v)	death (n), dead (adj), deadly (adv)
slow	slowness (n), slowly (adv)
hesitate (v)	hesitation (n), hesitatingly (adv)
habit (n)	habitual (adj), habituate (v)
angry (adj)	anger (n), angrily (adv)
pain (n)	painful (adj), painfully (adv)
cruelty (n)	cruel (adj)
presence (n)	present (adj), presently
congratulate (v)	congratulation, congratulatory
horror (n)	horrified (adj), horrible (adj)
frighten (v)	frightening (adj), frightened
dark (adj)	darkness (n)
polite (adj)	politely (adv), politeness (n)
converse (v)	conversation (n), conversant (adj)
relieved (adj)	relief (n)
tremendous (adj)	tremendously (adv)
safe (n)	safety (n), safely (adv), savior (n), save (v)

B. Opposite/Antonyms

Word	Opposite Word	Word	Opposite Word
cowardice	bravery	courage	fear, scaredness
strength	weakness	strong	weak
strongly	weakly	alone	crowded
silently	loudly	darkness	light
disturb	relax	cruelty	kindness, compassion
cruel	kind, compassionate	silence	noise.
silent	noisy	silently	noisily
remember	forget	appear	disappear
rudeness	politeness	rudely	politely
heavy	light	respect	disrespect
whole	partial	wholly	partially
sleep	wake	entire	partial
notorious	reputed, famous, eminent, noted, celebrated, well-known
angry	peaceful, peace-long, calm, composed, serene

BSE Odisha 9th Class English A Hero Important Questions and Answers

Very Short & Objective Questions With Answers.
Answer The Followings In A Sentence.

Question 1.
What did Swami’s father tell him about the news?
Answer:
Swami’s father told him the news of the bravery of a village lad who could fight with a tiger.

Question 2.
What did the brave boy do?
Answer:
The boy fought with the tiger and climbed up a tree.

Question 3.
What didn’t Swami believe?
Answer:
Swami didn’t believe that a boy could fight with a tiger.

Question 4.
Who can do anything?
Answer:
A courageous man can do anything. Courage is everything; strength and age are not important.

Question 5.
Swami disputed the theory.
(i) Whose theory is it?
(ii) What theory does it refer?
Answer:
(i) It is the theory of Swami’s father.
(ii) It refers to the theory of courage.

Question 6.
What did Swami pray?
Answer:
Swami prayed that his father might lift the newspaper once again to his face so that he might slip away to his bed.

Question 7.
How did Swami slip away to his bed?
Answer:
When Swami’s father lifted the newspaper to his face, he slipped away to his bed in the passage.

Question 8.
Where was Swami’s granny and what did she ask him?
Answer:
His granny was sitting up in her bed and she asked him if he was already feeling sleepy.

Question 9.
Why did Swami pull the blanket over his face?
Answer:
He pulled the blanket over his face out of fear.

Question 10.
What did Swami request his granny?
Answer:
Swami requested his granny to keep quiet and not to talk to him.

Question 11.
Why was Swami faint with fear?
Answer:
Swami was faint with fear as his dreadful thoughts continued in the dark room.

Question 12.
What noises and sounds did Swami hear in the darkness?
Answer:
Swami heard the noises like the ticking of the clock, the rustling of leaves, and the sounds of snoring and the humming of some unknown insects in the darkness.

Question 13.
Why did Swami cover himself completely with the blanket?
Answer:
Every moment Swami expected the devils to come up and clutch at his throat or carry him away.

Question 14.
Where did Swami fall asleep and what terrible things did he see there?
Answer:
Swami fell asleep under the bench and saw terrible dreams there.

Answer The Followings In A Word Or A Phrase.

Question 1.
How long did the village lad stay on the tree before he was rescued?
Answer:
for half a day.

Question 2.
What did Swami’s father tell him about courage?
Answer:
courage is everything; strength and age are not important.

Question 3.
Why did father propose Swami sleep alone in his office room?
Answer:
to prove his courage

Question 4.
Who told that Swami could sleep in the hall?
Answer:
Swami’s mother

Question 5.
Where did Swami spread his bed and crouch when he was extremely frightened?
Answer:
under the bench

Question 6.
How many times did Swami’s father order him to get up?
Answer:
four times

Question 7.
Where did Swami’s father return from that night?
Answer:
club

Question 8.
What is Swami like?
Answer:
clever but not courageous

Question 9.
“Courage is everything, strength and age are not important.” Who said it?
Answer:
Swami’s father

Question 10.
Where was father reading the newspaper?
Answer:
under the hall lamp

Question 11.
What news did father tell Swami reading the newspaper?
Answer:
about the bravery of a village lad

Question 12.
Where did Swami sleep every day?
Answer:
beside his granny in the passage

Question 13.
“You are in the ‘Second Form’ and I don’t at all like the way you are being brought up.” What is the meaning of ‘Second Form’?
Answer:
adolescence

Question 14.
Who appeared like a strange figure in the semi-darkness of the passage?
Answer:
Swami’s father

Question 15.
Who objected on the way Swami’s sleeping alone in the office room?
Answer:
mother

Fill In The Blanks.

1. Swami’s father looked like _____________in the semi darkness of the passage.
Answer:
an apparition

2. The dream of Swami in the office was that the devils came up and clutched at his _____________.
Answer:
throat

3. Swami turned into a hero overnight for his having caught the most dangerous _____________.
Answer:
robber

4. Swami could slip away to his bed because his father was gazing gloomily at the _____________.
Answer:
newspaper

5. Swami dreamt that _____________.
Answer:
a tiger was chasing him

6. From under the blanket Swami could hear all sorts of noises like the tickling of clock and rustling of _____________.
Answer:
leaves

7. When Swami was alone in the office room he felt cut off from _____________.
Answer:
humanity

8. Swami had bitten into the flesh of one of the most notorious house-breakers of the _____________.
Answer:
District

9. Munisami’s father spat out blood because the devil near the river’s edge _____________.
Answer:
slapped his cheek

10. Swami’s father said, “You must cultivate _____________”.
Answer:
good habits

Multiple Choice Questions With Answers.

Question 1.
How many times did Swami’s father order him to get up?
(A) twice
(B) thrice
(C) four times
(D) five times
Answer:
(A) twice

Question 2.
Where did Swami’s father return from that night?
(A) market
(B) club
(C) office
(D) office room
Answer:
(C) office

Question 3.
Mother said casually, “Swami went to bed at _____________”.
(A) seven
(B) seven thirty
(C) eight
(D) eight thirty
Answer:
(D) eight thirty

Question 4.
In order to divert the attention of his father, Swami told about his _____________.
(A) friends
(B) playmates
(C) school mates
(D) cricket club
Answer:
(A) friends

Question 5.
Swami’s father looked like _____________in the semi-darkness of the passage.
(A) a ghost
(B) a devil
(C) an apparition
(D) a figure
Answer:
(C) an apparition

Question 6.
“Courage is everything, strength and age are not important.” Who said it?
(A) Swami
(B) Granny
(C) Swami’s mother
(D) Swami’s father
Answer:
(A) Swami

Question 7.
“You are in the ‘Second Form’ and I don’t at all like the way you are being brought up.” What is the meaning of ‘Second Form’?
(A) adult
(B) adolescence
(C) old age
(D) childhood
Answer:
(D) childhood

Question 8.
Who appeared like a strange figure in the semi-darkness of the passage?
(A) Swami
(B) Swami’s father
(C) granny
(D) Swami’s mother
Answer:
(C) granny

Question 9.
Who objected on the way Swami’s sleeping alone in the office room?
(A) granny
(B) mother
(C) cook
(D) servant
Answer:
(B) mother

Question 10.
When Swami was alone in the office room he felt cut off from _____________.
(A) family
(B) humanity
(C) society
(D) friends
Answer:
(C) society

Answer the following question in about 50 words.

Question 1.
Who was Swami? What did Swami feel?
Answer:
Swami was a school-going child. He was a little bit clever but timid. His father was a famous lawyer. Swami felt that he was out of humanity. Pain and anger seized him. He could not digest his father’s strain of cruelty. He also cursed the newspaper for having published the brave act of a village lad.

Question 2.
What was Swami’s father doing in the evening? What did Swami’s father tell him about the news?
Answer:
Swami’s father was reading a newspaper in the evening. He came across the news of a brave village lad who had fought with a tiger in the newspaper. He told Swami that a brave village lad could fight with a tiger only because of his uncommon courage.

Question 3.
Why did Swami’s father want him to sleep alone? How did Swami react to his father’s proposal to sleep alone?
Answer:
Swami disputed his father’s theory of courage. It seemed to be a challenge for his father. So his father wanted him to sleep alone in his office room to prove his courage. First of all, Swami thought that his father was joking. Swami changed the subject tactfully to make his father forget the proposal. But father stuck to his proposal. Swami grumbled but it had no effect.

Question 4.
Who was Swami? How did he try to change the subject?
Answer:
Swami was a school-going child. He used to sleep beside his granny in the passage and any change in this arrangement kept him awake all night. Swami’s father told him to sleep in his office room alone at night. It made him unhappy as he used to sleep beside his granny, He tried to divert his father’s attention saying that they were going to admit even elders to their cricket team and going to buy new bats and balls.

Question 5.
How was Swami able to go to his bed?
Answer:
Father told Swami to sleep in his office room alone at night. Swami tried to change the subject but didn’t succeed. Father was still reading the newspaper. Swami prayed that his father might lift the newspaper to his face so that he might slip away. Just then his father held the newspaper up before his face. Taking advantage, Swami slipped away to his bed and fell asleep.

Question 6.
How did Swami feel when he was left alone in his father’s office at night?
Answer:
Swami felt fish out of water when he was left alone in his father’s office at night. It gave him great pain as he disliked the strain of cruelty. He hated the newspaper for printing the tiger’s story. His heart beat faster. He remembered the stories of devils and ghosts he had heard. Every moment he expected the devils to come up and clutch at his throat or carry him away.

Question 7.
Why did Swami feel cut off from humanity? What kind of dreams did he have while he was sleeping in his father’s office?
Answer:
Swami was compelled to sleep in his father’s office room at night. As he was alone, he felt cut off from humanity. It gave him great pain and he felt angry. While Swami was sleeping in his father’s office alone, he dreamt terrible dreams. He dreamt that a tiger was chasing him. He tried to escape but he couldn’t move and the tiger was at his back.

Question 8.
Why did Swami wake up? What made him desperate?
Answer:
Swami crouched under the bench in fear. He fell asleep and saw a terrible dream. When the frightening dream was continuing, he heard a light thud-. He was extremely frightened. So he woke up. He opened his eyes. He sweated with fear. He stared in the darkness and saw something was moving down. He was sure that his
end had come. So he became desperate.

Question 9.
How did Swami respond to the movement in the darkness? What made Swami a hero?
Answer:
Swami saw terrible dreams in his sleep. He heard a sound and opened his eyes. To his utter surprise, he saw something moving down. He thought it was a devil. He was sure of his death. He thought that the devil would certainly tear him to pieces. In the darkness, he had bitten into the flesh of the devil who was really one of the most notorious housebreakers in the district. His father and others arrived there and captured him. That incident made him a hero.

Question 10.
How was Swami congratulated?
Answer:
The notorious house-breaker was captured by Swami’s father only because of Swami’s uncommon courage. That incident made him a hero. He was congratulated everywhere. His classmates, his teacher as well as his headmaster congratulated him at school. Even the Inspector of Police praised his heroic deed.

Question 11.
Was Swami really courageous? What did people think about him?
Answer:
Certainly, Swami was courageous. Had he not been courageous, he wouldn’t have attacked the burglar in dark. He attacked the burglar thinking of him to be a devil. People congratulated him for his heroic action. A notorious house-breaker could be captured only because of Swami’s timely action. People thought him a true hero.

A Hero Summary in English

Lead In:
You might have heard and read different types of stories. They not only give pleasure but also inspire people. In history, we read that Shivaji could become a brave warrior only by listening to stories of the heroes and great men of the past from his mother. The present topic is similarly a story of courage and bravery. Swami was a common school boy whose father was a lawyer. In the beginning, Swami was very timid. So he had the habit of sleeping with his granny. Once he was asked by his father to sleep alone in his office room at night to prove his courage. Swami had to accept the challenge. No doubt, he was frightened, but a particular incident of that night made him a hero. Now read the story to know how a timid boy became a hero overnight.

Notes:
pleasure – ଆନନ୍ଦ, inspire – ଉତ୍ସାହିତ କରେ, warrior – ଯୋଦ୍ଧା, bravery – ସାହସିକତା, timid – ଭୟାଳୁ, granny – ଜେଜେମା’, frightened – ଭୟଭୀତ ଥିଲା, incident – ଘଟଣା, no doubt – ନିଃସନ୍ଦେହରେ, particular – ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ,
overnight – ରାତାରାତି.

ଉପକ୍ରମ :
ତୁମେମାନେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାର ଗପ ଶୁଣିଥ‌ିବ ଓ ପଢ଼ିଥ‌ିବ । ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ କେବଳ ଆନନ୍ଦ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରେ ନାହିଁ, ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କୁ ପ୍ରେରଣା ମଧ୍ୟ ଦେଇଥାଏ । ଇତିହାସରେ ଆମେ ପଢ଼ିଛେ ଯେ, ଶିବାଜୀ ମା’ଙ୍କଠାରୁ ଅତୀତର ବୀରପୁରୁଷ ତଥା ମହାପୁରୁଷମାନଙ୍କ ଗଳ୍ପ ଶୁଣି ଶୁଣି ଜଣେ ସାହସୀ ଯୋଦ୍ଧା ହୋଇପାରିଥିଲେ । ଏହି ବିଷୟଟି ସେହିପରି ଗୋଟିଏ ସାହସିକତା ସମ୍ପର୍କୀୟ ଗଳ୍ପ । ସ୍ଵାମୀ ଜଣେ ସାଧାରଣ ସ୍କୁଲ ପିଲା ଯାହାଙ୍କ ବାପା ଜଣେ ଓକିଲ ଥିଲେ । ଆରମ୍ଭରୁ ସ୍ବାମୀ ଖୁବ୍ ଭୟାଳୁ ଥିଲେ । ତା’ର ଜେଜେମା’ଙ୍କ ପାଖରେ ଶୋଇବା ଅଭ୍ୟାସ ଥିଲା । ଏକଦା ତା’ର ସାହସିକତାର ପ୍ରମାଣ ଦେବାପାଇଁ ବାପା ତାକୁ ତାଙ୍କ ଅଫିସ୍ ଘରେ ଏକୁଟିଆ ଶୋଇବାକୁ କହିଲେ । ସ୍ଵାମୀକୁ ଏ ପ୍ରକାର ଆହ୍ଵାନକୁ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିଥିଲା । ଏକଥା ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଯେ ସେ ଖୁବ୍ ଭୟଭୀତ ହୋଇ ଯାଇଥିଲା, କିନ୍ତୁ ସେହି ରାତିର ଗୋଟିଏ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଘଟଣା ତାକୁ ବୀରପୁରୁଷ କରି ଦେଇଥିଲା । ଗୋଟିଏ ଭୟାଳୁ ପିଲା କିପରି ଗୋଟିଏ ରାତି ମଧ୍ୟରେ ବୀର ହୋଇଗଲା ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଏବେ ଗପଟିକୁ ପଢ଼ ।

Summary:
1. One-day Swami’s father was reading a newspaper. He found the news of the bravery of a village lad who could fight with a tiger. After that, the boy climbed up a tree and stayed for half a day till some people came that way and killed the tiger. But Swami didn’t believe that a boy could fight with a tiger. His father confirmed the news and told him that courage is everything. When Swami argued the theory, his father forced him to sleep alone in his office room at night to do away with fear. Swami used to sleep beside hit granny because he was very timid. At first, he thought that his father was joking. He tried to change the topic informing his father about the activities of his cricket club. Swami’s father didn’t forget anything. Rather, at night he repeated the challenge. He realized that the matter had gone beyond his control.

Notes:
bravery – ସାହସିକତା, climbed up – ଚଢ଼ିଗଲା, confirmed – ସ୍ପଷ୍ଟ କଲେ argued – ଯୁକ୍ତି କଲା, timid – ଭୟାଳୁ, activities – କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକଳାପ, realised – ହୃଦୟଙ୍ଗମ କଲା, matter – ପରିସ୍ଥିତି, control – ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ, topic – ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗ, beyond his control – ତାଙ୍କ ଆୟତ୍ତ ବାହାରେ

ସାରାଂଶ :
ଦିନେ ସ୍ଵାମୀଙ୍କର ବାପା ଗୋଟିଏ ଖବରକାଗଜ ପଢୁଥିଲେ । ସେ ହଠାତ୍ ଗୋଟିଏ ଗାଉଁଲି ପିଲାର ସାହସିକତା ଖବର ପଢ଼ିଲେ ଯିଏ କି ଗୋଟିଏ ବାଘ ସହିତ ଲଢ଼ି ପାରିଥିଲା । ତା’ପରେ ପିଲାଟି ଗୋଟିଏ ଗଛ ଉପରେ ଚଢ଼ି ପ୍ରାୟ ଗୋଟିଏ ଓଳି ସେହିଠାରେ ଅପେକ୍ଷା କଲା ଏବଂ କିଛି ଲୋକ ସେଠାରେ ପହଞ୍ଚି ବାଘଟିକୁ ମାରି ଦେଇଥିଲେ । ଗୋଟିଏ ସାଧାରଣ ପିଲା ବାଘ ସହିତ ଲଢ଼େଇ କରିଥବ ବୋଲି ସ୍ଵାମୀ କିନ୍ତୁ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କଲା ନାହିଁ । ବାପା ସମ୍ବାଦଟିକୁ ସ୍ପଷ୍ଟ କରିଦେଲେ ଏବଂ କହିଲେ ଯେ ସାହସ ହିଁ ସବୁକିଛି । ସ୍ଵାମୀ ଏହି କଥା ଉପରେ ଯୁକ୍ତି କରିବାରୁ ବାପା ତା’ ମନରୁ ଭୟ ଦୂର କରିବାପାଇଁ ତାଙ୍କ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ରାତିରେ ଏକୁଟିଆ ଶୋଇବାପାଇଁ ତାକୁ ବାଧ୍ୟ କଲେ । ସ୍ବାମୀ ତା’ର ବୁଢ଼ୀମା’ ପାଖରେ ଶୋଇବାରେ ଅଭ୍ୟସ୍ତ ଥିଲା । କାରଣ ସେ ଭୟାଳୁ ଥିଲା । ପ୍ରଥମତଃ, ସ୍ଵାମୀ ଭାବିଲା ଯେ ତା’ର ବାପା ଏକଥା ଥଟ୍ଟାରେ କହୁଛନ୍ତି । ତେଣୁ ସେ ତା’ର କ୍ରିକେଟ୍ କ୍ଲବ୍‌ର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକଳାପ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ ବାପାଙ୍କୁ ସୂଚନା ଦେଇ ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗଟିକୁ ବଦଳାଇବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରୁଥିଲା । ବାପା କିନ୍ତୁ କିଛି ଭୁଲି ନ ଥିଲେ । ବରଂ ରାତିରେ ସେ କହିଥିବା କଥାଟିର ପୁନରାବୃତ୍ତି କରିଥିଲେ । ପରିସ୍ଥିତିଟା ତା’ର ଆୟତ୍ତ ବାହାରକୁ ଚାଲିଯାଇଛି ବୋଲି ସେ ହୃଦୟଙ୍ଗମ କଲା ।

2. Swami was looking for an opportunity to escape from his obstinate father. His father was still reading the newspaper. When he held it up before his face, Swami left the place quietly. He went to his granny and threw himself on his bed and pulled the blanket over his face. Before falling asleep he requested his granny not to disturb him. Soon he started snoring under the blanket. Father appeared like a strange figure in the semi-darkness of the passage. He called Swami in a loud voice to get up.

Of course, his granny pleaded not to disturb him. Swami got up and followed his father into the office room. On the way, his mother also objected to his sleeping alone in the office room. But his father didn’t listen to anybody. At last, Swami requested his father to allow him to sleep in the hall on the plea that the office room isn’t suitable to sleep comfortably. His father listened to nothing, Swami had to accept the challenge. He was allowed only to leave the door open. He became very angry. He hated the newspaper for printing the tiger’s story.

Notes :
opportunity – ସୁଯୋଗ, escape – ରକ୍ଷା ପାଇବାକୁ, obstinate – ଏକଜିଦିଆ, quietly – ନିଃଶବ୍ଦରେ, snoring – ଘୁଙ୍ଗୁଡ଼ି ମାରିବା, appeared – ଉଭା ହେଲେ, semi-darkness – ମୁହଁ ଅନ୍ଧାର|ଅର୍ଷ ଅନ୍ଧାର, pleaded – ଯୁକ୍ତି କଲେ, objected – ବିରୋଧ କଲେ, comfortably – ଆରାମରେ, hated – ଘୃଣା କଲା

ସାରାଂଶ :
ତା’ର ଏକଜିଦିଆ ବାପାଙ୍କଠାରୁ ରକ୍ଷା ପାଇବାପାଇଁ ସ୍ଵାମୀ ଗୋଟିଏ ସୁଯୋଗ ଖୋଜୁଥିଲା । ବାପା ସେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଖବରକାଗଜ ପଢୁଥା’ନ୍ତି । ଯେତେବେଳେ ବାପା ଖବରକାଗଜଟିକୁ ଟିକିଏ ଉପରକୁ ଉଠାଇ ପଢ଼ିଲେ, ସ୍ଵାମୀ ନିଃଶବ୍ଦରେ ସେ ସ୍ଥାନ ଛାଡ଼ି ଚାଲିଗଲା । ସେ ବୁଢ଼ୀମା’ ପାଖକୁ ଯାଇ କମ୍ବଳଟିକୁ ଘୋଡ଼େଇ ହୋଇ ବିଛଣା ଉପରେ ଶୋଇପଡ଼ିଲା । ଶୋଇବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ତାକୁ ବିରକ୍ତ ନ କରିବାକୁ ଅନୁରୋଧ କରିଥିଲା । ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ କମ୍ବଳତଳେ ଘୁଙ୍ଗୁଡ଼ି ମାରିବା ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିଦେଲା । ବାପା ଅର୍ଥ ଅନ୍ଧକାର ମଧ୍ଯରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଅଦ୍ଭୁତ ମୂର୍ତ୍ତି ଭଳି ସେଠାରେ ଅବିର୍ଭୂତ ହେଲେ । ସ୍ଵାମୀକୁ ଉଠିପଡ଼ିବା ପାଇଁ ସେ ଉଚ୍ଚ ସ୍ବରରେ ଡାକ ପକାଇଲେ । ବୁଢ଼ୀ ମା’ ତାକୁ (ସ୍ଵାମୀକୁ) ବିରକ୍ତ ନ କରିବାକୁ ଯୁକ୍ତି କଲେ । ସ୍ଵାମୀ ଉଠିପଡ଼ିଲା ଓ ବାପାଙ୍କ ସଙ୍ଗେ ଅଫିସ୍ ଘରକୁ ଚାଲିଲା । ବାଟରେ ମାଆ ମଧ୍ୟ ତା’ର ଅଫିସ୍ ଘରେ ଏକୁଟିଆ ଶୋଇବାକୁ ବାରଣ କରିଥିଲେ । କିନ୍ତୁ ବାପା କାହାରି କଥା ଶୁଣିଲେ ନାହିଁ । ଶେଷରେ ତାଙ୍କ ଅଫିସ୍ ଘରଟି ଶୋଇବାକୁ ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ସ୍ଥାନ ନୁହେଁ ବୋଲି ଆଳ ଦେଖାଇ ତାକୁ ହଲ୍‌ରେ ଶୋଇବାକୁ ଅନୁମତି ଦେବାକୁ ସ୍ଵାମୀ ବାପାଙ୍କୁ ଅନୁରୋଧ କଲା । ତାଙ୍କ ବାପା କିଛି ଶୁଣିଲେ ନାହିଁ । ବାପାଙ୍କ ଆହ୍ୱାନକୁ ସ୍ଵାମୀକୁ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିଥିଲା । କେବଳ ଦ୍ଵାରଟିକୁ ଖୋଲା ରଖୁବାକୁ ଅନୁମତି ମିଳିଲା । ସେ ଖୁବ୍ ରାଗିଗଲା । ବାଘ ଗପଟିକୁ ଛପାଯାଇଥିବା ହେତୁ ମନେ ମନେ ସମ୍ବାଦପତ୍ରଟିକୁ ଘୃଣା କଲା ।

3. As night advanced, Swami remembered the stories of devils and ghosts he had heard before. So he was frightened. He had heard about the result of meeting with ghosts. He covered himself completely with the blanket out of fear. But he could hear all sorts of noises like the tickling of the clock and the rustling of the leaves. Every moment he expected the devils to come up and clutch at his throat or carry him away. Swami got up and spread his bed under the bench. Soon he felt asleep and saw terrible dreams. He dreamt that a tiger was chasing him.

Then he could hear a noise and felt the presence of a devil in the room. He opened his eyes. He put his hand out to feel the presence of his granny at his side, but he touched the wooden leg of the bench. He was frightened. He imagined that the devil would certainly pull him out and tear him to pieces. When it came nearer he crawled out from under the bench. Swami hugged it firmly and bit severely. There was a sound of falling something amidst the furniture. Just then his father, cook, and servant entered the room carrying a light. They found a burglar lying on the ground with a bleeding ankle. They instantly captured him.

Notes:
remembered – ମନେ ପକାଇଲା, devils – ସୈତାନ, ghosts – ଭୂତ, frightened – ଭୟଭୀତ ହେଲା, covered himself – ନିଜକୁ ଘୋଡ଼ାଇ ଦେଲା, completely – ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଭାବରେ, tickling – ଟିକ୍‌ଟିକ୍ ଶବ୍ଦ, rustling – ଖସ୍‌ଖସ୍ ଶବ୍ଦ, clutch – ଚିପିଦେବା, terrible – ଭୟଙ୍କର, chasing – ଗୋଡ଼ାଉଛି, presence – ଉପସ୍ଥିତି, certainly – ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଭାବରେ, tear to pieces – ଖଣ୍ଡଖଣ୍ଡ କରି ଚିରିଦେବା, crawled – ଗୁରୁଣ୍ଡିବା, hugged firmly – ଜାବୁଡ଼ି ଧରିଲା, bit – କାମୁଡ଼ିଲା, furniture – ଆସବାବପତ୍ର, burglar – ସିନ୍ଧିଆଳ ଚୋର, bleeding ankle – ବୋହୁଥ‌ିବା ଗୋଇଠି instantly – ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ, captured – କାବୁ କରିନେଲେ/ ଆୟତ୍ତ କଲେ

ସାରାଂଶ :
ରାତି ବଢ଼ିବା ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ସ୍ଵାମୀ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଶୁଣିଥିବା ସୈତାନ ଓ ଭୂତ ଗପଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ମନେ ପକାଇଲା । ତେଣୁ ସେ ଭୟଭୀତ ହୋଇପଡ଼ିଲା । ଭୂତକୁ ଭେଟିବାର ପରିଣତି ବିଷୟରେ ସେ ଶୁଣିଥିଲା । ଭୟରେ ସେ ନିଜକୁ କମ୍ବଳଦ୍ୱାରା ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣରୂପେ ଘୋଡ଼େଇଦେଲା । କିନ୍ତୁ ସେ ଘଣ୍ଟାର ଟିକ୍‌ଟିକ୍ ଶବ୍ଦ ଓ ପତ୍ରର ଖସ୍‌ଖସ୍ ଶବ୍ଦ ପରି ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ ଶବ୍ଦ ମଧ୍ଯ ଶୁଣି ପାରୁଥିଲା । ସୈତାନମାନେ ତା’ ନିକଟକୁ ଆସି ତା’ ତଣ୍ଟିକୁ ଚିପିଦେବେ ବା ତାକୁ ସେଠାରୁ ଉଠାଇନେବେ ବୋଲି ସେ ପ୍ରତି ମୁହୂର୍ଭରେ ଆଶା କରୁଥିଲା । ସ୍ଵାମୀ ଉଠିପଡ଼ିଲା ଏବଂ ବେଞ୍ଚ ତଳେ ବିଛଣାଟିକୁ ବିଛାଇଦେଲା । ସେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ଶୋଇପଡ଼ିଲା ଓ ଗୋଟିଏ ଭୟଙ୍କର ସ୍ଵପ୍ନ ଦେଖିଲା । ସେ ସ୍ଵପ୍ନ ଦେଖୁଲା ଯେ ଏକ ବାଘ ତାକୁ ଗୋଡ଼ାଉଛି । ତା’ପରେ ସେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦ ଶୁଣିପାରିଲା ଓ ସେହି ଘର ମଧ୍ୟରେ ସୈତାନର ଉପସ୍ଥିତି ଅନୁଭବ କଲା ।

ସେ ତା’ର ଆଖ୍ ଖୋଲିଲା । ହାତଟିକୁ ବାହାର କରି ବୁଢ଼ୀମା’ର ଉପସ୍ଥିତି ଅନୁଭବ କରିବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କଲା, ମାତ୍ର ତା’ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତେ ବେଞ୍ଚର କାଠଗୋଡ଼କୁ ସ୍ପର୍ଶ କରିବାର ଅନୁଭବ କଲା । ସେ ଖୁବ୍ ଭୟଭୀତ ହୋଇଗଲା । ଏଥର ସୈତାନ ତାକୁ ବାହାରକୁ ବାହାର କରି ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ରୂପେ ଖଣ୍ଡଖଣ୍ଡ କରି ଚିରିଦେବ ବୋଲି ସେ ପରିକଳ୍ପନା କଲା । ଯେତେବେଳେ ଏହା ନିକଟତର ହେଲା, ସେ ବେଞ୍ଚତଳୁ ବାହାରି ଆସିଲା । ସ୍ଵାମୀ ତାକୁ ଖୁବ୍ ଜୋର୍‌ରେ ଜାବୁଡ଼ି ଧରି କାମୁଡ଼ି ପକାଇଲା । ହଠାତ୍ ଆସବାବପତ୍ର ମଧ୍ୟରେ କିଛି ଗୋଟିଏ ପଡ଼ିବାର ବଡ଼ ଶବ୍ଦ ହେଲା । ଠିକ୍ ସେହି ସମୟରେ ତା’ର ବାପା, ପୂଜାରୀ ଏବଂ ଚାକର ଗୋଟିଏ ଲାଇଟ୍ ଧରି ସେଠାରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ । ଗୋଟିଏ ସିନ୍ଧିଆଳ ଚୋର କ୍ଷତାକ୍ତ ଗୋଇଠି ସହିତ ଚଟାଣରେ ପଡ଼ିଥ‌ିବାର ସେମାନେ ଦେଖିବାକୁ ପାଇଲେ । ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ସେମାନେ ତାକୁ କାବୁ କରିନେଲେ ।

4. Swami became a hero overnight. The very next day he was congratulated by all at school. Because a most notorious house-breaker of the district was captured only because of him. Even the police were grateful to him for it. The Inspector of Police advised him to join the police in the future. But he had made up his mind to be an engine driver, a railway guard, or a bus conductor in his life. That day father came to know that Swami had already slept beside his granny again. His father told that he knew it before because Swami was very clever. Swami’s mother got angry and told him not to risk her son’s life again. Father was disgusted and changed his view. Swami heard his father giving him up from under the blanket and was greatly relieved (ଆଶ୍ୱସ୍ତି ଅନୁଭବ କଲା). But fear of darkness remained unchanged and he slept with granny.

Notes:
hero – ବୀର, overnight – ରାତାରାତି, congratuled – ଅଭିନନ୍ଦନ ଜଣାଇଲେ, notorious – କୁଖ୍ୟାତ, house-breaker – ସିନ୍ଧିଆଳ ଚୋର, advised – ଉପଦେଶ ଦେଲେ, disgusted – ବିରକ୍ତ ହେଲେ, relieved – ଆଶ୍ବସ୍ତି ଅନୁଭବ କଲା, fear for darkness – ଅନ୍ଧକାର ପ୍ରତି ଭୟ, unchanged – ଅପରିବର୍ତିତ ରହିଲା

ସାରାଂଶ :
ସ୍ଵାମୀ ରାତିକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଜଣେ ବୀର ପୁରୁଷ ପାଲଟିଗଲା । ଠିକ୍ ତା’ପରଦିନ ସ୍କୁଲ୍‌ରେ ସମସ୍ତେ ତାକୁ ଅଭିନନ୍ଦନ ଜ୍ଞାପନ କଲେ । କାରଣ କେବଳ ତା’ରି ପାଇଁ ସହରର ଏକ କୁଖ୍ୟାତ ସିନ୍ଧିଆଳ ଚୋର ଧରାଯାଇପାରିଲା । ଏପରିକି ପୋଲିସ୍ ଏଥିପାଇଁ ତା’ ପାଖରେ କୃତଜ୍ଞ ହେଲେ । ପୋଲିସ୍ ଇନ୍ସପେକ୍ଟର ସାହେବ ତାକୁ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ପୋଲିସ୍ ବିଭାଗରେ ଯୋଗଦେବାକୁ ଉପଦେଶ ଦେଲେ । କିନ୍ତୁ ସେ ନିଜେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଇଞ୍ଜିନ୍ ଚାଳକ, ରେଳରକ୍ଷୀ କିମ୍ବା ବସ୍ କଣ୍ଡକ୍ଟର ହେବାକୁ ମନସ୍ଥ କରି ସାରିଥିଲା । ସେହିଦିନ ବାପା ଜାଣିବାକୁ ପାଇଲେ ସ୍ୱାମୀ ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ତା’ର ବୁଢ଼ୀମା’ ପାଖରେ ଶୋଇସାରିଛି । ତାଙ୍କ ବାପା ଏକଥା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଜାଣିଥିଲେ କାରଣ ସ୍ଵାମୀ ଖୁବ୍ ଚାଲାକ୍ ଥିଲେ । ସ୍ବାମୀର ମାଆ ଖୁବ୍ ରାଗିଗଲେ ଓ ତାଙ୍କର ପୁଅକୁ ଆଉ ଥରେ ବିପଦମୁଖକୁ ଠେଲି ନ ଦେବାପାଇଁ ତାଙ୍କୁ କହିଲେ । ବାପା ବିରକ୍ତି ପ୍ରକାଶ କଲେ ଓ ନିଜ ମତ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରିଦେଲେ । ବାପା ତାକୁ ଛାଡ଼ିଦେବା କଥା, ସ୍ଵାମୀ କମ୍ବଳ ତଳେ ଥାଇ ଶୁଣିପାରିଲା ଓ ଆଶ୍ୱସ୍ତି ଅନୁଭବ କଲା । କିନ୍ତୁ ତା’ର ଅନ୍ଧକାର ପ୍ରତି ଯେଉଁ ଭୟ, ତାହା ଅପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ରହିଲା ଏବଂ ସେ ତା’ର ବୁଢ଼ୀମା’ ପାଖରେ ଶୋଇଲା ।

The Text : (ପାଠ୍ୟବିଷୟ)
Paragraphwise Analysis.

Text – 1:
For Swami events took an unexpected turn. Father looked over the newspaper he was reading under the hall lamp and said, “Swami listen to this: News has been received about the bravery of a village lad, who, while returning home by the jungle path, came face to face with a tiger…” The paragraph described the fight the boy had with the tiger and his flight up a tree where he stayed for half a day till some people came that way and killed the tiger.
After reading it through, father looked at Swami fixedly and asked, “What do you say to that ?” Swami said, “I think he must have been a very strong and grown-up person, not at all a boy. How could a boy fight a tiger ?”
“You think you are wiser than the newspaper ?” Father sneered, “A man may have the strength of an elephant and yet be a coward; whereas another may have the strength of a consumptive, but having courage he can do anything. Courage is everything; strength and age are not important.”
ଅନୁବାଦ :
ସ୍ଵାମୀଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଘଟଣାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଅପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଶିତ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଆଣି ଦେଇଥିଲା । ବାପା ହଲ୍ ଘର ଲଣ୍ଡନରେ ପଢ଼ୁଥିବା ଖବରକାଗଜ ଉପରେ ଦୃଷ୍ଟି ପକାଉଥିଲେ ଏବଂ କହିଲେ, ‘ସ୍ୱାମୀ ଏହାକୁ ଶୁଣ : ଗୋଟିଏ ଗାଉଁଲି ପିଲାର ସାହସିକତା ବିଷୟରେ ସମ୍ବାଦ ମିଳିଛି ଯିଏ କି ଜଙ୍ଗଲ ରାସ୍ତା ଦେଇ ଫେରୁଥିବା ସମୟରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାଘର ମୁହାଁମୁହିଁ ହୋଇ ଯାଇଥିଲା …. ।’’ ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦଟି ପିଲାଟିର ବାଘ ସହିତ ସଂଘର୍ଷ ଏବଂ ତା’ର ଅଧା ଦିନ ଗଛ ଉପରେ ରହଣି ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଲୋକମାନେ ଆସି ଓ ବାଘଟିକୁ ମାରିଦେବା ବିଷୟରେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କରିଥିଲା ।
ଏହାକୁ ଭଲ ଭାବରେ ପଢ଼ିବା ପରେ ବାପା ସ୍ୱାମୀକୁ ନିରୀକ୍ଷଣ କରି ଚାହିଁଲେ ଓ ପଚାରିଲେ, ‘ତୁମେ ସେ ବିଷୟରେ କ’ଣ କହିବ ?’’ ସ୍ଵାମୀ କହିଲା, ‘ମୁଁ ଭାବୁଛି ସେ ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଶକ୍ତିଶାଳୀ ଓ ବଡ଼ ଲୋକ ହୋଇଥିବ, କେବେହେଲେ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାଳକ ହୋଇନଥ‌ିବ । ଗୋଟିଏ ପିଲା କିପରି ଗୋଟିଏ ବାଘ ସହିତ ଲଢ଼େଇ କରିପାରିବ ?’’
ବାପା ଅବଜ୍ଞାର ସହିତ କହିଲେ, ‘ତୁ ଭାବୁଛୁ ତୁ ଖବରକାଗଜଠାରୁ ଅଧିକ ବିଜ୍ଞ ? ଜଣେ ଲୋକର ଗୋଟିଏ ହାତୀର ଶକ୍ତି ଥାଇପାରେ ଏବଂ ତଥାପି ଗୋଟିଏ ଭୀରୁ ହୋଇଥବ; ସେହିଭଳି ଅନ୍ୟ ଜଣକର ଜଣେ ଯକ୍ଷ୍ମାରୋଗୀର ଶକ୍ତି ଥବ, କିନ୍ତୁ ସାହସ ଥିଲେ ସେ ସବୁକିଛି କରିପାରିବ । ସାହସ ହେଉଛି ସବୁକିଛି; ଶକ୍ତି ଓ ବୟସ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ ନୁହେଁ ।’’

Text – 2:
Swami disputed the theory, “How can it be, father? Suppose I have a lot of courage, what could I do if a tiger attacked me ?”
“Leave alone strength, can you prove you have courage ? Let me see if you can sleep alone tonight in my office room”. A frightful proposition, Swami thought. He had always slept beside his granny in the passage, and any change in this arrangement kept him trembling and awake all night. He hoped at first that his father was only joking. He mumbled weekly, “Yes”, and tried to change the subject; he said very loudly and with a great deal of enthusiasm, “We are going to
admit even elders in our cricket club hereafter. We are buying brand new bats and balls. Our captain has asked me to tell you.”
‘We’ll see about it later, “father cut in. “You must sleep alone hereafter.” Swami realized that the matter had gone beyond his control: from a challenge it had now become a plain command. “From the first of next month, I’ll sleep alone, father.” “No, you must do it now. It is disgraceful, to sleep beside granny or mother like a baby. You are in the Second form and… I don’t at all like the way you are being brought up,” he said.
ଅନୁବାଦ :
ସ୍ଵାମୀ ସେହି ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ ଉପରେ ତର୍କ କଲେ, ‘ବାପା, ଏହା କିପରି ହୋଇପାରିବ ? ଧରି ନିଅନ୍ତୁ ମୋର ବହୁତ ସାହସ ଅଛି, ଯଦି ମୋତେ ବାଘଟିଏ ଆକ୍ରମଣ କରେ ମୁଁ କ’ଣ କରିବି ?’’
‘ଶକ୍ତି କଥା ଛାଡ଼, ତୋର ସାହସ ଅଛି ବୋଲି ତୁ ପ୍ରମାଣ କରିପାରିବୁ ? ତୁ ଏକୁଟିଆ ମୋ ଅଫିସ୍ ଘରେ ଆଜି ରାତିରେ ଶୋଇପାରିବୁ କି ନା ମୁଁ ଦେଖେ ।’’ ସ୍ଵାମୀ ଭାବିଲା ଏହା ଏକ ଭୟଙ୍କର ଯୋଜନା । ସେ ସଦାସର୍ବଦା ଜେଜେମାଆଙ୍କ ପାଖରେ ଅଳିନ୍ଦରେ ଶୋଉଥିଲା ଏବଂ ଏପ୍ରକାର ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାରେ କୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ତାକୁ ଭୟରେ ଥରାଇ ଦେଉଥୁଲା ଓ ରାତିସାରା ଉଜାଗର ରଖାଉଥିଲା । ପ୍ରଥମେ ସେ ଆଶା କରୁଥିଲା ଯେ ତାଙ୍କ ବାପା କେବଳ ମଜା କରୁଥିଲେ । ସେ ଅସ୍ପଷ୍ଟ କଣ୍ଠରେ କହିଲା, ‘ହଁ, ’’ ଏବଂ ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗଟିକୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରିବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରୁଥିଲା; ସେ ଖୁବ୍ ଜୋର୍‌ରେ ଓ ଆଗ୍ରହର ସହିତ କହିଲା, ‘ଆମେ ଏଣିକି ଆମ କ୍ରିକେଟ୍ କ୍ଲବ୍‌ରେ ବଡ଼ମାନଙ୍କୁ ମଧ୍ୟ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିବୁ । ଆମେ ନୂଆ ବ୍ୟାଟ୍ ଓ ବଲ୍‌ସବୁ କିଣିବୁ । ଆମ ଅଧ୍ୟାୟକ ମୋତେ ତୁମକୁ ଏକଥା କହିବାକୁ କହିଥିଲେ ।’’
‘‘ଆମେ ପରବର୍ତୀ ସମୟରେ ଏ କଥା ଦେଖୁ’’, ବାପା କଥାଟିକୁ କାଟିଦେଲେ । ‘ଏବେଠାରୁ ତୁ ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଏକୁଟିଆ ଶୋଇବୁ ।’’ ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗଟି ତା’ର ଆୟତ୍ତ ବାହାରକୁ ଚାଲିଯାଇଛି ବୋଲି ସ୍ୱାମୀ ହୃଦୟଙ୍ଗମ କଲା; ଗୋଟିଏ ଆହ୍ବାନରୁ ଏହା ଏକ ସାଧାରଣ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ ହୋଇ ସାରିଥିଲା । ‘ବାପା, ମୁଁ ଆସନ୍ତା ମାସ ଆରମ୍ଭରୁ ଏକୁଟିଆ ଶୋଇବି ।’’ ସେ କହିଲେ, ‘ନା, ତୁମେ ଏବେ ଏହା କରିବ, ଜେଜେମାଆ କିମ୍ବା ମାଆ ପାଖରେ ଶିଶୁ ଭଳି ଶୋଇବା ଏକ ଲଜ୍ଜାଜନକ ବିଷୟ । ତୁମେ ଏବେ ଦ୍ୱିତୀୟ ଅବସ୍ଥା (କୈଶୋର)ରେ ତୁମେ ଯେଉଁପ୍ରକାର ଢଙ୍ଗରେ ପ୍ରତିପାଳିତ ହେଉଛ, ମୁଁ ଆଦୌ ପସନ୍ଦ କରୁନାହିଁ ।’’

Text – 3:
Swami’s father sat gazing gloomily at the newspaper on his lap. Swami prayed that his father might lift the newspaper once again to his face so that he might slip away to his bed and fall asleep before he could be called again. As if in answer to his prayer father rustled the newspaper and held it up before his face. And Swami rose silently and tiptoed away to his bed in the passage. Granny was sitting up in her bed, and remarked, “Boy, are you already feeling sleepy? Don’t you want to hear a story? ” Swami made wild gesticulations to silence his granny, but that good lady saw nothing. So Swami threw himself on his bed and pulled the blanket over his face.
Granny said, “Don’t cover your face. Are you really very sleepy ?” Swami leaned over and whispered, “Please, please, shut up, granny. Don’t talk to me, and don’t let anyone call me even if the house is on fire. If 1 doesn’t sleep at once I shall perhaps die….” He turned over, curled, and snored under the blanket till he found his blanket pulled away.
Father was standing over him. “Swami, get up,” he said. He looked like an apparition in the semi-darkness of the passage, which was dimly lit up by light reaching there from the hall lamp. Swami stirred and groaned as if in sleep. Father said, “Get up, Swami !”
ଅନୁବାଦ :
ସ୍ଵାମୀର ବାପା ବିଷାଦରେ କୋଳରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଖବରକାଗଜକୁ ନିରୀକ୍ଷଣ କରି ବସିଥିଲେ । ସ୍ବାମୀ ପ୍ରାର୍ଥନା କରୁଥିଲା ଯେ ଯଦି ତା’ର ବାପା ଖବରକାଗଜଟିକୁ ଆଉଥରେ ମୁହଁ ପାଖକୁ ଉଠାଇ ନିଅନ୍ତେ ତେବେ ସେ ବିଛଣା ପାଖକୁ ଖସି ଚାଲିଯାଆନ୍ତା ଓ ପୁନର୍ବାର ଡାକିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଶୋଇପଡ଼ନ୍ତା । ସତେ ଯେପରି ତା’ର ପ୍ରାର୍ଥନାର ଉତ୍ତରରେ ତା’ର ବାପା ଖବରକାଗଜଟିକୁ ଉଠାଇଲେ ଏବଂ ମୁହଁ ପାଖରେ ଟେକି ରଖୁ । ସ୍ଵାମୀ ଧୀରସ୍ଥିର ଭାବରେ ଉଠିଲା ଏବଂ ଅଳିନ୍ଦରେ ଥ‌ିବା ବିଛଣା ପାଖକୁ ପାଦ ଚିପିଚିପି ଚାଲିଗଲା । ଜେଜେମାଆ ତାଙ୍କ ବିଛଣାରେ ବସିଥିଲେ ଏବଂ ମତ ଦେଲେ, ‘ପୁଅ, ତୁ କ’ଣ ନିଦୁଆ ଅନୁଭବ କରୁଛୁ ? ତୁ କ’ଣ ଗପ ଶୁଣିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁନୁ ?’’ ସ୍ଵାମୀ ଜେଜେମାଆଙ୍କୁ ନୀରବ ରହିବାକୁ ନିଜର ଅଙ୍ଗଭଙ୍ଗୀଦ୍ୱାରା ଜଣାଇଦେଲା, କିନ୍ତୁ ସେ ଭଦ୍ରମହିଳା କିଛି ଦେଖିପାରିଲେ ନାହିଁ । ତେଣୁ ସ୍ୱାମୀ ବିଛଣା ଉପରେ ପଡ଼ିଗଲା ଓ କମ୍ବଳଟିକୁ ମୁହଁ ଉପରକୁ ଟାଣିଦେଲା ।
ଜେଜେମାଆ କହିଲେ, ‘ମୁହଁ ଘୋଡ଼ାଅନି । ତୁ କ’ଣ ସତରେ ନିଦ୍ରାଳୁ ?’’ ସ୍ବାମୀ ଟିକିଏ ନଇଁଗଲା ଏବଂ ଫୁସ୍‌ଫୁସ୍ କରି କହିଲା, ‘ ‘ଜେଜେମାଆ, ଦୟାକରି ଚୁପ୍ ରୁହ । ମୋତେ କିଛି କୁହ ନାହିଁ । ଏପରିକି ଘରେ ନିଆଁ ଲାଗିଗଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ କାହାରିକୁ ମୋତେ ଡାକିବାକୁ ଦିଅ ନାହିଁ । ଯଦି ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ମୁଁ ଶୋଇ ନ ପଡ଼େ ବୋଧହୁଏ ମୁଁ ମରିଯିବି ….’’ ତା’ର କମ୍ବଳଟିକୁ ଟଣା ନ ଯିବା ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ସେ ଭଲ ଭାବରେ ଗୁଡ଼ାଇ ହୋଇ ଶୋଇପଡ଼ିଲା ଓ ଘୁଙ୍ଗୁଡ଼ି ମାରିଲା ।
ବାପା ତା’ ପାଖରେ ଛିଡ଼ା ହୋଇଥିଲେ । ସେ କହିଲେ, ‘ସ୍ୱାମୀ, ଉଠି ପଡ଼’’ । ସେ ଅଳିନ୍ଦର ଅର୍ଥଅନ୍ଧକାର ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଏକ ଅଦ୍ଭୁତ ମୂର୍ତ୍ତି ପରି ଦେଖା ଯାଉଥିଲେ, ଯାହାକି ଘର ପ୍ରଦୀପଦ୍ବାରା ଝାପ୍‌ସା ଉଦ୍‌ଭାସିତ ହୋଇଉଠୁଥିଲା । ସ୍ଵାମୀ ଚଞ୍ଚଳ ହୋଇପଡ଼ିଲା ଓ ଦୁଃଖରେ ନିମ୍ନ ଶବ୍ଦ କଲା ସତେ ଯେପରି ଶୋଇପଡ଼ିଛି । ବାପା କହିଲେ, ‘ସ୍ୱାମୀ, ଉଠିପଡ଼ !””

Text – 4:
“Granny pleaded, “Why do you disturb him ?”
“Get up, Swami,” he said for the fourth time and Swami got up. Father rolled up his bed, took it under his arm, and said, “Come with me.” Swami looked at granny, hesitated for a moment, and followed his father into the office room. On the way, he threw a look of appeal at his mother and she said, “Why do you take him to the office room? He can sleep in the hall, I think.” “I don’t think so, “father said, and Swami walked behind him slowly with bowed head.
“Let me sleep in the hall, father,” Swami pleaded. “Your office room is very dusty and there may be scorpions behind your Law books.”
“There are no scorpions, little fellow. Sleep on the bench if you like.”
“Can I have a lamp burning in the room? ”
“No, You must learn not to be afraid of darkness. It is only a question of habit. You must cultivate good habits.”
“Will you at least leave the door open ?”
“All right. But promise you will not roll up your bed and go to your granny’s side at night. If you do it, mind you, I will make you the laughingstock of your school.”
Swami felt cut off from humanity. He was pained and angry. He didn’t like the strain of cruelty he saw in his father’s nature. He hated the newspaper for printing the tiger’s story. He wished that the tiger hadn’t spared the boy, who didn’t appear to be a boy after all, but a monster.
ଅନୁବାଦ :
ଜେଜେମାଆ ସପକ୍ଷ ନେଇ କହିଲେ, ‘ତୁ କାହିଁକି ତାକୁ ବିରକ୍ତ କରୁଛୁ ?”’
ସେ ଚତୁର୍ଥ ଥର ପାଇଁ କହିଲେ, ‘ସ୍ଵାମୀ ଉଠିପଡ଼’’ ଏବଂ ସ୍ବାମୀ ଉଠିପଡ଼ିଲା । ବାପା ତା’ର ବିଛଣାଟିକୁ ଗୁଡ଼ାଇ ହାତରେ ଧରିଲେ ଏବଂ କହିଲେ, ‘ମୋ ସହିତ ଆ I’’ ସ୍ଵାମୀ ଜେଜେମାଆଙ୍କୁ ଚାହିଁଲା, କିଛି ସମୟ କୁଣ୍ଠାବୋଧ କଲା ଓ ବାପାଙ୍କ ପଛେ
ପଛେ ଅଫିସ୍ ଘରକୁ ଚାଲିଲା । ବାଟରେ ସେ ମାଆଙ୍କୁ ନିବେଦନ କଲା ଏବଂ ସେ (ମାଆ) କହିଲେ, ‘ତୁମେ ତାକୁ ଅଫିସ୍ ଘରକୁ କାହିଁକି ନେଉଛ ? ମୁଁ ଭାବୁଛି ସେ ବଡ଼ ଘରେ ଶୋଇପାରିବ ।’’ ବାପା କହିଲେ, ‘ମୁଁ ସେପରି ଭାବୁନାହିଁ? ’ ଏବଂ ସ୍ବାମୀ ନତମସ୍ତକ
କରି ତାଙ୍କ ପଛରେ ଧୀରେ ଧୀରେ ଚାଲିଲା ।
ସ୍ବାମୀ ଯୁକ୍ତି କରି କହିଲା, ‘ବାପା, ମୋତେ ବଡ଼ ଘରେ ଶୋଇବାକୁ ଦିଅ । ତୁମ ଅଫିସ୍ ଘର ଧୂଳିରେ ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଏବଂ ତୁମ ଆଇନ ପୁସ୍ତକଗୁଡ଼ିକ ତଳେ କଙ୍କଡ଼ାବିଛା ଥାଇପାରନ୍ତି ।’’
‘‘ସେଠାରେ କଙ୍କଡ଼ାବିଛା ନାହାନ୍ତି, ତୁ ଚାହିଁଲେ ବେଞ୍ଚ ଉପରେ ଶୋଇପାରୁ ।’’
‘‘ମୁଁ କୋଠରିରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ପ୍ରଦୀପ ଜଳାଇ ପାରିବି କି ?”’
‘‘ନା, ତୁ ଅନ୍ଧାରକୁ ଭୟ ନ କରିବା ଶିଖୁବା ଉଚିତ । ଏହା କେବଳ ଗୋଟିଏ ଅଭ୍ୟାସର ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ । ତୁ ଭଲ ଅଭ୍ୟାସଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅନୁଶୀଳନ କରିବା ଉଚିତ ।’’
‘ତୁମେ ଅନ୍ତତଃ କବାଟଟିକୁ ଖୋଲା ରଖିବାକୁ ଦେବ କି ?’’
‘‘ଠିକ୍ ଅଛି । କିନ୍ତୁ କଥା ଦେ ଯେ ତୁ ବିଛଣାଟି ଗୁଡ଼ାଇବୁ ନାହିଁ ଏବଂ ରାତିରେ ଜେଜେମାଆଙ୍କ ପାଖକୁ ଯିବୁ ନାହିଁ । ମନେରଖ, ଯଦି ଏହା କରୁ, ମୁଁ ତୋତେ ତୋ ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟର ଉପହାସାସ୍ପଦ କରିଦେବି ।’’
ସ୍ଵାମୀ ମାନବ ଜାତିଠାରୁ ବିଚ୍ଛିନ୍ନ ହୋଇଗଲା ପରି ଅନୁଭବ କରୁଥିଲା । ସେ କଷ୍ଟ ଅନୁଭବ କଲା ଓ ରାଗିଲା । ବାପାଙ୍କ ସ୍ଵଭାବରେ ଦେଖୁଥ‌ିବା ନିଷ୍ଠୁରତାର ପ୍ରୟାସକୁ ସେ ପସନ୍ଦ କରୁନଥିଲା । ବାଘ ଗପ ଛପାଇଥିବା ହେତୁ ସେ ଖବରକାଗଜଟିକୁ ଘୃଣା କଲା । ସେ ଚିନ୍ତା କରୁଥିଲା ସେହି ପିଲାଟି ଯେ କି କଦାପି ପିଲା ପରି ଜଣା ପଡୁନଥିଲା କିନ୍ତୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଅସାମାନ୍ୟ ବାଳକ ପରି ଜଣାପଡ଼ୁଥିଲା । ତାକୁ କେବେ ବି ବାଘ ଛାଡ଼ିଦେଇ ନଥ‌ିବ ।

Text – 5:
As night advanced and the silence in the house deepened, his heart beat faster. He remembered all the stories of devils and ghosts he had heard. How often had his chum, Mani, seen the devil in the banyan tree at the end of the street? And what about poor Munisami’s father who spat out blood because the devil near the river’s edge slapped his cheek when he was returning home late one night?
And so on and on his thoughts continued. He was faint with fear. A ray of light from the street lamp strayed in and cast shadows on the wall. Through the stillness, all kinds of noises reached his ears- the ticking of the clock, the rustling of leaves, sounds of snoring, and the humming of some unknown insects. He covered himself with the blanket as if it were armor, covering himself so completely that he could hardly breathe. Every moment he expected the devils to come up and clutch at his throat or carry him away. There was the instance of his old friend in the fourth’ class who suddenly disappeared and was said to have been carried off by a ghost to Siam or Nepal.
ଅନୁବାଦ :
ଯେତେବେଳେ ରାତି ବଢ଼ି ବଢ଼ି ଚାଲିଲା ଏବଂ ଘର ଭିତରେ ନୀରବତା ଘନୀଭୂତ ହେବାକୁ ଲାଗିଲା, ତା’ର ହୃତସ୍ପନ୍ଦନ ବେଗ ବଢ଼ିବାରେ ଲାଗିଲା । ସେ ଶୁଣିଥିବା ସୈତାନ ଓ ଭୂତମାନଙ୍କ କାହାଣୀସବୁ ମନେ ପକାଇଲା । କେତେଥର ତା’ର ଘନିଷ୍ଠ ବନ୍ଧୁ ମଣି ରାସ୍ତା ଶେଷରେ ଥ‌ିବା ବରଗଛରେ ସୈତାନ ଦେଖୁଥିଲା ? ଏବଂ ବିଚରା ମୁନୀସାମିର ବାପା ଦିନେ ବିଳମ୍ବିତ ରାତିରେ ଘରକୁ ଫେରୁଥିବା ସମୟରେ ନଦୀତଟରେ ସୈତାନର ଶକ୍ତ ଚାପୁଡ଼ାରେ ରକ୍ତ ବାନ୍ତି କରି ପକାଇଥୁଲା ……… ?
ଏହିପରି ତା’ର ଭାବନା ଚାଲୁ ରହିଥିଲା । ସେ ଭୟରେ ମୂର୍ଚ୍ଛା ହୋଇଗଲା । ରାସ୍ତା ପ୍ରଦୀପରୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଆଲୋକ ରଶ୍ମି ଭିତରକୁ ପ୍ରବେଶ କଲା ଏବଂ କାନ୍ଥରେ ଛାୟା ସୃଷ୍ଟି କଲା । ନିସ୍ତବ୍ଧତା ମଧ୍ୟରେ ତା’ କାନରେ ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରକାରର ଶବ୍ଦ ପହଞ୍ଚୁଥୁଲା – କାନ୍ଥଘଣ୍ଟାର ଟିକ୍‌ଟିକ୍ ଶବ୍ଦ, ପତ୍ରଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଖସ୍‌ଖସ୍ ଶବ୍ଦ, ଘୁଙ୍ଗୁଡ଼ି ଶବ୍ଦ ଏବଂ କେତେକ ଅଜଣା କୀଟମାନଙ୍କର ଗୁଣୁଗୁଣୁ ଶବ୍ଦ । ସେ ନିଜକୁ କମ୍ବଳଦ୍ୱାରା ଘୋଡ଼ାଇଦେଲା ସତେ ଯେପରି ଏହା ଏକ ଶିରସ୍ତ୍ରାଣ, ନିଜକୁ ଏତେ ଘୋଡ଼ାଇ ଦେଇଥିଲା ଯେ ତାକୁ ନିଃଶ୍ଵାସ ନେବାକୁ କଷ୍ଟ ହେଉଥିଲା । ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ମୁହୂର୍ତ୍ତରେ ସେ ଆଶା କରୁଥିଲା ଯେ ସୈତାନମାନେ ଆସିଯିବେ ଏବଂ ତା’ର ତଣ୍ଟିକୁ ଜାବୁଡ଼ି ଧରିବେ ଅଥବା ତାକୁ ନେଇଯିବେ । ଚତୁର୍ଥ ଶ୍ରେଣୀରେ ପଢୁଥ‌ିବା ସମୟରେ ତା’ର ଜଣେ ପୁରାତନ ବନ୍ଧୁଙ୍କର ଗୋଟିଏ ଦୃଷ୍ଟାନ୍ତ ଥିଲା ଯେ କି ହଠାତ୍ ଅନ୍ତର୍ଦ୍ଧାନ ହୋଇ ଯାଇଥିଲା ଓ କୁହାଯାଉଥିଲା ଯେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଭୂତ ତାକୁ ସିଆମ୍ କିମ୍ବା ନେପାଳକୁ ନେଇ ଯାଇଥିଲା ।

Text – 6:
Swami hurriedly got up and spread his bed under the bench and crouched there. It seemed to be a much safer place. He shut his eyes tight and encased himself in his blanket once again and unknown to himself fell asleep, and in sleep, he saw terrible dreams. A tiger was chasing him. His feet stuck to the ground. He tried hard to escape but his feet would not move; the tiger was at his back, and he could hear its claws scratch the ground…. scratch, scratch, and then a light thud… Swami tried to open his eyes but his eyelids would not open and the frightening dream continued. It threatened to continue all his life. Swami groaned in despair.
Using his utmost efforts he opened his eyes. He put his hand out to feel his granny’s presence at his side, as was his habit, but he only touched the wooden leg of the bench. And his lonely state came back to him. He sweated with fright. And now what was this rustling? He moved to the edge of the bench and stared into the darkness. Something was moving down. He lay gazing at it in horror. His end had come. He became desperate. He knew that the devil would presently pull him out and tear him to shreds, so why should he wait? As it came nearer he crawled out from under the bench and hugged it with all his might, and used his teeth on it like a mortal weapon.
“Aiyo ! something has bitten me” “There was an agonized cry which was followed by a heavy tumbling and falling amidst furniture. In a moment father, cook and a servant came in carrying a light.
And all three of them fell on the burglar who lay amidst the furniture with a bleeding ankle.
ଅନୁବାଦ :
ସ୍ଵାମୀ ତରବରିଆ ଭାବରେ ଉଠିପଡ଼ିଲା ଓ ତା’ର ବିଛଣାଟିକୁ ବେଞ୍ଚ ତଳେ ବିଛାଇ ଦେଇଥିଲା ଏବଂ ସେହିଠାରେ ନଇଁ ପଡ଼ି ଲମ୍ବିଯାଇଥିଲା । ଏହା ବହୁତ ନିରାପଦ ସ୍ଥାନ ପରି ଜଣାପଡୁଥିଲା । ସେ ତା’ର ଆଖୁଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଭଲ ଭାବରେ ବନ୍ଦ କରିଦେଲା ଓ ପୁନର୍ବାର କମ୍ବଳଦ୍ଵାରା ନିଜକୁ ଆବୃତ କରିନେଲା ଏବଂ ତା’ ଅଜାଣତରେ ଶୋଇପଡ଼ିଲା ଏବଂ ନିଦ୍ରାରେ ସେ ଭୟଙ୍କର ସ୍ଵପ୍ନସବୁ ଦେଖୁଲା । ଗୋଟିଏ ବାଘ ତାକୁ ଗୋଡ଼ାଉଥିଲା । ତା’ର ପାଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଭୂମିରେ ଲାଗଲା । ସେ ବର୍ଷିଯିବା ପାଇଁ ବହୁତ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରୁଥିଲା ମାତ୍ର ତା’ର ପାଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଚାଲୁ ନ ଥିଲା; ବାଘଟା ତା’ ପଛରେ ଥିଲା ଏବଂ ବାଘଟା.ପଞ୍ଝାରେ ମାଟି ଆମ୍ପୁଡୁଥିବାର ଶୁଣି ପାରୁଥିଲା ଓ ଆମ୍ପୁଡ଼ା ଶବ୍ଦ ଶୁଭୁଥିଲା ଏବଂ ତା’ପରେ କୌଣସି ଏକ ବସ୍ତୁ ବାଡ଼େଇ ହୋଇଯିବାର କ୍ଷୀଣ ଶବ୍ଦ ଶୁଭିଲା । ସ୍ଵାମୀ ତା’ର ଆଖୁଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଖୋଲିବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରୁଥିଲା କିନ୍ତୁ ଆଖ୍ୟାତାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଖୋଲୁ ନ ଥିଲା ଏବଂ ସେହି ଭୟଙ୍କର ସ୍ୱପ୍ନ ଚାଲୁ ରହିଥିଲା । ଏହା ତା’ର ସାରା ଜୀବନ ଚାଲୁ ରହିବାକୁ ଭୟଭୀତ କରାଉଥିଲା । ସ୍ଵାମୀ ଅତି ନୈରାଶ୍ୟରେ ନିମ୍ନ ସ୍ବରରେ କିଛି କହୁଥିଲା ।
ବହୁତ ଉଦ୍ୟମ କରି ସେ ତା’ର ଆଖୁଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଖୋଲିଲା । ସେ ତା’ ପାଖରେ ଜେଜେମାଆଙ୍କୁ ଅନୁଭବ କରିବାକୁ ତା’ର ହାତ ବାହାରକୁ ବାହାର କଲା, ଯେପରି ତା’ର ଅଭ୍ୟାସ ଥିଲା, କିନ୍ତୁ ସେ କେବଳ କାଠ ବେଞ୍ଚର ଗୋଡ଼କୁ ସ୍ପର୍ଶ କଲା ତା’ ନିକଟକୁ ଫେରିଆସିଲା । ଭୟରେ ତା’ ଦେହରୁ ଝାଳ ବୋହିଗଲା । ଏବେ ଏ ଖସ୍‌ଖସ୍ ଶବ୍ଦ କ’ଣ ଥିଲା । ତା’ର ନିଃସଙ୍ଗତା ? ସେ ବେଞ୍ଚର ଧାର ନିକଟକୁ ଘୁଞ୍ଚାଗଲା ଏବଂ ଅନ୍ଧକାରକୁ ନିରୀକ୍ଷଣ କରି ଚାହୁଁଥିଲା । କିଛି ଗୋଟିଏ ଗତି କରୁଥିଲା । ସେ ଭୟରେ ପଡ଼ି ରହି ଏହାକୁ ଅନୁଧ୍ୟାନ କରୁଥିଲା । ତା’ର ଶେଷବେଳା ଆସିଗଲା । ସେ ନିରାଶ ହୋଇଗଲା । ସେ ଜାଣିଲା ଯେ ସୈତାନ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ତାକୁ ବାହାରକୁ ଟାଣିନେବ ଏବଂ ତାକୁ ଚିରି ଟୁକୁରା କରିଦେବ, ତେଣୁ ସେ କାହିଁକି ଅପେକ୍ଷା କରିବ ? ଯେମିତି ଏହା ନିକଟରେ ହେଲା ସେ ବେଞ୍ଚ ତଳୁ ଗୁରୁଣ୍ଡି ଗୁରୁଣ୍ଡି ବାହାରିଲା ଏବଂ ସେଇଟିକୁ ସେ ତା’ର ସମସ୍ତ ଶକ୍ତି ଖଟାଇ ଜାବୁଡ଼ି ଧରିଲା ଏବଂ ଦାନ୍ତଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ମରଣଶୀଳ ଅସ୍ତ୍ର ପରି ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି କାମୁଡ଼ିଦେଲା ।
“ଓ ! କିଛି ଗୋଟେ ମୋତେ କାମୁଡ଼ି ଦେଇଛି ।’’ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣାଦାୟକ କ୍ରନ୍ଦନ ହେଲା ଯାହାପରେ କି ଆସବାବ ମଧ୍ୟରେ କିଛି ଗୋଟାଏ ଜୋର୍‌ରେ ତଳେ ପଡ଼ିଲା । ସେହି ମୁହୂର୍ତ୍ତରେ ବାପା, ରେଷେୟା ଓ ଜଣେ ଚାକର ଆଲୋକଟିଏ ଧରି ଆସିଲେ ।
ତିନି ଜଣଯାକ ମିଶି ସିନ୍ଧିଆଳ ଚୋରକୁ ଆକ୍ରମଣ କଲେ ଯିଏକି ରକ୍ତାକ୍ତ ଗୋଇଠି ସହିତ ଆସବାବ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ପଡ଼ି ରହିଥିଲା ।

Text – 7:
Congratulations came showering on Swami the next day. His classmates looked at him with respect, and his teacher patted his back. The headmaster said that he was a true scout. Swami had bitten into the flesh of one of the most notorious house-breakers of the district and the police were grateful to, him for it.
The Inspector said, “Why don’t you join the police when you grow up ?” Swami said for the sake of politeness, “Certainly, I will,” though he had quite made up his mind to be an engine driver, a railway guard, or a bus conductor, later in life.
When he returned home from the club that night, father asked, “Where is the boy ?”
“He is asleep”.
“Already ?”
“He didn’t have a wink of sleep the whole of last night”, said his mother.
“Where is he sleeping ?”
“In his usual place”, mother said casually, “he went to bed at seven-thirty.”
“Sleeping beside his granny again ! “father said. “No wonder he wanted to be asleep before I should return home – clever boy !”
Mother lost her temper. “You let him sleep where he likes. You needn’t risk his life again…” Father mumbled as he went in to change: “All right, pamper and spoil him as much as you like. Only don’t blame me afterward….”
Swami, following the whole conversation from under the blanket, felt tremendously relieved to hear his father giving him up.
ଅନୁବାଦ :
ପରବର୍ତୀ ଦିନ ସ୍ଵାମୀ ଉପରେ ଅଭିନନ୍ଦନସବୁ ଅଜାଡ଼ି ହୋଇପଡ଼ିଲା । ତା’ର ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ସାଥୀମାନେ ତାକୁ ସମ୍ମାନର ସହିତ ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ ଓ ତା’ର ଶିକ୍ଷକ ତା’ ପିଠିକୁ ଥାପୁଡ଼ାଇ ଦେଲେ । ସେ ଜଣେ ପ୍ରକୃତ ସନ୍ଧାନୀ ବୋଲି ପ୍ରଧାନଶିକ୍ଷକ କହିଲେ । ସ୍ଵାମୀ ସହରର ଜଣେ କୁଖ୍ୟାତ ଘର ଭାଙ୍ଗି ଚୋରି କରୁଥିବା ଲୋକର ମାଂସକୁ କାମୁଡ଼ି କ୍ଷତାକ୍ତ କରି ଦେଇଥିଲା ଏବଂ ଏଥ୍‌ପାଇଁ ପୋଲିସ୍ ତା’ ନିକଟରେ କୃତଜ୍ଞ ହେଲା ।
ଇନସ୍ପେକ୍ଟର କହିଲେ, ‘ବଡ଼ ହେଲେ ତୁମେ କାହିଁକି ପୋଲିସ୍‌ରେ ଯୋଗ ନ ଦେବ ?’’ ସ୍ଵାମୀ ନମ୍ରତାର ସହିତ କହିଲା, ‘ନିଶ୍ଚୟ, ମୁଁ ଯୋଗଦେବି,’’ ଯଦିଓ ସେ ଜୀବନର ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ସମୟରେ ଜଣେ ଇଞ୍ଜିନ୍ ଡ୍ରାଇଭର, ଜଣେ ରେଳରକ୍ଷୀ, କିମ୍ବା ଜଣେ ବସ୍ କଣ୍ଡକ୍ଟର୍ ହେବାକୁ ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ମନସ୍ଥ କରିସାରିଥିଲା ।
ସେଦିନ ରାତିରେ ବାପା ଯେତେବେଳେ କ୍ଳବରୁ ଘରକୁ ଫେରିଲେ ସେ ପଚାରିଲେ, ‘ପିଲାଟା କେଉଁଠି ଅଛି ?’’ ‘‘ସେ ଶୋଇପଡ଼ିଛି ।’’
‘ସେ ଶୋଇପଡ଼ିଛି ।’’
‘‘ଶୋଇ ସାରିଛି ।’’
ତା’ର ମାଆ କହିଲେ, ‘ସେ ଗତ ରାତିସାରା ଆଖ୍ ପିଛୁଳା ପକାଇ ନାହିଁ ।’’
‘ସେ କେଉଁଠାରେ ଶୋଇଛି ?’’
ମାଆ ଅନିୟମିତ ଭାବରେ କହିଲେ, ‘ତା’ର ଶୋଇବା ଜାଗାରେ, ସେ ସାତଟା ତିରିଶରେ ଶୋଇବାକୁ ଗଲା ।’’ ବାପା କହିଲେ, ‘ପୁଣି ତା’ର ଜେଜେମାଆଙ୍କ ପାଖରେ ଶୋଇଛି । ଚାଲାକ୍ ପିଲା, ମୋ ଫେରିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସେ ଶୋଇ ପଡ଼ିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଥିଲା ।’’
ମାଆ ତାଙ୍କର କ୍ରୋଧ ହରାଇ ବସିଲେ । ‘‘ସେ ଯେଉଁଠି ଶୋଇବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଛି ତାକୁ ଛାଡ଼ିଦିଅ । ଆଉ ଥରେ ତା’ ଜୀବନକୁ ବିପଦରେ ପକାଇବା ଦରକାର ନାହିଁ ।’’ ବାପା ବଦଳିଯିବା ସହିତ ଓଠ ଚିପିଚିପି ଅସ୍ପଷ୍ଟ ଭାବରେ କହିଲେ ‘‘ଠିକ୍ ଅଛି, ଯେତେ ଚାହୁଁଛ ତାକୁ ଆକଣ୍ଠ ଖୁଆଅ ଓ ନଷ୍ଟ କରିଦିଅ । କେବଳ ଏହା ପରଠାରୁ ମୋତେ ଆଉ ଦୋଷୀ କରିବ ନାହିଁ ….”
ସ୍ଵାମୀ କମ୍ବଳ ତଳେ ଥାଇ ସମସ୍ତ କଥୋପକଥନ ଶୁଣିଲା ଏବଂ ବାପା ତାକୁ ଛାଡ଼ିଦେବା କଥା ଶୁଣି ଖୁବ୍ ଆଶ୍ୱସ୍ତି ଅନୁଭବ କଲା ।

Notes And Glossary : (ଟିପ୍‌ପଣୀ ଓ କଠିନ ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ)

events — incidents, actions — ଘଟଣା
Life is full of events.
flight — the act of fleeing from danger – ଉଡ଼ାଣ, ଉଡ଼ାଜାହାଜ
He made aflight onto the trees.
strength — the power of doing, stamina — କରିବାର ଶକ୍ତି, ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ
suppose — think, assume, imagine — ଚିନ୍ତା କରିବା, ଭାବିବା, ମନେ କରିବା
I suppose you are right.
granny — father s mother – ବୁଢ଼ୀ ମା’, ବାପାଙ୍କର ମା’
edge — bank, shore — କୂଳ (ନଦୀ)
beyond — out of – ବାହାରେ
The naughty child has gone beyond his mother’s control.
plain command — clear instruction, direction — ସ୍ପଷ୍ଟ ଆଦେଶ
challenge — dispute – ତର୍କ, ଯୁକ୍ତି, ଆହ୍ବାନ
I accepted his challenge.
Second Form— the act of coming of age, maturity in age and mind — ବୟସ ଓ ବୃଦ୍ଧିରେ ପରିପକ୍ବ
Don’t behave like this as you are in Second Form.
disgraceful — insulting, shameful, distasteful – ଅପମାନଜନକ, ଘୃଣ୍ୟ
The man’s behavior was disgraceful.
unexpected (adj) — which is not expected — ଯାହା ଆଶା କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ| ଅପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଶିତ
I was surprised at his unexpected achievement.
bravery (n) — ସାହସିକତା
The child was praised for his uncommon bravery.
fixedly (adj.)— continuously, without looking away – ନିରବଚ୍ଛିନ୍ନ ଭାବରେ
Father looked at me fixedly and told me something angrily.
sneer(ed) (v)— make an insulting smile
Don’t sneer at other’s religions.
consumptive (n) — a person suffering from tuberculosis – ଯକ୍ଷ୍ମାରୋଗୀ ।
A consumptive should give up smoking.
disputed (v) — made argument – ତର୍କ କଲେ ।
The two governments disputed the ownership of the territory.
wink of sleep — no sleep
frightful (adj) — ଭୟଭୀତ
The old man with a long beard looks frightful.
proposition (n) — an idea or a plan of action that is suggested
We made a proposition, he would join us.
mumble(d) (v) — to speak in a quiet voice without an opening mouth – ଅସ୍ପଷ୍ଟ ଭାବରେ କହିବା
The old woman mumbled a prayer.
enthusiasm (n) — great interest
You should work with enthusiasm.
disgraceful (adj.) — shameful — ଲଜ୍ଜାଜନକ
I objected his disgraceful behavior.
gazing (v) — looking steadily at something for a long time
I lay in bed gazing outside.
gloomily (adv.) — depressingly
My father sat gazing gloomily at the newspaper on his lap.
theory — ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ
rustled (v) — moved or rubbed together — ଖସ୍ଖସ୍ ଶବ୍ଦ କଲା
Her long skirt rustled as she walked.
stillness — calmness, quietness — ନିରବତା, ଶାନ୍ତ
The stillness of the night terrified me.
hardly — seldom, rarely, not often — କ୍ବଚିତ୍‌, କେବେ କେମିତି
strain of cruelty — sign of rudeness
look over — examine something quickly
whereas — ଯେତେବେଳେ କି
passage — a long narrow area inside the house
rustling (n) — making a sound as of dry
leaves – ମର୍ମର ଧ୍ଵନି/ଖସ୍‌ଖସ୍ ଶବ୍ଦ
tiptoe(d) (r) — walk carefully on the toes — ପାଦ ଅଙ୍ଗୁଳିରେ ନିଃଶବ୍ଦରେ ଚାଲିବା
He tipwed quietly out of the room so as not to wake him up.
hereafter — after this time — ଏହି ସମୟ ପରେ
gesticulation (n) — movements of hands and arms to express ideas and feelings – ଅଙ୍ଗଭଙ୍ଗୀଦ୍ଵାରା ଭାବ
Mother made gesticulation to silence his son.
snore(d) (v) — to make noisy breathing — ଘୁଙ୍ଗୁଡ଼ି
The fat man fell asleep and snored loudly.
standing over — to supervise or watch closely — ଅନୁଧ୍ୟାନ କରୁଥିଲେ ।
His father is standing over there silently.
apparition (n) — a strange figure appearing suddenly and thought to be a ghost – ଭୂତ ଭଳି ଜଣାପଡ଼ୁଥିବା ମୂର୍ତ୍ତି
Swami is father looked like an apparition in the semi-darkness.
brand new — ପୁରା ନୁଆ
plead (v) — speak in favor of
The advocates plead in favor of their clients.
see about— attend to someone or something
hesitate — saying something nervously
The boy hesitates to tell a lie.
appeal (v) — request – ନିବେଦନ କରିବା
Anna Hazare appealed to the people to fight against corporations.
fall on (v) — attack – ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ଆକ୍ରମଣ
laughing stock — one that has done something so silly – ଉପହାସାସ୍ପଦ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି
You shouldn’t make anybody a laughing stock.
humanity (n)— the whole human race
Alexander Selkirk felt cut off from humanity in the island.
monster (n) — an abnormal boy — ଏକ ଅସ୍ୱାଭାବିକ ବାଳକ
The monster killed a man before the police caught him.
cut in— interrupt — ବାଧା ଦେବା
devil — an evil spirit — ଏକ ମନ୍ଦ ଆତ୍ମା
I don’t believe in the devil or ghosts.
slap (v) — ଚାପୁଡ଼ା ମାରିବା
Father skipped me for my silly mistake.
chum(n) — a close friend — ଜଣେ ଘନିଷ୍ଠ ବନ୍ଧୁ
Gudu is Debi’s school chum.
despite (n) — the absence of hope
horror(n) — great fear— ମହାଭୟ
burglar (n) — one who enters the housebreaking something — ଚୋର
bong up — grow a child — ପିଲାଟିଏ ବଢ଼ି ବଢ଼ି
lean over — bend— ବଙ୍କା କରିବା
congratulation (n) — ଅଭିନନ୍ଦନ
humming (v)— making a low continuous sound — ଏକ ନିମ୍ନ ଅବିରତ ଶବ୍ଦ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରୁଛି
Sonic insects are humming in the garden.
armor (n) — special metal clothing that soldiers wore in the past to protect their bodies while fight
The soldiers put on armor while fighting.
lose one’s temper —became very angry
crouch(ed) (v) — lay on the ground with limbs drawn close to his body in fear
The dog crouched in the courtyard.
pat(v) — ପ୍ୟାଟ୍
encased (y) — covered something completely
His body was encased in armor
risk(v) — ବିପଦ
chase (v) — run after somebody to catch
A street dog chased me on my way to school.
bite into (v) — କାମୁଡ଼ିବା
thud (n) — a sound like the one which is made when a heavy object hits something else
I heard a thud in the darkness and was frightened.
shut up(v) — ଚୁପ କର
casually (adj) —in a relaxed way
desperate (adj.) —having no hope of something
A desperate man always hides himself from others.
dimly lit — not brightly lighted
sherds (n) — very small pieces
I My scarf was in shreds after the dog had chewed it up
groaned — making a long deep sound out of pain
crawked — କ୍ରକ୍
The boy crawled across the room.
shower on (v) — ସାୱାର
hugged (v) — put the arms around and hold tightly to express happiness
The child hugged its mother.
clutch at — try to hold Lighty
Siam — the old name of Thailand
housebreaker— dacoit, burglar, robber
for the sake of — ଖାତିର ପାଇଁ
mortal (adj.) — fatal, capable of causing death
The boy used his teeth like a mortal weapon.
no wonder — something not surprising
agonized (adj.) — extreme pain
She let out an agonized cry.
make up one’s mind — take a decision
tumbling — ଟମ୍ବିଂ
The hut we built is already tumbling down.
strain — pressure that is put on something
tremendously (ads)- very much
amidst (prep.) — in the middle of – ମଧ୍ୟରେ,
We should remain cheerful in the midst of our difficulties.
relieved (adj) — became free
notorious (adj.) — widely famous in a bad way
The police caught the notorious robber yesterday.
give up (v) — stop something
He gives up smoking.
pamper (v) — make someone feel
comfortable — ଆରାମଦାୟକ
Mothers try to pamper their children.
conversation — talk between two, interaction
The two friends has an interesting conversation.
relieved — consoled, appeased, soothed — ଉପଶମିତ
I am relieaed now.
cut off — disconnected, separated, isolated — ବିଚ୍ଛିନ୍ନ ହୋଇଯିବା
In the recent floods, Cunack cut off the rest of Odisha.
might (n) — great strength/power — ମହାନ ଶକ୍ତି / ଶକ୍ତି

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 3 Road Safety Week

February 7, 2025February 6, 2025 by Bhagya

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 3 Road Safety Week Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Solutions Chapter 3 Road Safety Week

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Road Safety Week Text Book Questions and Answers

D. Let’s Understand The Text

Question 1.
What is the first paragraph about?
(ପ୍ରଥମ ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦଟି କେଉଁ ବିଷୟରେ ?)
Answer:
The first paragraph is about the importance of road safety. It also deals with the causes of the road accidents and the steps and measures to be followed by the road users to check the dreadful accidents.

Question 2.
What is road safety? What does it involve?
(ସଡ଼କ ନିରାପତ୍ତା କ’ଣ ? ଏହା କାହା ସହ ଜଡ଼ିତ। ସଂମ୍ପୃକ୍ତ ?)
Answer:
Road safety means the safety of people from roadside injuries and deaths. It involves various methods and steps which must be followed by the road users to prevent serious injuries and deaths due to road accidents.

Question 3.
What is the finding of the World Health Organisation?
(ବିଶ୍ଵ ସ୍ବାସ୍ଥ୍ୟ ସଙ୍ଗଠନର ମତାମତ କ’ଣ ?)
Answer:
The finding of the World Health Organisation is that most of the hospitalisation cases and causes of death are due to lack of awareness among the people about the rules of the road.

Question 4.
Why is there a greater need of awareness among people about road safety?
(ସଡ଼କ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ବିଷୟରେ ଜନସାଧାରଣଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଅଧିକ ସଚେତନତାର ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା ଅଛି, କାହିଁକି ?)
Answer:
Now-a-days most of the accidents and deaths happen due to rise in number of vehicle users. So there is a greater need of awareness among the people about the road safety.

Question 5.
What does the second paragraph talk about?
(ଦ୍ୱିତୀୟ ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦଟି କେଉଁ ବିଷୟରେ କହିଛି ?)
Answer:
The second paragraph tells about the observance of ‘Road Safety Week’ by the government and support of other organisations to this campaign. It also talks about the aim of the campaign.

Question 6.
Who observes the Road Safety Week Campaign ?
(ସଡ଼କ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ସପ୍ତାହ ଅଭିଯାନ କିଏ ପାଳନ କରନ୍ତି?)
Answer:
The Government of India, non-government agencies, charitable organisations and private firms across the country observe the ‘Road Safety Week’ campaign.

Question 7.
When is it observed?
( ଏହା କେବେ ପାଳିତ ହୁଏ ?)
Answer:
The Road Safety Week is observed every year in the month of January.

Question 8.
What is the main aim of Road Safety Week Campaign?
(ସଡ଼କ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ସପ୍ତାହ ଅଭିଯାନର ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ କ’ଣ ?)
Answer:
The main aim of Road Safety Week Campaign is to aware the people about the result of drunken driving, high-speed driving, importance of wearing a helmet for bikers, a seat-belt for four-wheel drivers and to instruct them not to use mobile phones or listen to music while driving.

Question 9.
What things should people know about road safety by this campaign?
(ଏହି ଅଭିଯାନଦ୍ୱାରା ସଡ଼କ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ବିଷୟରେ ଲୋକମାନେ କ’ଣ ଜାଣିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ?)
Answer:
By this campaign, the people should know about traffic rules and regulations, traffic signals, causes of road accidents and benefits of using helmets for bikers and seat belts for four-wheel drivers.

Question 10.
What does the author say in the third paragraph?
(ତୃତୀୟ ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦରେ ଲେଖକ କ’ଣ କହିଛନ୍ତି ?)
Answer:
In the third paragraph, the author says how, where and by whom the Road Safety Campaign is organised. It also tells us about the government, and non-government organisations initiatives to educate people about the rules of the road by arranging workshops and health check¬up camps for the drivers.

Question 11.
When is the Road Safety Week organised?
(ସଡ଼କ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ସପ୍ତାହ କେବେ ଆୟୋଜିତ ହୁଏ ?)
Answer:
The Road Safety Week is organised every year in the month of January by the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways of India.

Question 12.
Where do people celebrate this week? Who voluntarily take part in the campaign?
(ଲୋକମାନେ କେଉଁଠାରେ ଏହି ସପ୍ତାହକୁ ପାଳନ କରନ୍ତି ? କେଉଁମାନେ ସ୍ବେଚ୍ଛାକୃତ ଭାବେ ଏହି ଅଭିଯାନରେ ଭା ନିଅନ୍ତି ?)
Answer:
The people celebrate this week in the major cities like Delhi, Bangalore, Mumbai, Chennai, Kolkata, Baroda, Pune, Bhubaneswar, Hyderabad and Chandigarh etc. Many schools and colleges voluntarily take part in this campaign.

Question 13.
What do the local authorities do during this campaign?
(ଏହି ଅଭିଯାନ ସମୟରେ ସ୍ଥାନୀୟ କର୍ତ୍ତୃପକ୍ଷ କ’ଣ କରନ୍ତି ?)
Answer:
During this campaign, the local authorities organise a thorough check of drivers and motorcyclists to send a strong message of ‘Zero Tolerance against Drunken Driving’ and other safety violations. Commuters are explained about traffic rules and the cautions to be taken while going on road. Various painting and drawing competitions are made related to road safety.

Question 14.
How do drivers get benefit out of this programme?
(ଏହି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମରୁ ଗାଡ଼ିଚାଳକମାନେ କିପରି ଉପକୃତ ହୁଅନ୍ତି ?)
Answer:
The drivers are also benefitted out of this campaign. Free medical check-up camps and driving training workshops are also organised for the benefit of the drivers.

Question 15.
What activities are organised for school and college children?
(ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟ ଓ ମହାବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟର ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ କେଉଁ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମ ଆୟୋଜିତ ହୁଏ ?)
Answer:
The school and college students also take part in this week’s celebration. They also take part in various painting and drawing competitions relating to road safety. Exhibitions, tests of road rules, and debates on selected themes are also organised for school and college students.

Question 16.
Why is the fourth paragraph important for us?
(ଆମ ପାଇଁ ଚତୁର୍ଥ ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦର ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା କ’ଣ ?)
Answer:
The fourth paragraph is important for us because it deals with various important factors that may cause serious road accidents resulting fatalities.

Question 17.
How many important causes of accident have been highlighted in this paragraph? Can you add some more causes to this list?
( ଏହି ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦରେ ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାର କେତେ ସଂଖ୍ୟକ କାରଣ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ କରାଯାଇଛି ? ତମେ ଏଥରେ ଆଉ କେତୋଟି କାରଣ ଯୋଗ କରିପାରିବ କି ?)
Answer:
Six important causes of road accidents have been highlighted in this paragraph.

Question 18.
Who are eligible to get driving licence from the authorities?
(କର୍ତ୍ତୃପକ୍ଷଙ୍କଠାରୁ ଡ୍ରାଇଭିଂ ଲାଇସେନ୍ସ ପାଇବା ପାଇଁ କେଉଁମାନେ ଯୋଗ୍ୟ ?)
Answer:
For driving a private vehicle people of 18 years age or above and for driving a commercial vehicle people of 20 years age or above are eligible to get driving licence from the authorities. Teenagers above 16 years of age are eligible to get driving licences.

Question 19.
What does ‘distracted driving’ mean?
(‘ଅନ୍ୟମନସ୍କ ଗାଡ଼ିଚାଳନା’ର ଅର୍ଥ କ’ଣ ?)
Answer:
“Distracted driving” means absent-minded or disturbed driving. That includes speak on cell phones or texting while driving or talking to other passengers or listening to loud music.

Question 20.
Find out the word, in the fourth paragraph, which means ‘traveller on foot’?
( ଚତୁର୍ଥ ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦରେ ‘ପାଦରେ ଯାଉଥିବା ଯାତ୍ରୀ’ ଅର୍ଥ ବୁଝାଉଥବା ଶବ୍ଦଟି କ’ଣ ?)
Answer:
In the fourth paragraph the single word for the expression ‘traveller on foot’ is pedestrian.

Question 21.
What can you learn from the fifth paragraph?
(ତୁମେ ପଞ୍ଚମ ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦରୁ କ’ଣ ଶିକ୍ଷା ଲାଭ କରିପାରିଛ ?)
Answer:
From the fifth paragraph we learn that the authority should take strict measures against the driver who neglects the rules and regulations of road safety arid punish them in order to prevent road mishaps. Therefore we should never violate road safety rules while driving.

Question 22.
How can the drunken driving be checked?
(କିପରି ନିଶାସକ୍ତ ଗାଡ଼ିଚାଳନାକୁ ବନ୍ଦ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ?)
Answer:
The drunken driving can be checked by imposing them heavy punishment or fined them heavily not to repeat such violations.

Question 23.
What should the government do for issuing driving licence?
(ଡ୍ରାଇଭିଂ ଲାଇସେନ୍ସ ପ୍ରଦାନ ପାଇଁ ସରକାର କ’ଣ କରିବା ଉଚିତ ?)
Answer:
Strict government orders must be issued to licence issuing authorities concerned for taking strong and rigid steps while issuing driving licence. Strict orders must be issued not to give a licence to an unworthy person.

Question 24.
What can be done for old and unused vehicles?
(ପୁରୁଣା ଓ ଅବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଯାନଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ କ’ଣ କରାଯାଇପାରେ ?)
Answer:
The fitness certificate should be made compulsory for every vehicle running on road. Old and unused vehicles that do not possess a fitness certificate must not be allowed to run on road.

Question 25.
Who does ‘us’ refer to in the last paragraph?
(ଶେଷ ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦରେ ‘ଆମ୍ଭକୁ’ (us) କାହାକୁ ବୁଝାଉଛି ?)
Answer:
In the last paragraph ‘us’ refers to all the people.

Question 26.
Can you suggest some more ways to prevent road accidents?
(ତମେ ରାସ୍ତା ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣା ରୋକିବା ପାଇଁ କିଛି ନୂଆ ଉପାୟର ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ ଦେଇପାରିବ କି ?)
Answer:
Organising awareness programme about road safety, arranging educational programmes to teach road users about road safety are other ways to prevent road accidents.

E. Let’s Understand The Text Better

(a) Match the paragraph numbers under column ‘A’ with their main ideas given under column ‘B’.
(Write the number of the paragraph in the box.) (Question with Answer)
[ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ‘A’ ତଳେ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦର କ୍ରମ ସଂଖ୍ୟାକୁ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ‘B’ ତଳେ ଥିବା ତା’ର ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଧାରଣା/ବିଷୟବସ୍ତୁ ସହ ମିଳାଅ । (ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦର କ୍ରମ ସଂଖ୍ୟାକୁ ବାକ୍ସ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ଲେଖ ।)]

A	B
1	( ) organisation of road safety week
2	( ) causes of road accidents
3	( ) ways or measures for prevention of road accidents
4	( ) road safety and its importance
5	( ) conclusion; theme of the text
6	( ) aims of Road Safety Week Campaign

Answer:

A	B
1	2 organisation of road safety week
2	4 causes of road accidents
3	5 ways or measures for prevention of road accidents
4	1 road safety and its importance
5	6 conclusion; theme of the text
6	3 aims of Road Safety Week Campaign

(ii) Fill in the blanks choosing the appropriate words from brackets.
(ବନ୍ଧନୀ ମଧ୍ଯରୁ ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ଶବ୍ଦ ବାଛି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।)
(distracted driving. on-road travellers, drivers, safety, school children, sixteen years, simple rules, awareness)

(i) According to the statistics of the World Health Organisation, most of the hospitalisation cases and leading causes of deaths are due to lack of ___________ about road safety.
Answer:
awareness

(ii) The aim or Road Safety Week Campaign is to emphasise and educate people about safe road travel by applying just ____________.
Answer:
simple rules

(iii) Pocket guides and leatìèts related to road safety are distributed to the _____________.
Answer:
on-road travellers

(iv) Free medical check-up camps are organised for the ____________.
Answer:
drivers

(v) Traffic safety games including card games, puzzles and board games are organised for ______________.
Ans.
school children

(Vi) The permissible age in India for having a driving licence is ____________ for vehicles up to 50 CC engine capacities without gears with the consent of parents.
Answer:
sixteen years

(vii) Texting on cell phones while driving is a kind of ____________.
Answer:
distracted driving

(viii) Everyone should think about ___________ first then drive.
Answer:
safety

F. Let’s Talk:

(a) The teacher reads aloud the following sentences. Listen to him/her and say whether they are “True” or “False”. Refer to the text and say the paragraph number and the line number in which the answer is available.
(ଶିକ୍ଷକ/ଶିକ୍ଷୟିତ୍ରୀ ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ୍ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିଟକୁ ଉଚ୍ଚ ସ୍ବରରେ ପଢ଼ିବେ । ତାଙ୍କୁ ଶୁଣ ଏବଂ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ‘ସତ୍ୟ’ କିମ୍ବା ‘ମିଥ୍ୟା’ କୁହ । ପାଠ୍ୟ ବିଷୟକୁ ଦେଖ ଏବଂ ଯେଉଁଥରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଅଛି ସେହି ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦର କ୍ରମ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ଓ ଧାଡ଼ି ସଂଖ୍ୟା କୁହ ।)
(i) Most of the accidents take place due to lack of awareness among the people.
(ii) The celebration of Road Safety Week is one of awareness programmes to be safe on the road.
(iii) Road Safety campaign discourages people not to drink alcohol, not to use cell phones for talking and texting.
(iv) Road Safety Week is organised every year in the month of November by the Ministry of Road Transport and Highway.
(v) During the Road Safety Week training camps are organised for school and college children.
(vi) The young people at the age of 16 can obtain driving licence.
(vii) The fitness certificates should be made compulsory for only old and unused vehicles,
(viii) Talking to other persons while driving comes under drunken driving.
(ix) Road Safety Week creates an opportunity to make people understand what could be done to save our life as well as the life of others.
(x) We should think about driving fast then our safety.
Answer:
(i) True (Para – 1, line – 7)
(ii) True (Para – 2, line – 1)
(iii) True (Para – 2, lines – 4 & 5)
(iv) False (Para – 3, line – 1)
(v) False (Para – 3, line – 6)
(vi) False (Para – 4, line – 5)
(vii) False (Para – 5, line – 7)
(viii) False (Para – 4, line -10)
(ix) True (Para – 6, line – 1)
(x) False (Para – 1, line – 1)

(b) Use the following slogans in a chain-drill.
(କ୍ରମାନ୍ୱୟରେ ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ୍ ସ୍ଲୋଗାନ୍‌ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କର ।)
[Each student will say one slogan. All the students will go on saying one after another.]
[ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଛାତ୍ର ଗୋଟିଏ ସ୍ଲୋଗାନ୍ କହିବେ । ସମସ୍ତ ଛାତ୍ର ଜଣକ ପରେ ଜଣେ କହିବେ ।]

Follow road safety rules.
Don’t be careless, follow traffic rules.
Be alert to save your life.
Follow road culture to save your future.
It is wise to be slow while driving.
Don’t be in a hurry, or you will be in worry.
Never drink while driving.
Drink and drive never go together.
Roads are made to drive not to fly.
Alert today to live tomorrow.
Don’t drive in a long lane; it will leave you in pain.
Drive slowly as your first drive can be your last drive.
Always use seat belt to avoid accident.
Be sure to wear helmet before riding your bike.
Drive slower to live longer.

G. Let’s Learn Words

(a) Solve the following cross-word puzzle and find thirteen words related to Road Safety. (Question with Answer)
(ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ୍ ଶବ୍ଦ-ଧନ୍ଦାଟିକୁ ସମାଧାନ କର ଏବଂ Road Safety (ସଡ଼କ ନିରାପତ୍ତା) ସହ ସମ୍ପର୍କିତ ତେରଗୋଟି ଶବ୍ଦ ଖୋଜି ବାହାର କର । )

Solve the following cross-word puzzle and find thirteen words related to Road Safety
Answer:

⁵H

¹³D

²R

⁷R

¹²P

³S

9_Y

⁴R

^l0L

⁸G

^UT

Clues :
Down : (Question with Answers)
1. Corning and going of persons and vehicles. ___________
4. We obey them. ________
6. A car driver uses it while driving.__________
9. A colour indicating to ‘proceed with caution’. __________
12. People who control the traffic. ___________
13. A person who drives a vehicle. ___________

Across :
2. A path on which we travel._________
3. Safeness __________
5. We wear it while riding bikes. ______________
7. A colour indicating to ‘stop’. ______________
8. A colour indicating to ‘go’.________________
10. Every driver should have this certificate. ____________
11. A person who goes from one place to another. ____________

Answer:
Down:
1. Traffic
4. Rules
6. Seat-Belt
9. Yellow
12. Police
13. Driver

Across :
2. Road
3. Safety
5. Helmet
7. Red
8. Green
10. Licence
11. Traveller

(b) Read and underline the symbols given in the following three charts and match the symbols under ‘A’ with the instructions under ‘B’ in the table below. Write the number of each symbol in the box provided for each instruction. One is done for you. (Question with Answer)
(ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ ତିନୋଟି ଚାର୍ଟରେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥ‌ିବା ସଙ୍କେତଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପଢ଼ ଓ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ କର ଏବଂ ନିମ୍ନରେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥିବା ସାରଣୀରେ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ‘A’ ତଳେ ଥିବା ସଙ୍କେତକୁ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ‘B’ ତଳେ ଥିବା ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ ସହ ମିଳାଅ । ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ସଙ୍କେତର କ୍ରମସଂଖ୍ୟାକୁ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ ପାଇଁ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ବାଢ଼ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ଲେଖ । ଗୋଟିଏ ତୁମ ପାଇଁ କରି ଦିଆଯାଇଛି ।)

Write the number of each symbol in the box provided for each instruction. One is done for you

Write the number of each symbol in the box provided for each instruction Question

Write the number of each symbol in the box provided for each instruction Answer

(c) Mark the words in bold letters in the following sentences.
(ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ୍ ବାକ୍ୟରେ କଳା ଅକ୍ଷରରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର ।)
According to the statistics of the World Health Organisation, most cases of hospitalisation and leading causes of death are due to lack of awareness.
We can break the words in the following way and know how they are formed.
1. hospitalistion = hospitalise + tion
2. organisation = organize + tion
Here ‘hospitalise’ and ‘organise’ are verbs, and ‘hospitalisation’ and ‘organisation’ are nouns.
Now break the following words and find the verbs. You may use a dictionary to get the ‘verb forms’. (Question with Answer).
(ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଭାଙ୍ଗି ଦିଅ ଏବଂ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବାହାର କର । ତୁମେ ‘କ୍ରିୟା ରୂପ’ ଦେଖିବାପାଇଁ ଅଭିଧାନ ବ୍ୟବାହର କରିପାର । )

(i)	regulation	= __________	+ ___________
(ii)	celebration	= __________	+ ___________
(iii)	estimation	= __________	+ ___________
(iv)	promotion	= __________	+ ___________
(v)	transportation	= __________	+ ___________
(vi)	observation	= __________	+ ___________
(vii)	education	= __________	+ ___________
(viii)	competition	= __________	+ ___________
(ix)	distribution	= __________	+ ___________
(x)	motivation	= __________	+ ___________
(xi)	commutation	= __________	+ ___________
(xii)	violation	= __________	+ ___________
(xiii)	prevention	= __________	+ ___________
(xiv)	provision	= _________	+ ___________

Answer:

(i)	regulation	= regulate	+ tion
(ii)	celebration	= celebrate	+ tion
(iii)	estimation	= estimate	+ tion
(iv)	promotion	= promote	+ tion
(v)	transportation	= transport	+ tion
(vi)	observation	= observe	+ tion
(vii)	education	= educate	+ tion
(viii)	competition	= compete	+ tion
(ix)	distribution	= distribute	+ tion
(x)	motivation	= motivate	+ tion
(xi)	commutation	= commutate	+ tion
(xii)	violation	= violate	+ tion
(xiii)	prevention	= prevent	+ tion
(xiv)	provision	= provide	+ tion

Now, fill in the blanks in the following sentences with suitable words (verbs/nouns) from the above list in their correct forms.
(ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ନିମ୍ନଲିଖୂ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଉପରିସ୍ଥ ତାଲିକାରୁ ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ଶବ୍ଦ (କ୍ରିୟା|ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ) ବାଛି ତା’ର ସଠିକ୍ ରୂପ ବସାଇ ପୂରଣ କର ।)

(i) The government _________ the Road Safety Week every year in the month of January.
(ii) Many non-government __________ provide support to the Road Safety week Campaign.
(iii) The aim of the Road Safety Week Campaign is to _________ the people.
(iv) We can __________ accidents by making people aware of the road safety rules.
(y) Road Safety Quiz ___________ are organised for the young people.
(vi) Persons caught talking or texting on cell phones should be fined not to repeat such ___________.
(vii) The act of coming to the working place and going back home every day is called ____________.
(viii) We can ___________ leaflets to make people aware of the road safety rules.
Answer:
(i) celebrates,
(ii) organisations,
(iii) motivate,
(iv) prevent,
(v) competitions,
(vi) violations,
(vii) commutation,
(viii) distribute

(d) Study the following pairs of words and mark their combination.
(ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ଯୋଡ଼ା ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଓ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ସଂଯୋଗ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର ।)

important issue
educational banners

Here these pairs of words go together and are used in that way. This habitual combination of words sounds natural in English, e.g. : One says ‘strong coffee’ but not ‘powerful coffee’. This combination is called Collocation in English.
In the above examples, the first word is an ‘Adjective’ and the second word is a ‘Noun’. These combination are collocation of nouns and adjectives. We also use ‘Nouns’ with ‘Nouns’ in collocation, e.g.: safety rules.

Now, match the words under ‘A’ with the words under ‘B’ and write the pairs of words below. One is done for you.
(ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ‘A’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ତଳେ ଥିବା ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ‘B’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ତଳେ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସହ ଯୋଗ କରି ଯୋଡ଼ା ଶବ୍ଦ ଗଠନ କର । ତୁମ ପାଇଁ ଗୋଟିଏ କରି ଦିଆଯାଇଛି ।)

A	B
seat	training
traffic	driver
driving	pedestrians
medical	belt
parking	rule s
probited	area
drunken	gap
careless	competition
distant	check- up
drawing	place

Answer:

A	B
seat	belt
traffic	rules
driving	training
medical	check-up
parking	place
probited	area
drunken	driver
careless	pedestrian s
distant	gap
drawing	competition

H. Let’s Learn Language

Study the following sentences and mark the highlighted words in bold letters.
(ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ୍ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କର ଏବଂ କଳା ଅକ୍ଷରେ ଦର୍ଶାଯାଇଥ‌ିବା ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର ।)
1. The driver could not control the bus.
2. You must be careful while crossing the road.
3. We should obey the traffic rules to avoid accidents.
4. The traffic police have to wear uniform.
5. Everyone needs to be well aware of the traffic rules to avoid life risk.
All the highlighted words in the above sentences are ‘Modal Auxiliaries’ that are used with other verbs to express the mood of the speaker/uses.

The “modals” in English language are : can, could, may, might, shall, should, will, would, must, have to , need to, dare, ought to Study the following sentences in the table to know more about the use and meaning of ‘Modals’.
(Modalଗୁଡ଼ିକର ବ୍ୟବହାର ଏବଂ ଅର୍ଥ ଜାଣିବା ପାଇଁ ସାରଣୀରେ ଥିବା ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅଧ୍ୟୟନ କର ।)

Modals	Exampels/use in sentences	Meaning
can	Sonali can ride a scooty.	ability
	It can be risky if she rides a motorcycle without knowing traffic rules.	possibility/probability
	Can I borrow your helmet?	seeking permission
	Can I have a driving licence application form?	request
	Can I help you with this luggage?	offering help
Modals	Exampels/use in sentences	Meaning
could	Sagarika could read and understand the traffic signs and symbols.	past ability
	Sushree, could you please tell me the way to the post office?	polite request
	Could I ride you bicycle please?	seeking permission
will	The road is very crowded so I will drive my car very carefully.	intention
	It will be more crowded in the evening.	prediction
	I will get you a book about road safety rules.	promise
shall	Shall we hold a meeting to make people aware of the rules?	suggestion
	Shall I make you the bed?	offering help
would	Would you like to ride a motorbike or drive a car?	preference
	Would you attend the road safety week campaign?	invitation
	Would you mind if I reach half an hour late?	seeking permission
should	We should obey the traffic rules of the road.	obligation
may	May I help you?	offering help
	May I use your helmet?	request
	Odisha may become No. 1 state to reduce road accidents by 2020.	prediction
	May God bless you!	wish
might	Your life might be unsafe if you do not obey traffic rules.	possibility
must	You must listen to your elders.	obligation
need to	You need to learn how to drive before you apply for a driving licence.	compulsion

Now fill in the blanks choosing the appropriate models from brackets.
(ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ବନ୍ଧନୀ ମଧ୍ଯରୁ ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ modal from ବାଛି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।)
(will, shall, should, can, could, must)
1. This bus take 45 passengers safely.
2. Your driving licence has been approved. You get it next week from the postman.
3. It is your fault. You not drive the car so fast.
4. You ___________ wear a helmet to save your life.
5. He be punished if he does not give up his habit of taking alcohol.
6. you drop me at the station?
7. My father suggests that we be careful while crossing the road.
Answer:
1. can,
2. will,
3. must,
4. should,
5. must,
6. Could,
7. shall

I. Let’s Write :

(a) Read the following chart of ‘Road Offences and Penalties’ to write the answer to the questions given below.
( ‘ରାସ୍ତା ନିୟମ ଭଙ୍ଗ ଓ ଜୋରିମାନା’ ଚାର୍ଟଟିକୁ ପଢ଼ ଏବଂ ନିମ୍ନରେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥିବା ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଉତ୍ତର ଲେଖ ।)

Road Offences And Penalties

Offences	Maximum penalty (in rupees)
Driving by minor	500
Driving without helmet	100
Dangerous or hasty driving	1000 or imprisonment
	for six months
Driving without licence	500
Parking vehicles on footpath	100
Drunken driving	2000
Driving unsafe vehicles	Court challenge
Using vehicles fitted with dark glasses/sun films	100
Using horn in silence zone	100
Parked on pedestrian crossing	100

Question 1.
What is the punishment for driving by a minor?
Answer:
He must be fined with Rs. 500/-

Question 2.
What is the amount of the fine for driving without a helmet?
Answer:
Rs. 100/- must be fined for driving without a helmet.

Question 3.
How much is a person punished for dangerous or hasty driving?
Answer:
He must be fined with Rs. 1000/- or imprisonment for six months.

Question 4.
How are the drunken drivers punished?
Answer:
They must be fined with Rs. 2000/-.

Question 5.
What happens to a person if he drives a vehicle in unsafe condition?
Answer:
He must be referred for a court challan.

Question 6.
What is the fine amount for the vehicles fitted with dark glasses/sun films?
Answer:
The fine amount must be Rs. 100/-.

Question 7.
What will happen to you if you park your motorbike on the footpath?
Answer:
I must be fined rupees with Rs. 100/-.

(b) Suppose you are Ashok Kumar, a reporter of ‘The Indian Express’ for your locality. Write a report on an accident you have witnessed, in about 100 words, following the outlines given below.
(ମନେକର ତୁମେ ଅଶୋକ କୁମାର, ତୁମ ଅଞ୍ଚଳ ପାଇଁ “The Indian Express’ର ସାମ୍ବାଦିକ । ତୁମେ ଦେଖୁଥିବା ଏକ ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାର ବିବରଣୀ ନିମ୍ନଲିଖୂତ ସୂଚନା ଅନୁସାରେ ୧୦୦ଟି ଶବ୍ଦରେ ଲେଖ ।)
(Before writing, fill in the blanks first. You can refer to the text used for lead-in.)

When? (Date and time) :
Where? (Date) :
Who? (Persons/characters present) :
Why? (Causes) :
What? (Results) :

Answer:
(i) The tragic accident happened at 9 p.m. on 20 July, 2019.
(ii) The event happened near Phulnakhara Chhak on the Bhubaneswar Cuttack Road.
(iii) 4 people killed and 15 injured in the accident.
(iv) The driver of the car was attending a call on his mobile phone.
(v) The driver of the bus and about 15 passengers were who were badly injured taken to Capital Hospital and luckily all are out of danger.

Report:
Subject: Road Accident, Three killed
Phulnakhara, Cuttack 20 July 2019 To
The Editor,
The Indian Express, Bhubaneswar
Four people were killed and many others were injured in a road accident near Phulnakhara Chhak at 9 PM on 20th July 2018. A City Ride Bus coming from Cuttack collided with an Indica car coming from Bhubaneswar. The accident took place as the driver of the Indica car was attending a call on his mobile phone. As a result the driver of the car along with three occupants was killed at the spot. The driver of the bus and about fifteen passengers were badly injured. They have been admitted to the Capital Hospital and luckily all are out of danger.
Ashok Kumar Reporter

(c) Suppose you are Ashutosh studying in Class-IX of R.N. High School, Odagoan. Your younger bother, Asmit is studying in Class-Vn, U.G. M.E. School, Adala in Nayagarh. Write a letter, in about 100 words, advising him to obey the road safety rules while riding his bicycle.
(ମନେକର ତୁମେ ଆର୍.ଏନ୍. ହାଇସ୍କୁଲ, ଓଡ଼ଗାଁରେ ନବମ ଶ୍ରେଣୀରେ ପଢ଼ୁଥ‌ିବା ଆଶୁତୋଷ । ତୁମ ସାନଭାଇ ଅସ୍ମିତ ନୟାଗଡ଼ର ୟୁ.ଜି.ଏମ୍.ଇ., ଅଦଲାରେ ଅଷ୍ଟମ ଶ୍ରେଣୀରେ ପଢ଼େ । ତାକୁ ସାଇକେଲ ଚଳାଇବାବେଳେ ସଡ଼କ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ନିୟମ ସବୁ ମାନିବାକୁ ଉପଦେଶ ଦେଇ ୧୦୦ଟି ଶବ୍ଦ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ଏକ ପତ୍ର ଲେଖ ।)

Odagoan
2nd July, 2019.

My dear Asmit,
Your letter of 22nd June was to my hands just now. I was happy to know about your school’s reputation in study. Your previous year’s result was extremely well. I hope you will do well this year too. In this letter, I want to say you something about road safety. Dear Asmit, studies should be given top priority. But for that we should take care of body. Always remember safety first. You have to go to school and other places on your bicycle. While riding a bicycle you have to keep in mind the road safety rules. Because if you don’t follow them there are chances of accidents. This may cause injury or cost your precious life. So I want to give you some tips about how to ride bicycle on road safely. While riding a bicycle always keep to your left. Never be unmindful or in hurry. Don’t speed over your bicycle so that you lose your balance and fall down. Always keep you bicycle in good condition.
Hope you must keep my tips in your mind. I have nothing more to pen you.

Yours lovingly
Asutosh

Address

From
Asutosh Mohanty
Class- IX
Odagoan
PIN – _____________

To
Asmit Mohanty
Class -VII
U.G.M.E. School, Adala,
Nayagarh
PIN – _____________

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Road Safety Week Important Questions and Answers

Very Short & Objective Questions With Answers.
Answer The Followings In A Sentence.

Question 1.
What is the first passage of Road Safety Week about?
Answer:
The passage is about a tragic bus accident that happened on the Mahanadi bridge on 20 November 2018. .

Question 2.
What happened after the accident occurred?
Answer:
After the accident occurred, the injured passengers were rescued and admitted to Cuttack Medical College and Hospital for treatment.

Question 3.
How did the Government of Odisha help the victims of the accident?
Answer:
The Government of Odisha provided free treatment to the injured passengers and announced financial assistance of two lakh rupees each to the kin of the victims.

Question 4.
How did this accident happen?
Answer:
A private bus, on its way to Cuttack from Talcher, hit a buffalo on the bridge and crashed into the railing. The bus fell into the river-bed.

Question 5.
Suggest some ways to avoid such dreadful accidents.
Answer:
To avoid such dreadful accidents the driver should be careful, and shouldn’t drink while driving. Domestic animals mustn’t be allowed to walk freely both on the roads and on the bridges.

Question 6.
What is road safety?
Answer:
Road safety means the safety of people from roadside injuries and deaths.

Question 7.
What is the-finding of the World Health Organisation?
Answer:
The finding of the World Health Organisation is that most of the hospitalisation cases and causes of death are due to lack of awareness among the people.

Question 8.
Why is there a greater need of awareness among people about road safety?
Answer:
The accidents and deaths happen on the roads due to rise in number of vehicle users, so there is a greater need of awareness among the people about the road safety.

Question 9.
Who observes the Road Safety Week campaign?
Answer:
The Government of India, nongovernment agencies, charitable organisations and private firms across the country observe the ‘Road Safety Week’ campaign.

Question 10.
What is the main aim of Road Safety Week campaign?
Answer:
The main aim of Road Safety Week campaign is to aware the people about the result of drunken driving, high-speed driving, importance of wearing a helmet for bikers, a seat-belt for four-wheeler drivers.

Question 11.
What things should people know about road safety by this campaign?
Answer:
By this campaign, the people should know about the result of drunken and high-speed driving, using cell phones and listening to music while driving along with usefulness of wearing helmet while driving bikes and using seat-belt while driving four-wheelers.

Question 12.
When is the Road Safety Week organised?
Answer:
The Road Safety Week is organised every year in the month of January by the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways of India.

Question 13.
Where do people celebrate the Road Safety Week?
Answer:
The people celebrate this week in the major cities like Delhi, Bangalore, Mumbai, Chennai, Kolkata, Baroda, Pune, Bhubaneswar, Hyderabad and Chandigarh etc.

Question 14.
Who voluntarily take part in the campaign?
Answer:
Many schools and colleges voluntarily take part in this campaign.

Question 15.
What do the local authorities do during this campaign?
Answer:
The local authorities organise a thorough check of drivers and motorcyclists to send a strong message of ‘Zero Tolerance against drunken driving’ and explained about traffic rules.

Question 16.
How do drivers get benefit out of this programme?
Answer:
The drivers are also benefitted out of this campaign by attending free medical check-up camps and driving training workshops.

Question 17.
What activities are organised for school and college children?
Answer:
The school and college children take part in various painting and drawing competitions exhibitions, tests of road rules, and debates on selected themes relating to road safety.

Question 18.
How many important causes of accident have been highlighted in this text?
Answer:
Six important causes of accident have been highlighted in this text.

Question 19.
Who are eligible to get driving licence from the authorities?
Answer:
For driving a private vehicle people of 18 years age or above and for driving a commercial vehicle people of 20 years age or above are eligible to get driving licence from the authorities.

Question 20.
What does ‘distracted driving’ mean?
Answer:
“Distracted driving” means absent-minded or disturbed driving.

Question 21.
What does ‘distracted driving’ include?
Answer:
That includes speak on cell phones or texting while driving or talking to other passengers or listening to loud music.

Question 22.
Find out the word which means ‘traveller on foot’?
Answer:
The word that means ‘traveller on foot’ is pedestrian.

Question 23.
How can the drunken driving be checked?
Answer:
The drunken driving can be checked by giving the drunken drivers heavy punishment or fined them heavily.

Question 24.
What should the government do for issuing driving licence?
Answer:
Strict government orders must be issued to licence issuing authorities concerned for taking strong steps while issuing licence.

Question 25.
What can be done for old and unused vehicles?
Answer:
Old and unused vehicles that do not possess a fitness certificate must not be allowed to run along road.

Answer The Followings In A Word Or A Phrase

Question 1.
Find a single word for the expression “coming and going of persons and vehicles.”
Answer:
traffic

Question 2.
What does a car driver use while driving?
Answer:
seat-belt

Question 3.
Which colour indicates to proceed with caution on the road?
Answer:
yellow

Question 4.
What should a person wear while riding the bike?
Answer:
helmet

Question 5.
What is the punishment for driving by a minor?
Answer:
Rs. 500/- fine

Question 6.
What is the amount of the fine for driving without a helmet?
Answer:
Rs. 100/- fine

Question 7.
How much is a person punished for dangerous or hasty driving?
Answer:
Rs. 1000/- fine

Question 8.
How are the drunken drivers punished?
Answer:
Rs. 2000/- fine

Question 9.
What is the colour that indicated to go?
Answer:
green

Question 10.
What is the colour that indicates to stop?
Answer:
red

Question 11.
What do many people think about road safety?
Answer:
non-essential

Question 12.
Who should follow the road safety methods and measures?
Answer:
the road users

Question 13.
What is the single word for the expression ‘a traveler on foot’?
Answer:
pedestrian

Question 14.
What is the single word for the expression ‘more important than anything else’?
Answer:
paramount

Question 15.
Who are instructed not to drink while driving?
Answer:
drivers

Question 16.
When is Road Safety Week observed?
Answer:
January

Question 17.
What should the government issue to licence-issuing authorities?
Answer:
strict orders

Question 18.
What is the age limit to get a licence to drive a private vehicle?
Answer:
18 years

Question 19.
What is the age limit of a driver driving a heavy vehicle?
Answer:
20 years

Question 20.
What should be made compulsory for vehicles plying on the roads?
Answer:
fitness certificates

Fill In The Blanks
1. The government celebrates Road Safety Week every year in the month of _____________.
Answer:
January

2. Many non-government organisations provide support to the Road Safety Week _____________.
Answer:
Campaign

3. The ____________ of the Road Safety Week Campaign is to motivate the people.
Answer:
aim

4. We can prevent accidents by making people ____________of the road safety rules.
Answer:
aware

5. Road Safety Quiz competitions are organised for the ______________ people.
Answer:
young

6. Persons caught talking or texting on cell phones should be ____________ not to repeat such violations.
Answer:
fined

7. The act of coming to the _____________ and going back home every day is called commutation.
Answer:
working place

8. We can distribute _____________ to make people aware of the road safety rules.
Answer:
leaflets

9. Everyone should think about safety first then ________________.
Answer:
drive

10. Free ____________ check-up camps are organised for the drivers.
Answer:
medical

Multiple Choice Questions With Answers

Question 1.
Find a single word for the expression “coming and going of persons and vehicles.”
(A) traffic
(B) crowd
(C) movement
(D) transportation
Answer:
(A) traffic

Question 2.
What does a car driver use while driving?
(A) a uniform
(B) seat-belt
(C) helmet
(D) none of these
Answer:
(B) seat-belt

Question 3.
Which colour indicates to proceed with caution on the road?
(A) green
(B) red
(C) yellow
(D) pink
Answer:
(C) yellow

Question 4.
What should a person wear while riding the bike?
(A) spectacles
(B) seat-belt
(C) shoes
(D) helmet
Answer:
(D) helmet

Question 5.
What is the colour that indicated to go?
(A) green
(B) yellow
(C) red
(D) pink
Answer:
(A) green

Question 6.
What is the colour that indicates to stop?
(A) green
(B) red
(C) pink
(D) yellow
Answer:
(B) red

Question 7.
What do many people think about road safety?
(A) essential
(B) important
(C) non-essential
(D) necessary
Answer:
(C) non-essential

Question 8.
Who should follow road safety methods and measures?
(A) bus drivers
(B) bike riders
(C) cyclists
(D) the road users
Answer:
(D) the road users

Question 9.
What is the single word for the expression ‘a traveller on foot’?
(A) traveller
(B) passenger
(C) rider
(D) pedestrian
Answer:
(D) pedestrian

Question 10.
What is the single word for the expression ‘.more important than anything else’?
(A) logistic
(B) drivers
(C) paramount
(D) precious
Answer:
(C) paramount

Question 11.
Who are instructed not to drink while driving?
(A) bike-riders
(B) caution
(C) cyclists
(D) travellers
Answer:
(B) caution

Question 12.
When is Road Safety Week observed?
(A) January
(B) July
(C) September
(D) March
Answer:
(A) January

Question 13.
What is the age limit to get a licence to drive a private vehicle?
(A) 16 years
(B) 18 years
(C) 20 years
(D) 21 years
Answer:
(B) 18 years

Question 14.
What is the age limit of a driver driving a heavy vehicle?
(A) 10 years
(B) 21 years
(C) 20 years
(D) 24 years
Answer:
(C) 20 years

Question 15.
The government celebrates the Road Safety Week every year in the month of ___________?
(A) January
(B) March
(C) July
(D) September
Answer:
(A) January

Subjective Questions With Answers

Question 1.
What is road safety? What does it involve?
Answer:
Road safety refers to the safety of people from the roadside injuries and deaths. It involves various methods and measures which must be followed by the road users to prevent serious injuries and deaths on the roads.lt is very important as it affects people’s lives.

Question 2.
What is the finding of the World Health Organisation?
Answer:
The finding of the World Health Organisation is that most of the cases of hospitalizations and deaths are due to lack of awareness among the users of the roads.So everyone should strictly follow the rules, regulations and signs of the road traffic lights in order to avoid the accidents..

Question 3.
Why is there greater need of awareness among people about road safety ?
Answer:
There is greater need of awareness among people about road safety because the number of vehicle users is increasing day by day. But there is ignorance of traffic rules and regulations among them. So the vehicle users should be taught about road safety.

Question 4.
Who observes the Road Safety Week campaign?
Answer:
The government, non-government agencies, charitable organizations and private firms across the country observe the Road Safety Week campaign.lt is observed every year in the month of January by the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways of India.

Question 5.
What is the main aim of Road Safety Week campaign?
Answer:
The main aim of the Road Safety Week compaign is to sensitise people about the outcome of drunken driving, high speed driving and the importance of wearing helmet for the bikers and seatbelts for four wheeler drivers. People are encouraged about how to drive on the roads safely.

Question 6.
What things should people know about road safety by this compaign ?
Answer:
By this compaign people should know about traffic rules and regulations, traffic signals , causes of road accidents and benefits of using helmets for the bikers and seatbelts for four wheelers.The commuters are explained about traffic rules and the cautions they should take on the roads.

Question 7.
What does the author say in the third paragraph?
Answer:
In the third paragraph ,the author tells us how, when and by whom the Road Safety Week is organised. It also tells us about the government and non-government organisations’ initiatives to educate people about the rules of the road by organising training workshops and health check up camps for the drivers.

Question 8.
Where do people normally celebrate the Road Safety Week?
Answer:
The Road Safety Week is organised in January for a week every year. People in big cities like Delhi, Kolkata, Chennai, Mumbai, Bangalore, Bhubaneswar, Hyderabad and Chandigarh normally clebrate this week.The students of schools and colleges also take part in the celebration.

Question 9.
What do local authorities do during this campaign?
Answer:
The local authorities organise checking of bikers and drivers of the four wheelers to educate them about the safety on the road.A strong message of zero tolerance is sent to them.The commuters are given knowledge about the traffic rules, traffic signals and what cautions to be taken while on the road.

Question 10.
What activities are organized for students and drivers ?
Answer:
Various competitions like painting, drawing, debate on selected themes, test of road rules, safety announcements, exhibitions, seminars, workshops and other related activities are orgainised for the school and college students. Drivers get much benefit out of this programme by attending free medical check ups and safe driving training workshops.

Question 11.
How many important causes of road accidents have been highlighted in this topic ?
Answer:
There are six important causes of road accidents highlighted in this topic. Some causes of road accidents are bad roads, overloaded vehicles, avoiding indicators, not wearing helmets by the bikers and seatbelts by the drivers.

Question 12.
Who are eligible to get driving licence from the authorities?
Answer:
The permissible age in India for driving a private vehicle is above 18 years of age. One can apply for a learner’s licence when one is 16 years old. One can drive a vehicle of 50 cc engine capacity with the consent of his/ her parents. For driving a commercial vehicle a person should be 20 years old.

Question 13.
How can drunken driving be checked?
Answer:
Drunken driving can be checked by checking the drivers thoroughly and imposing heavy fines and punishment for their drunkenness. Zero tolerance against them should be imposed. They should be taught about the outcome of drunken driving.

Question 14.
What should government do for issuing driving licences ?
Answer:
The government should issue strict orders to the local lincence issuing authorities for taking strong and rigid steps while issuing driving licences.Under age people and uneducated people should not be given licence to drive both bikes and vehicles.

Question 15.
What can be done for old and unused vehicles?
Answer:
The fitness certificates should be made mandatory for all the old and unused vehicles plying on the road. The old vehicle that is not in good condition should not be allowed to run along the road.

Road Safety Week Summary in English

Lead-In:

In a tragic incident, 12 people were killed and 49 injured after a bus fell into the Mahanadi river-bed from a bridge near Jagatpur on the outskirts of the Cuttack city on 20 November 2018. The accident occurred after the private bus, on its way to Cuttack from Talcher, hit a buffalo on the bridge and crashed into the railing. It fell 30 feet down into the dry river-bed. The driver turned the bus aside to save the animal and thus the accident happened. The animal also died in the accident. All the injured passengers were rescued and taken to Cuttack medical college hospital for treatment. The Government of Odisha announced financial assistance of two lakh rupees each to the kin of the victims along with free treatment to the injured passengers and ordered an official inquiry into the incident.

Questions With Answer

Question 1.
What is this passage about ?
Answer:
The passage is about a tragic bus accident that happened on the Mahanadi bridge on 20 November 2018. 12 people were killed and 49 injured in this accident.

Question 2.
What happened after the accident occurred ?
Answer:
After the accident occurred, the injured passengers were rescued and taken to Cuttack medical college hospital for treatment. The Government of Odisha provided free treatment to the injured passengers and announced financial assistance of two lakh rupees each to the kin of the victims and also ordered an official inquity into the incident.

Question 3.
Why did this accident happen ? Can you think of some other causes of the accident ?
Answer:
A private bus, on its way to Cuttack from Talcher, hit a buffalo on the bridge and crashed into the railing. The bus fell into the river-bed. The other causes of the accident may be carelessnes of the driver, high speed of the bus, bad condition of the bus etc.

Question 4.
Suggest some ways to avoid such dreadful accidents.
Answer:
To avoid such dreadful accidents the driver should be careful, and shouldn’t drink while driving. The vehicle shouldn’t cross its speed limit. The vehicle should be properly maintained and the rules of the road should be obeyed.

About The Topic :

Thousands of people die every year in bus accidents. It is due to the carelessness of the driver or due to his massive drink while driving. It may be, he does not care to obey the traffic rales. Many people think that road safety is inessential but it is most necessary. It is of paramount importance. So the Government of India has arranged “Road Safety Week” to arouse the awareness among the people. It is observed in the month of January every year.

ପ୍ରତିବର୍ଷ ହଜାର ହଜାର ଲୋକ ବସ୍ ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାରେ ମରୁଛନ୍ତି । ଏହା ଡ୍ରାଇଭରର ବେଖାତିର ଭାବରୁ କିମ୍ବା ଅତ୍ୟଧ୍ଵ ପରିମାଣରେ ମଦ ପିଇବା ଯୋଗ ହୋଇପାରେ । ସେ ଟାଫିକ ନିୟମ ନ ମାନିବା ହେତୁ ହୁଏତ ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣା ଘଟୁଥାଇପାରେ । ଅନେକ ଭାବନ୍ତି ସଡ଼କ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ନିତାନ୍ତ ଦରକାରୀ ନୁହେଁ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଏହା ଏକାନ୍ତ ଦରକାରୀ ଯାହା ମଣିଷର ଜୀବନକୁ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ଦେଇଥାଏ । ଜନସାଧାରଣଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ସଚେତନତା ସୃଷ୍ଟି ପାଇଁ ସରକାର ପ୍ରତିବର୍ଷ ଜାନୁଆରୀ ମାସରେ ‘ସଡ଼କ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ସପ୍ତାହ’ ପାଳନ କରୁଛନ୍ତି ।

Summary

Many people never think about road safety, but it is of great importance as it affects people’s life. It keeps people safe from road mishaps. It deals with various methods and steps which must be followed by road users to avoid risk of injury or death. According to the statistics of World Health Organisation, most cases of hospitalisation and leading causes of death are due to lack of awareness.- So everyone should follow traffic rules and regulations. Road Safety Week is a awareness programme for raising public awareness about traffic rules and reduce road accidents. Though this programme is organised by the govmment many charitable organisations, non-govemment agencies and private firms all over the country extend their support to make the programme successful. This campaign sensitise people about the harmful effect of drunken and high-speed driving and benefits of using helmet and seat-belt. Road Safety Week is organised by the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways of India every year in the month of January. Variety of programmes are organised to encourage people about how to drive safely on road. Many schools and colleges take part in the campaign. Local authorities organise a thorough check and penalise the drunken drivers and others who violate safety rules. Various painting and drawing competitions, exhibitions relating to road safety are organised to create public awareness. Many factors are responsible for serious road accidents resulting fatalities. Those factors are : (i) drunken driving and driving in a rash and negligent way, (ii) driving vehicles below sixteen years of age, (iii) distracted driving (speaking on cell phone and texting, talking with other passengers etc.), (iv) not using seat-belt, disobey signals and driving in a restricted lane, (v) due to carelessness of pedestrians and (vi) unsafe and poor conditions of commercial vehicles. Road Safety Week programme gives importance on how to prevent the accidents from these factors. The local authorities should check all the drivers on road and put heavy fine on the offenders. The cases of drunken driving, not using helmet or seat-belt, found talking or texting on cell phones should be penalised heavily not to repeat such violations. Strict government orders must be issued to licence issuing authorities concerned for taking strong steps while issuing licences. Drivers must be cautioned by road signs and speed limits to avoid accidents. Fitness Certificate for every vehicle running on the road should be made compulsory. Road Safety Week campaign is observed for this purpose. It values our lives and make us understand about the safe driving on road to avoid road mishaps and deaths. This programme is really a great opportunity for us.

ସାରାଂଶ
ଅନେକ ଲୋକ ରାସ୍ତା ନିରାପତ୍ତା ବିଷୟରେ ଆଦୌ ଚିନ୍ତା କରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ, ମାତ୍ର ଏହା ବେଶ୍ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଯେହେତୁ ଏହା ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କ ଜୀବନକୁ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରେ । ଏହା ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କୁ ସଡ଼କ ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାରୁ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ରଖେ । ଏହା କେତେକ ପଦ୍ଧତି ଓ ଉପାୟ ସହ ସମ୍ପୃକ୍ତ

page missing

Everyone needs to be well aware of the road traffic rules to avoid such risks. According to the World Health Organisation, most of the hospitalisation cases and leading causes of death are due to lack of awareness. So everyone should strictly follow all the rules, regulations and signs of road traffic lights. The rise of accidents due to the increase in number of vehicle users demands a greater need offawareness among people about road safety.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ଅନେକ ଲୋକ ଭାବନ୍ତି ଯେ ସଡ଼କ ନିରାପତ୍ତା ଅନାବଶ୍ୟକ, ମାତ୍ର ଏହା ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । ରାସ୍ତା ନିରାପତ୍ତାରେ ସର୍ବାଧ‌ିକ ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା ରହିଛି ଯେହେତୁ ଏହା ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କ ଜ୍ଞାତସାରରେ ହେଉ ବା ଅଜ୍ଞାତସାରରେ ହେଉ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ଜୀବନକୁ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ କରିଥାଏ । ରାସ୍ତା ନିରାପତ୍ତା କହିଲେ ରାସ୍ତାରେ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣା ଓ ମୃତ୍ୟୁରୁ ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କୁ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ଦେବାକୁ ବୁଝାଏ । ଏହା ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ/ପଦ୍ଧତି ଓ ପଦକ୍ଷେପ ସହ ଜଡ଼ିତ ଯାହାକୁ ରାସ୍ତାରେ ଯାତାୟାତ କରୁଥିବା ଲୋକମାନେ ଗୁରୁତର ଆହତ କିମ୍ବା ମୃତ୍ୟୁକୁ ରୋକିବା ନିମନ୍ତେ କଡ଼ାକଡ଼ି ଭାବେ ପାଳନ କରିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । ପଦଚାରୀ, ମୋଟରସାଇକେଲ ଚାଳକ, ସାଇକେଲ ଚାଳକ, ଯାତ୍ରୀ ପ୍ରଭୃତିଙ୍କର ରାସ୍ତାରେ ଆହତ କିମ୍ବା ମୃତ୍ୟୁ ହେବା ଭଳି ବିପଦ ଆଶଙ୍କା ଅଛି । ଏଭଳି ବିପଦ|ଆଶଙ୍କାକୁ ଏଡ଼ାଇ ଦେବାପାଇଁ ସମସ୍ତେ ରାସ୍ତାର ଟ୍ରାଫିକ୍ ନିୟମ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ ଭଲଭାବେ ଜାଣିବାର ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା ଅଛି । ବିଶ୍ୱ ସ୍ୱାସ୍ଥ୍ୟ ସଙ୍ଗଠନ ମତରେ, ଅଧ୍ଵସଂଖ୍ୟକ ଚିକିତ୍ସାଳୟରେ ଭର୍ତ୍ତି ହେବା ଘଟଣା ଓ ମୃତ୍ୟୁର ପ୍ରମୁଖ କାରଣ ହେଉଛି ସଚେତନତାର ଅଭାବ । ତେଣୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ସମସ୍ତ ନୀତି, ନିୟମ ଓ ରାସ୍ତା ଟ୍ରାଫିକ୍ ବତି ଆଲୋକର ସଙ୍କେତକୁ କଡ଼ାକଡ଼ି ଭାବେ ପାଳନ କରିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । ଯାନବାହନ ସଂଖ୍ୟାର ମାତ୍ରାତ୍ମକ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ହେତୁ ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣା ସଂଖ୍ୟା ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଉଥ‌ିବାରୁ ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ରାସ୍ତା ନିରାପତ୍ତା ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ସଚେତନତାର ଅଧିକ ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା ରହିଛି ।

Paragraph – 2

Road Safety Week is one of the awareness programmes for road safety. It is a national event aimed at raising public awareness about traffic rules, and to reduce road accidents and help people save their lives as well as the lives of other people on the road. Though the government observes Road Safety Weeks, many charitable organisations, non-government agencies and private firms across the country also organise and provide logistic support to the Road Safety Week Campaign. The aim of this campaign is to sensitise people about the outcome of drunken driving, high-speed driving and the importance of wearing helmet for bikers and seat-belt for four-wheel drivers. They are instructed not to use cell phones or listen to music while driving.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ସଡ଼କ ସୁରକ୍ଷା/ନିରାପତ୍ତା ସପ୍ତାହ ରାସ୍ତାରେ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ପାଇଁ ସଚେତନତା ସୃଷ୍ଟିକାରୀ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଅଟେ । ଏହା ଏକ ଜାତୀୟ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମ ଯାହାକି ଟ୍ରାଫିକ୍ ନିୟମାବଳୀ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ ଜନସଚେତନତା ବୃଦ୍ଧି କରିବା, ସଡ଼କ ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣା ହ୍ରାସ କରିବା ଏବଂ ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କୁ ରାସ୍ତାରେ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ଜୀବନ ରକ୍ଷା କରିବା ସହ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କ ଜୀବନ ରକ୍ଷା କରିବା ନିମନ୍ତେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବାର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ରଖୁଛି । ସରକାର ସଡ଼କ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ସପ୍ତାହ ପାଳନ କରୁଥିଲେ ହେଁ ସାରା ଦେଶର ଅନେକ ସହାୟତା ପ୍ରଦାନକାରୀ ସଙ୍ଗଠନ, ବେସରକାରୀ ସଂସ୍ଥା, ବେସରକାରୀ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠାନ ସଡ଼କ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ସପ୍ତାହ ଅଭିଯାନ ଆୟୋଜନ କରନ୍ତି ଏବଂ ଏହାକୁ ନୈତିକ ସମର୍ଥନ ମଧ୍ୟ ଦେଇଥା’ନ୍ତି । ଏହି ଅଭିଯାନର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ହେଉଛି ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କୁ ନିଶାସକ୍ତ ଗାଡ଼ିଚାଳନା, ଅତି ଦ୍ରୁତ ଗାଡ଼ିଚାଳନାର କୁପରିଣତି ଓ ବାଇକ୍ ଚାଳକମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ହେଲ୍‌ମେଟ୍ ପିନ୍ଧିବା ଓ ଚାରିଚକିଆ ଯାନର ଚାଳକମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ସିଗ୍‌ବେଲ୍ସ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବାର ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା ବିଷୟରେ ସଚେତନ କରିବା । ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ଗାଡ଼ିଚାଳନା ସମୟରେ ମୋବାଇଲ୍ ଫୋନ୍ ବ୍ୟବହାର ନ କରିବାକୁ କିମ୍ବା ଗୀତ ନ ଶୁଣିବାକୁ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶ ଦିଆଯାଏ ।

Paragraph – 3

Road Safety Week is organised every year in the month of January by the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways of India. The week is celebrated with great interest and enthusiasm every year in major cities like Delhi, Bangalore, Mumbai, Chennai, Kolkata, Baroda, Pune, Bhubaneswar, Hyderabad and Chandigarh, etc. People are encouraged about how to drive on road by organising a variety of programmes related to the road safety. During the whole week of this campaign, a variety of educational banners, safety posters, safety films, pocket guides and leaflets are distributed to the on-road travellers. In cities, efforts are made to raise public awareness about traffic rules, signs, and cautions which should be taken while on road. Many schools and colleges voluntarily take part in the campaign. The local authorities also organise a thorough check of drivers and motorcyclists to send a strong message of “Zero Tolerance against Drunken Driving” and other safety violations. Commuters are explained about traffic rules and signs as well as the cautions they should take on road. Various painting and drawing competitions, road safety announcements, exhibitions, tests of road rules, debates on selected themes, besides workshops, seminars and other related activities are organised. Free medical check-up camps and driving training workshops are also organised for the drivers.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ସଡ଼କ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ସପ୍ତାହ ଭାରତ ସରକାରଙ୍କ ସଡ଼କ ପରିବହନ ଓ ରାଜପଥ ମନ୍ତ୍ରଣାଳୟ ତରଫରୁ ପ୍ରତିବର୍ଷ ଜାନୁୟାରୀ ମାସରେ ଆୟୋଜନ କରାଯାଏ । ଏହି ସପ୍ତାହ ଦିଲ୍ଲୀ, ବାଙ୍ଗାଲୋର, ମୁମ୍ବାଇ, ଚେନ୍ନାଇ, କୋଲକାତା, ବରୋଦା, ପୁନା, ଭୁବନେଶ୍ୱର, ହାଇଦ୍ରାବାଦ, ଚଣ୍ଡୀଗଡ଼ ଭଳି ବଡ଼ ବଡ଼ ସହରରେ ଆଗ୍ରହ ଓ ଉଦ୍ଦୀପନାର ସହ ପାଳନ କରାଯାଏ । ରାସ୍ତାରେ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ସମ୍ପର୍କିତ ଅନେକଗୁଡ଼ିଏ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମ ଆୟୋଜନ କରି ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କୁ ରାସ୍ତାରେ କିପରି ଗାଡ଼ିଚାଳନା କରାଯାଏ ସେ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ ପ୍ରେରଣା ଦିଆଯାଏ । ଏହି ଅଭିଯାନରେ ସପ୍ତାହସାରା ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାର ଶିକ୍ଷା ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧୀୟ ବ୍ୟାନର, ନିରାପତ୍ତା ସମ୍ପର୍କିତ ପୋଷ୍ଟର, ନିରାପତ୍ତା ସମ୍ପର୍କିତ ଫିଲ୍ମ, ପକେଟ୍ ଗାଇଡ଼ ରାସ୍ତାର ଯାତ୍ରୀମାନଙ୍କୁ ବିତରଣ କରାଯାଏ । ସହରଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ରାସ୍ତାରେ ଯାତାୟାତବେଳେ ଟ୍ରାଫିକ୍ ନିୟମାବଳୀ, ସଙ୍କେତସମୂହ ଏବଂ ନିଆଯାଉଥିବା ସତର୍କତା ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ଜନସଚେତନତା ସୃଷ୍ଟି ପାଇଁ ଉଦ୍ୟମ କରାଯାଏ । ଅନେକ ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟ ଓ ମହାବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସ୍ୱେଚ୍ଛାକୃତ ଭାବେ ଏହି ଅଭିଯାନରେ ଭାଗ ନେଇଥା’ନ୍ତି । ନିଶାସକ୍ତ ଗାଡ଼ିଚାଳନା ଓ ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ ନିରାପତ୍ତା ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧୀୟ ନିୟମ ଭଙ୍ଗ କରିବାକୁ ସହ୍ୟ କରାଯିବ ନାହିଁ ବୋଲି ଦୃଢ଼ ବାର୍ତ୍ତା ଦେବାପାଇଁ ସ୍ଥାନୀୟ କର୍ତ୍ତୃପକ୍ଷ ଗାଡ଼ିଚାଳକମାନଙ୍କୁ ଓ ମୋଟର ସାଇକେଲଚାଳକମାନଙ୍କୁ କଡ଼ାକଡ଼ି ଭାବେ ଯାଞ୍ଚ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି । ଦୈନନ୍ଦିନ କର୍ମକ୍ଷେତ୍ରକୁ ଯାତାୟାତ କରୁଥିବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିମାନଙ୍କୁ ଟ୍ରାଫିକ୍ ନିୟମାବଳୀ ଓ ସଙ୍କେତ ବିଷୟରେ, ରାସ୍ତାରେ କି କି ସତର୍କତାମୂଳକ ପଦକ୍ଷେପ ନେବେ ସେ ବିଷୟରେ ବୁଝାଇ ଦିଆଯାଏ । ଅନେକ ଚିତ୍ରାଙ୍କନ ଓ ରଙ୍ଗ ପ୍ରଲେପନ ପ୍ରତିଯୋଗିତା, ରାସ୍ତାରେ ନିରାପତ୍ତା ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧୀୟ ଘୋଷଣା, ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନୀ, ରାସ୍ତା ନିୟମର ପରୀକ୍ଷଣ, ଚୟନ କରାଯାଇଥିବା ବିଷୟ ଉପରେ ଭାଷଣ ପ୍ରତିଯୋଗିତା, ତାଲିମ କେନ୍ଦ୍ର, ସେମିନାର ଏବଂ ଅନ୍ୟାନ ସମ୍ପର୍କିତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମ ଆୟୋଜନ କରାଯାଏ । ଗାଡ଼ିଚାଳକମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ମାଗଣା ଡାକ୍ତରୀ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କେନ୍ଦ୍ର, ଡ୍ରାଇଭିଂ ତାଲିମ କେନ୍ଦ୍ରର ଆୟୋଜନ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ ।

Paragraph – 4

There are various important factors that may cause serious accidents resulting in fatalities. The people should be made aware of these causes of accidents. Firstly, the drunken drivers tend to drive in a rash and negligent way, often over speeding, risking their own lives as well as the lives of others. Secondly, some under-age people drive vehicles when permissible age in India for driving a private vehicle is 18 years. One can apply for a learner’s licence when he or she is 16 years old. In this case, age limit is prescribed for driving the private vehicles only. He / she can drive a vehicle of 50 cc engine capacity with the consent of his/her parents. For driving a commercial vehicle a person should be of 20 years old. The exercise is aimed at reducing road accidents by making sure that only the qualified people take to the wheel. Thirdly, accident occurs when one resorts to distracted driving which includes speaking on cell phones and texting while driving, talking to the other passengers, and sometimes listening to loud music. A distracted driver risks his own life as well as the life of others. Fourthly, the habit of not using seat belts, jumping signals or driving in a restricted lane causes casualties. Fifthly, sometimes the careless pedestrians also put others into trouble. Finally, many unsafe and poorly kept commercial vehicles run on the roads risking the life of drivers as well as others.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ଅନେକଗୁଡ଼ିଏ ମୁଖ୍ୟ କାରଣ ରହିଛି ଯେଉଁଥ‌ିପାଇଁ ଗୁରୁତର ସଡ଼କ ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣା ଘଟିଥାଏ ଏବଂ ଲୋକେ ମୃତ୍ୟୁବରଣ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି । ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କୁ ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାର ସେସବୁ କାରଣଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବିଷୟରେ ସଚେତନ କରାଯିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । ପ୍ରଥମତଃ, ନିଶାସକ୍ତ ଗାଡ଼ିଚାଳକମାନେ ତରବରିଆ ଭାବେ ଓ ବେପରୁଆ ମନୋବୃତ୍ତି ନେଇ ଗାଡ଼ିଚାଳନା କରନ୍ତି, ବହୁ ସମୟରେ ଦ୍ରୁତ ଗତିରେ ଗାଡ଼ିଚାଳନା କରି ନିଜ ଜୀବନକ ବିପନ୍ନ କରିବା ସହ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କ ଜୀବନକୁ ମଧ୍ୟ ବିପନ୍ନ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି । ଦ୍ବିତୀୟତଃ କମ୍ ବୟସରେ ଗାଡ଼ିଚାଳନା, ଯେତେବେଳ କି ଭାରତରେ ଏକ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ଗାଡ଼ିଚାଳନା ପାଇଁ ଅନୁମତି ପାଇବାର ବୟସ ହେଉଛି ୧୮ ବର୍ଷ । ଜଣେ ଅବଶ୍ୟ ୧୬ ବର୍ଷ ବୟସର ହୋଇଥିବାବେଳେ learner’s licence ପାଇଁ ଆବେଦନ କରିପାରିବ । ଏହି କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ, ବୟସସୀମା କେବଳ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ଯାନ ଚଳାଇବା ପାଇଁ ସ୍ଥିର କରାଯାଇଛି । ସେ ପିତାମାତାଙ୍କ ସମ୍ମତିରେ 50 cc ଇଞ୍ଜିନ୍ କ୍ଷମତାବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଏକ ଗାଡ଼ି ଚଳାଇପାରିବେ । ଏକ ବ୍ୟାପାରିକ ଯାନ ଚଳାଇବା ନିମନ୍ତେ ଜଣେ ୨୦ ବର୍ଷ ବୟସ ବୟସ୍କ ହୋଇଥିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । ଏସବୁର ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ହେଉଛି କେବଳ ଯୋଗ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଙ୍କୁ ଯାନ ଚଳାଇବାର ଅନୁମତି ପ୍ରଦାନ କରି ସଡ଼କ ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣା ସଂଖ୍ୟା ହ୍ରାସ କରିବା । ତୃତୀୟତଃ ଜଣେ ଯେତେବେଳେ ଅନ୍ୟମନସ୍କ ଭାବେ କିମ୍ବା ମାନସିକ ଚାପରେ ଗାଡ଼ିଚାଳନା କରେ ସେତେବେଳେ ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣା ଘଟେ । ଗାଡ଼ିଚାଳନା ସମୟରେ ମୋବାଇଲ୍ ଫୋନ୍‌ରେ କଥା ହେବା ଏବଂ ବାର୍ତ୍ତା ପ୍ରେରଣ କରିବା, ଅନ୍ୟ ଯାତ୍ରୀଙ୍କ ସହ କଥା ହେବା ଏବଂ ବେଳେବେଳେ ଉଚ୍ଚ ଧ୍ଵନିଯୁକ୍ତ ସଙ୍ଗୀତ ଶୁଣିବା ଏହାର ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭୁକ୍ତ । ଚତୁର୍ଥତଃ, ସିଟ୍ ବେଲ୍ଟ ବ୍ୟବହାର ନ କରିବା, ସଙ୍କେତକୁ ନ ମାନିବା, ବାରଣ କରାଯାଇଥିବା ରାସ୍ତାରେ ଗାଡିଚାଳନା କରିବା ଯୋଗୁଁ ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣା ଘଟିଥାଏ । ପଞ୍ଚମତଃ, ବେଳେବେଳେ ବେରୁଆ ପଦଚାରୀମାନେ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅସୁବିଧାରେ ପକାଇଥାଆନ୍ତି । ଶେଷତଃ, ରାସ୍ତାରେ ଚଳାଚଳ କରୁଥ‌ିବା ଅନେକ ବିପଦପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଓ ଖରାପ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ଥ‌ିବା ବ୍ୟାବସାୟିକ ଯାନ ଏହାର ଚାଳକ ତଥା ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କର ଜୀବନକୁ ସଙ୍କଟାପନ୍ନ କରିଥାଏ ।

Paragraph – 5

Road Safety Week programme also gives importance on how to prevent accidents from these causes. The local authorities should check the drivers of all the vehicles and motorcycles for cases of drunken driving. Strict government orders must be issued to the licence issuing authorities concerned for taking strong steps while issuing licences. Persons caught talking or texting on cell phones must be fined heavily or punished not to repeat such violations. Anyone without a helmet or not wearing a seat belt must be fined. Drivers must be cautioned by road signs and speed limits to avoid mishaps. The fitness certificate should be made compulsory for every vehicle running on road, and no tolerance should be made towards the violation of road safety rules.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
କିପରି ଏସବୁ କାରଣରୁ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାକୁ ରୋକାଯାଇପାରିବ ତାହା ଉପରେ ସଡ଼କ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ସପ୍ତାହ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵ ଦେଇଥାଏ । ସ୍ଥାନୀୟ କର୍ତ୍ତୃପକ୍ଷ ନିଶାସକ୍ତ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ଗାଡ଼ିଚାଳନା କରୁଥିବା ଚାଳକ ଏବଂ ମୋଟରସାଇକେଲ ଚାଳକମାନଙ୍କୁ ଯାଞ୍ଚ କରି ଧରିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । ଲାଇସେନ୍ସ୍ ପ୍ରଦାନକାରୀମାନେ ଲାଇସେନ୍ସ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରୁଥିବା ସମୟରେ ଦୃଢ଼ ପଦକ୍ଷେପ ନେବାକୁ କଡ଼ା ସରକାରୀ ନିୟମ ଜାରି କରାଯିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । ମୋବାଇଲ୍‌ରେ କଥା ହେଉଥ‌ିବା କିମ୍ବା ବାର୍ତ୍ତା ପ୍ରେରଣ କରୁଥିବା ଚାଳକ ଧରାପଡ଼ିଲେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଏପରି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟର ପୁନରାବୃତ୍ତି ନ କରିବା ସକାଶେ ଅଧ‌ିକ ଜୋରିମାନା କରାଯିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । କୌଣସି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ହେଲମେଟ୍ ପିନ୍ଧି ନ ଥୁଲେ କିମ୍ବା ସିଲ୍ସ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁନଥିଲେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଜୋରିମାନା କରାଯିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । ଚାଳକମାନେ ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣା ଏଡ଼ାଇବାପାଇଁ ରାସ୍ତାର ସଙ୍କେତ ଓ ବେଗ ସୀମା ପ୍ରତି ସତର୍କ ରହିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । ରାସ୍ତାରେ ଚଳାଚଳ କରୁଥିବା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଯାନ ପାଇଁ ଉପଯୁକ୍ତତା ପ୍ରମାଣପତ୍ର (Fitness Certificate) ବାଧ୍ୟତାମୂଳକ କରାଯିବା ଦରକାର । ରାସ୍ତା ନିରାପତ୍ତା ନିୟମକୁ ଅମାନ୍ୟ କଲେ କୌଣସି ପ୍ରକାର କୋହଳ ମନୋବୃତ୍ତି ପୋଷଣ କରାଯିବା ଉଚିତ ନୁହେଁ ।

Paragraph – 6

Road Safety Week is an opportunity for us to recognise the preciousness of life and to make people understand what could be done to save our own life as well as the life of others.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ଜୀବନର ମହାର୍ଘ ମୂଲ୍ୟ ବୁଝିବା ନିମନ୍ତେ ଆମ ନିଜ ଜୀବନ ତଥା ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କ ଜୀବନ ରକ୍ଷା କରିବା ନିମନ୍ତେ କ’ଣ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ଏକଥା ବୁଝିବା ନିମନ୍ତେ ସଡ଼କ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ସପ୍ତାହ ଆମ ପାଇଁ ଏକ ସୁଯୋଗ ।

Notes And Glossary : ଟିପ୍‌ପଣୀ ଓ କଠିନ ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ :

importance — urgency, gravity — ଗୁରୁତ୍ୱ
measures — actions — କାଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ
serious — critical
user — a person that uses something ବ୍ୟବହାରକାରୀ
motorist — a person who drives — ଗାଡ଼ିଚାଳକ
paramount — more important than anything else
prevent — to check — ବନ୍ଦ କରିବା
pedestrian — passerby — ପଥ୍ କ
awareness — information paying attention to — ସଚେତନତା
reduce — decrease — କମାଇ କରବା
logistictic — giving support essential to the proper operation of a campaign – କାଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମର ଯଥାଯଥ ନିର୍ବାହ ନିମନ୍ତେ ସମର୍ଥନ
campaign — a series of planned activities to fulfil social aim — ସାମାଜିକ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ପୂରଣକାରୀ ଅଭିଯାନ
emphasise — to give importance — ଗୁରୁତ୍ୱ କରବା
promote — to help / to improve — ଉନ୍ନତି କରିବା
dissuade — persuade somebody not to do something
enthusiasm — a strong feeling of excitement
organise — to arrange — ପରିଚାଳନ। କରବା
effort — try — ପ୍ରଚେଷ୍ଟା
voluntarily – willingly, with interest – ସ୍ବେଚ୍ଛାକୃତ ଭାବରେ |
commuter — daily traveller — ନିତିଦିନଆ ଯାତ୍ରୀ
seminar — a course for a small group of advanced students
factor — cause — କାରଶ
drunken — a person after drinking alcohol – ମଦ୍ୟପ
resort to — to make use of something
run the risk of – take the risk
traffic — the vehicles that are on the road – ରାସ୍ତାର ଗାଡ଼ିମଟର
signs — indications — ସୂଚକୃ
charitable — helping people who are in need – ବଦାନ୍ୟ
support — help — ସହାୟ ହେବା
distracted – disturbed — ବିଚଳିତ
texting — writing on cell-phone
commercial — related to business — ବ୍ୟବସାୟିକ
casualty — accident / death — ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣା / ମୃତ୍ୟୁ
violation — breaking of law
caution – to warn – ସତର୍କ
tolerance — patience — ଧୈର୍ୟ୍ୟ
precious — valuable – ମୂଲ୍ୟବାନ
outskirts — border — ସୀମା
non-essential – not important — ଆନାବଶ୍ୟକ,

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 2 The Swimmer Who Does Not Need Her Legs!

February 6, 2025February 5, 2025 by Bhagya

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 2 The Swimmer Who Does Not Need Her Legs! Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Solutions Chapter 2 The Swimmer Who Does Not Need Her Legs!

BSE Odisha 9th Class English The Swimmer Who Does Not Need Her Legs! Text Book Questions and Answers

D. Let’S Understand The Text:

Question (i).
When did, Janaki get the idea of swimming in the English Channel?
( ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀକୁ ପହଁରିବାର ଧାରଣା ଜାନକୀ କେବେ ପାଇଲେ ?)
Answer:
Janaki got the idea of trying to swim the English Channel when she was.a child.

Question (ii).
What did she plan to do then?
(ସେ ତା’ପରେ କ’ଣ କରିବାକୁ ଯୋଜନା କଲେ ?)
Answer:
Janaki then conveyed her desire to swim the Channel to the English Channel Swimming Association for details.

Question (iii).
Who said, bI was able to swim 10 hours at a stretch in the swimming pool’?
( କିଏ କହିଥିଲେ, ‘ମୁଁ ଏକାଥରକେ ସନ୍ତରଣ ପୁଷ୍କରିଣୀରେ ୧୦ ଘଣ୍ଟା ସନ୍ତରଣ କରିବାକୁ ସକ୍ଷମ ।’)
(a) Mr. Gopal
(h) Mr. Dinesh Suvarna
(C) Janaki
(Choose the correct answer) ସଠିକ୍ ଉତ୍ତର ବାଛ
Answer:
(e) Janaki.

Question (iv).
Where did she go with the help of Thimaiah Academy of Adventure?
( ସେ ଥମାୟା ଆକାଡେମୀ ଅଫ୍ ଆଡଭେନ୍‌ଚର ସହାୟତାରେ କେଉଁଠାକୁ ଗଲେ ?)
Answer:
With the help of Thimaiah Academy of Adventure, she went to the coastal town of Maipe for training in the Arabian Sea.

Question (v).
What did she do there?
(ସେ ସେଠାରେ କ’ଣ କଲେ ?)
Answer:
After arriving (J the coastal town of Malpe, she began training in the Arabian Sea. She spent three weeks there with a coach called Dinesh Suvarna. She learned to spend long hours in the sea by swimming a minimum of 20 kilometers a day.

Question (vi).
Who contributed the money she needed for swimming the English Channel?
( ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀକୁ ପହଁରିବା ପାଇଁ ସେ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ କରୁଥିବା ଅର୍ଥ କିଏ ଦାନ କଲେ ?)
Answer:
The government, a few private agencies, and several friends contributed the money she needed for swimming the English Channel.

Question (vii).
Who was Stella Streeter?
( ଷ୍ଟିଲା ଷ୍ଟିଟର କିଏ ଥିଲେ ? )
Answer:
Stella Streeter was the famous Channel coach under whom Janaki was trained for about three weeks in the English Channel.

Question (viii).
What does ‘Janaki’s Maritime Express’ mean?
(‘ଜାନକୀସ୍ ମାରିଟାଇମ୍ ଏକ୍‌ସପ୍ରେସ୍’ର ଅର୍ଥ କ’ଣ ?)
Answer:
Janaki was selected to participate in the relay swim in the English Channel. She was one among the six swimmers in the relay team who was handicapped. Other members of her team were amazed to see that Janaki could swim. Therefore they named the relay team, ‘Janaki’s Maritime Express’ in order to pay a tribute to Janaki.

E. Let’S UnderStand The Text Better:

Question 1.
What were the conditions set by the English Channel Swimming Authority?
(ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ଚ୍ୟାନେଲ ସୁଇମିଙ୍ଗ୍ କର୍ତ୍ତୃପକ୍ଷଙ୍କଦ୍ବାରା କେଉଁସବୁ ସର୍ଭ ରଖାଯାଇଥିଲା ? )
Answer:
Two conditions were set by the English Channel Swimming Authority. They were as follows :
(i) The swimmer should be able to spend at least ten hours continuously in water.
(ii) The swimmer should be able to do marathon swimming which is for long hours at a stretch on the high seas.

Question 2.
Why were the officials of the English Channel Swimming Association shocked?
( ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ଚ୍ୟାନେଲ ଆସୋସିଏସନ୍‌ର କର୍ମକର୍ତ୍ତାମାନେ କାହିଁକି ମର୍ମାହତ ଥିଲେ ?)
Answer:
The officials of the Channel Swimming Association saw, for the first time, a physically handicapped girl who was trying to swim the English Channel. This, in fact, quite shocked them.

Question 3.
Why was it decided that Janaki would be part of a relay team?
( ଜାନକୀ ଦଳଗତ ସନ୍ତରଣକାରୀ ଦଳରେ ଅଂଶୀଦାର ହେବାକୁ କାହିଁକି ନିଷ୍ପତ୍ତି ନିଆଗଲା ?)
Answer:
The offIcials of the Channel Swimming Association were very worried (4) about Janaki. They had kept a sharp eye on her during her training runs. She was trained for about three weeks under Stella Streeter, the famous Channel coach. She wanted to make a solo attempt but was denied as they did not have a special boat to accompany her. That is why it was decided that she would be part of a relay team.

Question 4.
What were the Channel waters like?
(ପ୍ରଣାଳୀର ପାଣି କିପରି ଥିଲା ?)
Answer:
The Channel waters were rather cold and salty. There were seaweeds and jellyfish in the water. They stood in the way of Janaki’s adventure of swimming in the English Channel.

Question 5.
What were the problems that Janaki faced while swimming the Channel in a relay team?
(ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀରେ ଏକ ଦଳୀୟ ସନ୍ତରଣକାରୀ ଦଳରେ ସନ୍ତରଣ କଲାବେଳେ ଜାନକୀ କେଉଁସବୁ ସମସ୍ୟାର ସମ୍ମୁଖୀନ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ?)
Answer:
Janaki had to face a lot of problems while swimming the Channel in a relay team. The waters were so cold that she needed much more energy than usual to keep her arms moving. Her legs moved left or right way as the moving of waves also created a problem for her. Again the salty water entered her mouth which made her vomit (QI). There were the seaweeds and jellyfish which kept sticking to her body and thereby she felt very uncomfortable.

Question 6.
What were the feelings of Janaki’s parents when she was crossing the Channel waters?
(ଜାନକୀ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀକୁ ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରୁଥିବା ସମୟରେ ତାଙ୍କ ପିତାମାତାଙ୍କ ଅନୁଭୂତି କିପରି ଥିଲା ? )
Answer:
Janaki’s parents were Mr. Nagappa and Mrs. Indiramma. They were standing on Dover beach and wondering at the things. They could not take a morsel of food because their daughter was doing such dangerous work. They looked worried till the end of the swimming. At last, they were very happy to see their daughter victorious.

Question 7.
What does the expression ‘Paraplegic Olympics’ mean?
(ପାରାପ୍ଲେଜିକ୍ ଅଲିମ୍ପିକ୍‌ କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝାଏ ?)
Answer:
The expression ‘Paraplegic Olympics’ means the participation of the physically. handicapped athletes in the mega events of the Olympics exclusively. The participants who suffer from paraplegia take part in different events and the winners are rewarded with medals and prizes.

Question 8.
What is it you like most about Janaki? (Is it her determination, her courage, her hard work….?)
(ଜାନକୀର କେଉଁ ଗୁଣଟି ତୁମକୁ ସବୁଠୁ ଭଲ ଲାଗିଛି ? (ଏହା ତାଙ୍କର ଦୃଢ଼ ସଙ୍କଳ୍ପ, ସାହସ, କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ …. ?))
Answer:
Janaki had many good qualities like strong determination, courage. self-reliance and hard-work. Among these qualities, courage is the most important. It needs high amount of courage. Only a fearless person can go for it. Hard-work and strong determination are necessary but without courage such a dangerous task QI) could not be undertaken. C.N. Janaki is the first Indian National who was able to swim in the Channel. She brought glory to the country and proved herself that being handicapped is flO bar to success.

F. Let’S Talk: (ଆସ କଥା ହେବା)

(a) Say whether the following statements are true or false. Discuss in groups.
(i) Janaki was struck by polio at the age of two.
(ii) Janaki was the first woman to swim the English Channel.
(iii) Janaki had begun training very hard before she attempted the Channel swim.
(iv) The Channel Swimming Association permitted Janaki to swim alone across the English Channel.
(y) All other members of the relay team were also handicapped like Janaki.
(vi) Janaki’s parents were worried about her when she was in the Channel waters.
(vii) The dream of Janaki was to swim the English Channel.
(viii) Janaki wanted to prove that to be handicapped is no bar to success.
Answer:
(i) False.
(ii) False,
(iii) True,
(iv) False,
(y) False,
(vi) True,
(vii) True.
(viii) True.

(b) Here are a few rules trekkers are expected to follow. Read the rules carefully. Discuss the rules in groups of three or four and say why each of them is necessary. Thereafter present your group’s views to the whole class.

Some Rule For Trekking

Follow the route given by the Department of Tourism.
Take an authorised guide and porter.
Do not cut any plants or trees.
Do not kill any wild animal or bird.
Be careful when you walk in a wooded or grassy area.

G. Learn To Listen:

The students of class-IX have decided to go trekking in the Barunei Hills. Bakul was absent from school when the class teacher had a meeting with the students to plan the trip. So he meets his classmate Rahul to know what happened at the meeting. Bakul collects the information from Rahul, Now help Bakul to fill in the details about the trip:

1. The Bus/Train

Name

Leaving at

Leaving from

2. Luggage to be carried in a .
3. Items of luggage :

Clothes etc.

Personal

Bedding

Food

Answer:
1. The Bus/Train

Name	Leaving at	Leaving From
The Lingaraj Travels	6AM, Bhubaneswar	6 PM, Barunei Hills (Khurda)

2. Luggage to be carried in a backpack.
3. Items of luggage :

Clothes etc.	Personal	Bedding	food
Water-proof and	Equipment	Sleeping Beg	Dry foods and
Wind-proof jackets	Rucksacks	Pad	low water content
Inner layers	Pedometers		foods like cold
Trousers	A first-aid kit		cereal, powdered
Track-suits	and medicines		milk, cheese,
Head and hands	Full water bag		crackers, bread,
wear	Extra clothing		sausage, salami.
Footwear	A mobile phone		raisins, peanut,
Walking boots,	A torch light		butter pasta and
shoes and	A knife		quick energy giving
socks			foods

H. Let’s Learn Some New Words:

A. Mark the word in bold letters (para-13) below.
The word “impossible” is applied to something that has not been tried.
The root word of impossible is possible.
We add im with possible to get a new word and it gives the opposite in meaning of possible.
This addition is known as a prefix.
There are other prefixes that also convey the opposite meaning.
Can you give some examples?

improper	– im	proper
unable	– un	able
inessential	– in	essential
illegal	– il	legal
mismanage	– mis	manage
derecognize	– de	recognize

All these are negative prefixes. Study to know which of them will” go with which words. This depends on their use. For example, only dis will go with ‘order’. But there are some words that take either dis or un with a change in meaning. (For example) unlike. and dislike. If you read a lot of English. you can use them naturally without any problem.

Given below is a list of words. You have to tick the negative prefix — which goes with each of them. (Some of them take more than one such prefix.) The first one has been done for you.
(ନିମ୍ନରେ ଶବ୍ଦର ଏକ ତାଲିକା ଦିଆଯାଇଛି । ତୁମକୁ ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକ ପୂର୍ବପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟରେ ଟିକ୍ ଚିହ୍ନ ମାରିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିବ ଯାହା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଶବ୍ଦ ସହିତ ଲଗାଯିବ । (ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକରୁ କେତେକ ଏକାତ୍ମକ ପ୍ରିଫିକ୍ସ ନେଇପାରନ୍ତି ।) ପ୍ରଥମଟି ତୁମ ପାଇଁ କରି ଦିଆଯାଇଛି ।)

Words	un	im	in	dis	mis	de	il	ab
Possible
Courage
Sufficient
Connect
Personal
Successfully
Comfortable
Worthy
Obey
Able
Understand
Honest
Count
Valid
Fit
Used
Manage
Essential
Believe
Appear
Mindful
Proper
Normal
Efficient
Suitable

Answer:

Words	un	im	in	dis	mis	de	il	ab
Possible		✓
Courage				✓
Sufficient			✓
Connect				✓
Personal		✓
Successfully	✓
Comfortable	✓			✓
Worthy	✓
Obey				✓
Able	✓			✓
Understand					✓
Honest				✓
Count	✓			✓	✓
Valid			✓
Fit	✓				✓
Used	✓				✓
Manage					✓
Essential			✓
Believe	✓			✓
Appear				✓
Mindful	✓
Proper		✓
Normal								✓
Efficient			✓
Suitable	✓

B. Certain words or groups of words occur together very frequently. These groups of words are called phrases. Make sentences of your own using the phrases given below.
(କେତେକ ଶବ୍ଦ କିମ୍ବା ଶବ୍ଦପୁଞ୍ଜ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଏକତ୍ର ବ୍ୟବହାର ହୁଅନ୍ତି । ଏହି ଶବ୍ଦର ସମଷ୍ଟିକୁ ଶବ୍ଦ ସମଷ୍ଟି ବା ଫ୍ରେଜେସ୍ (phrases) କୁହାଯାଏ । ନିମ୍ନରେ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଫ୍ରେଜେସ୍‌ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ବାକ୍ୟ ଗଠନ କର ।)
(a) at a stretch
(b) leave for
(c) in spite of
(d) a lot of
(e) keep a sharp eýe

Answer:
(a) at a stretch (ଏକାଥରକେ) – Satya can run ten miles at a stretch.
(b) leave for (set out – (ଯାତ୍ରା ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବା ) – Ramesh will leave for Delhi day after tomorrow.
(c) in spite of (ସତ୍ତ୍ୱେ) – In spite of his old age. he leads an active life.
(d) a lot of (ବହୁତ, ପ୍ରଚୁର ) – There are a lot of flowers in the garden.
(e) keep a sharp eye (ତୀକ୍ଷ୍ଣଣ ଦୃଷ୍ଟି ରଖୁବା ) – The police have kept a sharp eye on the criminals.

I. Let’S Learn Language:

Study the following sentence showing the use of:
Could and be able to

(i) I (Janaki) was able to spend ten hours at a stretch in the Swimming pool.
(ସନ୍ତରଣ ପୁଷ୍କରିଣୀରେ ମୁଁ ଏକାଦିକ୍ରମେ/ଲଗାତର ଦଶଘଣ୍ଟା ଧରି ପହଁରିବାକୁ ସମର୍ଥ ହେଲି ।) ( ଏଠାରେ ସନ୍ତରଣ କରିବାର ଜାନକୀଙ୍କର ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ ଥିଲା ଓ ସେ ତାହାକୁ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ କଲେ ।)

ability + performance = be able to
((ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ + କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ) ଅର୍ଥରେ be able to ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

(ii) When Bakul was 16, he could run 100 metres in 11 seconds.
(୧୬ ବର୍ଷରେ ବକୁଲ ୧୧ ସେକେଣ୍ଡରେ ୧୦୦ ମିଟର ଦୌଡ଼ି ପାରୁଥିଲା ।) (ଏଠାରେ ଅତୀତରେ ବକୁଲ୍‌ର ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ ଥିଲା ।)

(iii) Somdev played very well but in the end Mahesh was able to beat him.
(ସୋମଦେବ ବହୁତ ଭଲ ଖେଳିଲା; କିନ୍ତୁ ଶେଷରେ ମହେଶ ତାକୁ ପରାସ୍ତ କରିବାକୁ ସଫଳ ହେଲା ।) ( କଷ୍ଟପୂର୍ବକ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଖେଳରେ)

Could	be (was/were) able to
past ability	(ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟଜନିତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
(ଅତୀତର ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ )	(ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ)

(iv) Even though (ଯଦିଓ) I had hurt my leg (ଗୋଡ଼ ଆଘାତପ୍ରାପ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିଲା), I was able to (not cou1d) swim back to the shore (କୂଳକୁ ପହଁରି ଫେରିବାରେ ମୁଁ ସମର୍ଥ ହୋଇଥୁଲି) (past ability + action) (ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ କଷ୍ଟ କରି )

(v) Rajesh fell into the water, but luckily he was able to hold onto the boat. (ଧରିନେଲା) (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିର କୌଶଳ ସହକାରେ)

But could’ is used in the sense of past ability + past action with the following verbs.

(କିନ୍ତୁ ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ସହିତ ଅତୀତର ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ ଓ ଅତୀତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକୁ ଆଧାର କରି could ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।)

(i) Verbs of perception (ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରିୟଜନିତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ) : see, hear, smell, taste, feel

(ii) Verbs of mentality: understand, know, remember, etc.

Examples:

(i) I could hear(ଶୁଣିପାରୁଥିଲି ) the sound of a plane from a distance.

(ii) Father could remember (ମନେ ରଖିପାରୁଥିଲେ) every happy moment of his childhood days.

Complete the following sentences with could, was! were able to/couldn’t.
(ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ could, was/were able to/couldn’t ଯୋଗ କରି ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ କର ।)
(i) The fire spread quickly but everyone escaped.
(ii) He _______ drive when he was sixteen, but he _______ because he didn’t have a license.
(iii) They didn’t have any tomatoes in the first shop 1 went to. but I _______ get some in the next shop.
(iv) The boy fell into the river hut fortunately we _______ rescue him.
(y) He had hurt his leg. so he ______ walk very slowly.
(vi) I looked everywhere for the book but I _______ find it.
Answer:
(i) The fire spread quickly but everyone was able to escape.
(ii) He could drive when he was sixteen, but he couldn’t because he didn’t have a license.
(iii) They didn’t have any tomatoes in the first shop 1 went to. but I was able to get some in the next shop.
(iv) The boy fell into the river but fortunately, we were able to rescue him.
(y) He had hurt his leg, so he was able to walk very slowly.
(vi) I looked everywhere for the book but I couldn’t find it.

J. Let’s Write:

You would like to learn to swim. Fill in the details in the Letter to the Thimaiah National
Academy of Adventure about one of the courses listed:
In your letter, ask for the following points:

Who can apply for the course — minimum age, etc.
What is the duration of the course?
How much do you have to pay for the course.
What kind of food and accommodation you will be given.
Whether you need to give a medical certificate or not.

Answer:
To
The Director
Thimaiah National Academy of Adventure
Bangalore, Karnataka
Sir,
I have read your advertisement about the three courses you offer at your institute.
I am interested in doing the course in adventure. Could you please give me the information about the following?
I would like to know the details of the course. May I know
(i) What is the minimum age for admission into the course?
(ii) What is the duration of the course?
(iii) What is the fee package for the course?
(iv) What kind of food accommodation facilities are provided?
(v) Whether the medical certificate is required?
I should be highly grateful if you would kindly send me your reply at an early date as I am very much interested to join the course.
I look forward to your kind reply.
Buxi Bazar
Cuttack
18 December 2019

Yours faithfully
Rama Chandra Hota

Let’s Know More

A. Related words or correct forms of the words.

Word	Related Word
believe	belief (n), believable (adj)
continue	continuous (adj), continuously (adv), continuity (n) continually (adv)
swim (V)	swimming (n), swimmer (n)
able (adj)	ability (n), enable (v)
train (v)	training (n), trainer (n), trainee (n)
contribute (v)	contribution (n)
collect (v)	collection (n), collected (adj), collective (adj)
physical (adj)	physically (adv)
fame (n)	famous (adj)
special (adj)	specialty (n), especially (adv), specialized (adj)
real (adj)	really (adv), realize (v), reality (n)
dream (n)/(v)	dreamy (adj)
nature (n)	natural (adj), naturally (adv)
energy (n)	energetic (adj), energize (v), energetically (adv)
anxious (adj)	anxiously (adv), anxiety (n)
triumph (n)	(triumphant (adj), triumphantly (adv)
success (n)	successful (adj), succeed (v), successfully (adv)
important (adj)	importance (n)
apply (v)	application (n)
impossible (adj)	impossibility (n)
reliance (n)	reliant (adj)
agonizing (adj)	agonized (adj)
help (v)	helper (n)
work (v)	worker (n)

B. Opposite/Antonyms

word	Opposite Word
Useless	– useful
Continuously	– casually
Solo	– relay
Famous	– notorious
Usual	– unusual
Help	– hinder
Success	– failure
Successful	– unsuccessful
Minimum	– maximum
Comfortable	– uncomfortable
Spend	– save
Several	– many
short-cut	– abundance
Worthwhile	– worthless

Word	Opposite Word
Allow	– refuse
Make	– break, destroy
Special	– ordinary
Start	– finish
Mostly	– partly
Happy	– unhappy
Succeed	– fail
Dangerous	– safe
Possible	– impossible
Triumph	– defeat
Private	– public
Danger	– safety
Sick	– healthy
Permit	– forbid

BSE Odisha 9th Class English The Swimmer Who Does Not Need Her Legs! Important Questions and Answers

Very Short A Objective Questions With Answers
Answer The Followings In A Sentence.

Question 1.
What did Janaki convey to the English Channel Swimming Association?
Answer:
Janaki conveyed her idea of swimming the English Channel to the English Channel Swimming Association.

Question 2.
What did the English Channel Swimming Association reply?
Answer:
The English Channel Swimming Association replied that two conditions must be fulfilled before allowing a swimmer to make an attempt.

Question 3.
What did Janaki do to fulfill the conditions of the English Channel Swimming Association?
Answer:
Janaki began training very hard in Bangalore to fulfill the conditions of the English Channel Swimming Association.

Question 4.
Who was Mr. Gopal and what did he give to Janaki?
Answer:
Mr. Gopal was a NIS coach who gave a certificate to Janaki saying that he had seen her swim for ten hours continuously.

Question 5.
How did Janaki begin training in the Arabian Sea?
Answer:
Janaki went to the coastal town of Malpe and began training in the Arabian Sea with the help of the Thimaiah National Academy of Adventure.

Question 6.
What do you understand by the expression ‘my fight’?
Answer:
Here ‘my fight’ refers to Janaki’s struggle in course of her swimming which was against nature.

Question 7.
How were the Channel waters?
Answer:
The Channel waters were so cold that she needed more energy than usual to keep her arms moving.

Question 8.
What was the problem with Janaki’s legs while swimming?
Answer:
Janaki had a problem with her legs moving to the left or to the right while swimming.

Question 9.
What problem did the jellyfish cause Janaki?
Answer:
While swimming in the channel the jellyfish kept sticking to Janaki’s body.

Question 10.
What was the role of Janaki in the relay team?
Answer:
Janaki swam for two hours and helped the relay team cross the 36 km Channel in 14 hours and 45 minutes.

Question 11.
How was Janaki’s dream of swimming English Channel fulfilled?
Answer:
Janaki became part of a relay team that helped her fulfill the dream of swimming in the English Channel.

Question 12.
What was Janaki’s next ambition’?
Answer:
Janaki’s next ambition was to start training for the 1996 Paraplegic Olympics in Atlanta.

Question 13.
What does Janaki believe?
Answer:
Janaki believes that the word ‘impossible’ is applied to something that has not been tried.

Question 14.
What did Janaki want to prove?
Answer:
Janaki wanted to prove that being handicapped is no bar to success.

Question 15.
What is Janaki’s final suggestion to the readers?
Answer:
Janaki finally suggests to the readers that there is really no shortcut to success.

Answer The Followings In A Word Or A Phrase.

Question 1.
Why did the Channel Swimming Association officials refuse Janaki to make a solo attempt?
Answer:
because they didn’t have a special boat to accompany her

Question 2.
What was the second condition of the English Channel Swimming Association?
Answer:
A swimmer should be able to do marathon swimming.

Question 3.
What was the first condition of the English Channel Swimming Association?
Answer:
The swimmer should be able to spend at least 10 hours in the water.

Question 4.
Who was Janaki’s mother?
Answer:
Mrs. Indiramma

Question 5.
When did C.N. Janaki get the idea of trying to swim in the English Channel?
Answer:
when she was a child

Question 6.
To whom did she convey the idea of trying to swim the English Channel?
Answer:
English Channel Swimming Association

Question 7.
Where did Janaki begin training very hard to fulfill the conditions?
Answer:
in Bangalore

Question 8.
Who was the NIS coach in Bangalore?
Answer:
Mr. Gopal

Question 9.
Where did Janaki go with the help of Thimaiah National Academy of Adventure?
Answer:
the coastal town of Malpe

Question 10.
Who was the coach in the coastal town of Malpe?
Answer:
Dinesh Suvarna

Question 11.
How long could Janaki swim a day after her rain in the Arabian Sea?
Answer:
20 km

Question 12.
Who said, “I was able to swim 10 hours at a stretch in the swimming pool”?
Answer:
Janaki

Question 13.
Where did Janaki reach and began practicing in the English Channel?
Answer:
Dover beach

Question 14.
Who was Stella Streeter?
Answer:
a famous channel coach

Question 15.
How long was Janaki trained under the channel coach, Stella Streeter?
Answer:
three weeks

Fill In The Blanks.

1. “A person whose lower part of the body including both legs being paralysed” is termed as ___________.
Answer:
polio

2. In the lesson NIS refers to National Institute of ____________.
Answer:
Sports

3. The NIS coach who gave Janaki required certificate that she can swim for 10 hours continuously was ___________.
Answer:
Mr. Gopal

4. Janaki and her parents left for England in the middle of ___________.
Answer:
1992

5. It was decided that Janaki would be part of __________.
Answer:
a relay team

6. “Janaki Maritime Express” means the name of the relay team in honour of _____________.
Answer:
Janaki

7. The relay team is consisted of __________.
Answer:
six members

8. __________ kept sticking to Janaki’s body while swimming.
Answer:
Jelly fish

9. Janaki in the relay team successfully crossed the 36 kms English Channel in 14 hours _____________ minutes.
Answer:
45

10. In the lesson. “an unaccompanied swimming by a person alone” is called ___________.
Answer:
the solo swim

11. In spite of having poiio affected legs, Janaki could become the first in swimming across the channel as a _____________ person.
Answer:
handicapped

12. The unique attempt was made ____________.
Answer:
on 28 July 1992

13. Janaki needed more energy than usual while swimming in the channel because the channel waters were so _____________.
Answer:
cold

14. Janaki swam for about __________ hours and helped the relay team cross the 36 km channel.
Answer:
2

15. Janaki’s father was __________.
Answer:
Mr Nagappa

Multiple Choice Questions With Answers.

Question 1.
Most of the swimmers in Janaki’s team were ____________?
(A) Americans
(B) Latin Americans
(C) Indians
(D) Japanese
Answer:
(A) Americans

Question 2.
Janaki practised her swimming in the Arabian Sea at Malpe for _____________?
(A) four years
(B) six weeks
(C) three weeks
(D) two weeks
Answer:
(C) three weeks

Question 3.
Janaki swam for about two hours and helped the relay team cross the ___________?
(A) 06 km channel
(B) 16 km channel
(C) 26 km channel
(D) 36 km channel
Answer:
(D) 36 km channel

Question 4.
C.N. Janaki’s legs were useless by _____________?
(A) an accident
(B) paralysis
(C) polio
(D) serious illness
Answer:
(C) polio

Question 5.
C.N. Janaki was struck by polio in the year _____________?
(A) 1997
(B) 1992
(C) 1990
(D) 1987
Answer:
(D) 1987

Question 6.
C.N. Janaki was able to swim the English Channel at the age of ____________?
(A) 6 years
(B) 9 years
(C) 19 years
(D) 23 years
Answer:
(C) 19 years

Question 7.
“A person whose lower part of the body including both legs being paralysed” is termed as ____________?
(A) paralysis
(B) polio
(C) lame
(D) paraplegic
Answer:
(B) polio

Question 8.
Who was the NIS coach in Bangalore?
(A) Dinesh Suvarna
(B) Mr. Gopal
(C) Stella Streeter
(D) Mr. Nagappa
Answer:
(B) Mr. Gopal

Question 9.
Who was the coach ¡n the coastal town of Malpe?
(A) Mr. Gopal
(B) Dinesh Suvama
(C) Stefla Streeter
(D) Mr. Tej Pal
Answer:
(B) Dinesh Suvama

Question 10.
How long could Janaki swim a day after her training in the Arabian Sea?
(A) 10 kms
(B) 15 kms
(C) 20 kms
(D) 25 kms
Answer:
(C) 20 kms

Question 11.
The NIS coach who gave Janaki required certificate that she can swim for 10 hours continuously was ___________?
(A) Mr Gopal
(B) Dinesh Suvarna
(C) Stella Streeter
(D) Mr Nagappa
Answer:
(A) Mr Gopal

Question 12.
Janaki and her parents left for England in the middle of ____________?
(A) 1978
(B) 1990
(C) 1992
(D) 1994
Answer:
(C) 1992

Question 13.
Where did Janaki reach and began practising in the English Channel?
(A) Malpe
(B) England
(C) Dover
(D) Bangalore
Answer:
(C) Dover

Question 14.
How long was Janaki trained under the channel coach, Stella Streeter?
(A) two weeks
(B) three weeks
(C) four weeks
(D) five weeks
Answer:
(B) three weeks

Subjective Questions With Answers
Answer the following question in about 50 words.

Question 1.
When did Janaki get the idea of swimming the English Channel?
Answer:
C. N. Janaki was struck by polio in the year 1987 when she was a child. As polio is an infectious disease of the spine, she became physically handicapped. As a child she got the idea of trying to swim the English Channel. She didn’t care about her illness. She conveyed her plan of swimming in the Channel to the English Channel Swimming Association for details.

Question 2.
What were the conditions set by the English Channel Swimming Association?
Answer:
Janaki conveyed her idea of swimming the channel to the English Channel Swimming Association for details. The channel authorities replied that two conditions have to be fulfilled before a swimmer is allowed to swim in the channel. They were –
(a) The swimmer should be able to spend at least 10 hours continuously in water.
(b) The swimmer should be able to do marathon swimming, that is, he or she should be able to swim in the high sea for long hours at a stretch.

Question 3.
Where did Janaki begin her training?
Answer:
After getting the reply from the channel authorities, Janaki decided to make an attempt. She went to Bangalore and began her training very hard in order to fulfil the conditions set by the English Channel Swimming Association. She was trained under an NIS coach, Mr. Gopal. After almost four years of hard training she was able to spend ten hours at a stretch in the swimming pool. Pertaining to this she also got a certificate from Mr. Gopal.

Question 4.
How did Janaki complete her training in the sea ? Or, How did Janaki go to the coastal town of Malpe ? What did she do there?
Answer:
With the help of the Thimaiah National Academy of Adventure, Janaki went to the coastal town of Malpe for her training in the Arabian Sea. She began her training there under a coach called Dinesh Suverna. She was trained for three weeks. Then she was able to spend long hours in the sea by swimming a minimum of 20 kms. a day.

Question 5.
How did Janaki collect the money she needed for the attempt ? Or, Why did Janaki need money ? How did she collect it?
Answer:
When Janaki was permitted to make an attempt, she needed some money for the trip. As she was financially weak, she started collecting money from different sources. The government, a few private agencies and several friends contributed the money she needed for the attempt.

Question 6.
Why were the officials of the English Channel Swimming Association shocked?
Answer:
Janaki reached in England in the middle of 1992. She reached Dover and began practising in the English Channel. The Channel Swimming Association officials were quite shocked to see it because it was the first time in their experience that a physically handicapped person was trying to swim the English Channel.

Question 7.
Why was it decided that Janaki would be a part of a relay team?
Answer:
Janaki was trained under the famous channel coach, Stella Streeter for about three weeks. After that she expressed her desire before the channel authorities to make a solo attempt. But they turned it down and said that they didn’t have special boat to accompany her. Instead it was decided that she would be a part of a relay team.

Question 8.
What does ‘ Janaki’s Maritime Express’ mean?
Answer:
It was decided by the English Channel Swimming Association that Janaki would be a part of a relay team. The relay team was consisted of six members. Almost all the members in her team were American and they were physically fit. But Janaki was the only handicapped swimmer in the team. So in order to honour her, they named the relay team, “Janaki’s Maritime Express”.

Question 9.
What is a relay swim?
Answer:
The relay swim is a group swimming event. In relay swim, a group of swimmers form a team. Each swimmer has to complete his/her part of swimming so that the entire event will be completed in time. Generally six swimmers form a team and they each do a minimum of two hours of swimming.

Question 10.
What were the problems that Janaki faced while swimming the channel in a relay team?
Answer:
While swimming the channel in a relay team Janaki had to face many problems. First of all the channel waters were so cold that she needed more energy to keep her arms moving. The channel water was salty. When it entered her mouth, she felt sick. Besides the sea weeds and the jelly fish kept sticking to her body which made her uncomfortable.

Question 11.
How did Janaki’s parents feel when she was swimming in the channel?
Answer:
When Janaki was making her attempt, her parents, Mr. Nagappa and Mrs. Indramma were watching it on Dover beach. They were wondering how things would turn out. They couldn’t eat a single morsel of food as their daughter was doing such a dangerous task. They looked worried till the end of the event.

Question 12.
How was Janaki’s dream of swimming the channel fulfilled?
Answer:
Janaki had the problem of her legs, still she successfully completed her share of the relay. She swam for about two hours and helped the relay team cross 36 km. channel in 14 hours and 45 minutes. This is how her dream of swimming the English Channel was fulfilled.

Question 13.
What is the philosophy of C. N. Janaki?
Answer:
C. N. Janaki has a simple philosophy. She always wanted to do something worthwhile in life. She strongly believes that the word ‘impossible’ is applied to something that has not been tried. In her opinion one can overcome all obstacles by hard work, determination, courage and self-reliance.

Question 14.
What does the expression ‘Paraplegic Olympics’ mean?
Answer:
‘Paraplegic Olympics’ is an international sports event in which only handicapped persons who suffer from the dangerous disease ‘paraplegia’ take part. It is usually held in every four years. After swimming the English Channel, Janaki was interested to take part in the 1996 Paraplegic Olympics scheduled to be held in Atlanta.

The Swimmer Who Does Not Need Her Legs! Summary in English

Lead In:

Very often we corne across some people who are not normai. They may he deaf, dumb, crippled or blind. They are some way or other handicapped. They deserve sympathy of others. But at times they do not get it. Nevertheless there are a few who being handicapped never like to have other’s pity or mercy. They always try to do something special which seems difficult even on the part of an able person. In the present story there is a description about a young Indian girl of nineteen being affected by poilo was able to swim the English Channel. Her crippled legs did not pose any problem in swimming.

Note:
very often — ଅନେକ ସମୟରେ deaf — ବଧିର dumb — ମୂକ crippled or blind — ପଙ୍ଗୁ କିମ୍ବା ଅନ୍ଧ handicapped — ଅଯୋଗ୍ୟ deserve — ଯୋଗ୍ୟ sympathy — ସହାନୁଭୂତି nevertheless — ତଥାପି mercy — ଦୟା description — ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା affected — ପ୍ରଭାବିତ,

ଉପକ୍ରମ :
ଅନେକ ସମୟରେ ଆମେ କେତେକ ଲୋକଙ୍କ ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶରେ ଆସୁ ଯେଉଁମାନେ ସ୍ବାଭାବିକଭାବେ ସକ୍ଷମ ନୁହନ୍ତି । ସେମାନେ ବଧୂର ବା ମୂକ, ଛୋଟା ବା ଅନ୍ଧ ହୋଇପାରନ୍ତି । ସେମାନେ ଅକର୍ମଣ୍ୟ । ସେମାନେ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କ ଅନୁକମ୍ପାର ଅଧିକାରୀ ହେଲେ ବି ତାହା ସେମାନେ ଅନେକ ସମୟରେ ପାଆନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ । ତଥାପି ଏପରି କେତେକ ଅଛନ୍ତି ଯେଉଁମାନେ ଅକର୍ମଣ୍ୟ ହେଲେ ବି ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କର ଦୟା କିମ୍ବା ଅନୁକମ୍ପାର ପାତ୍ର ହେବାକୁ ଚାହାନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ । ସେମାନେ ସବୁବେଳେ କିଛି ଗୋଟାଏ ସ୍ବତନ୍ତ୍ର କରିବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି ଯାହାକି ଏକ ସ୍ବାଭାବିକଭାବେ ସକ୍ଷମ ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ପକ୍ଷରେ କଷ୍ଟସାଧ୍ୟ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଆଲୋଚ୍ୟ ଗଳ୍ପରେ ଜଣେ ଊଣେଇଶ ବର୍ଷୀୟା ଭାରତୀୟ ଝିଅ ବିଷୟରେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କରାଯାଇଛି ଯିଏ କି ପୋଲିଓ ରୋଗାକ୍ରାନ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀକୁ ପହଁରିବାକୁ ସକ୍ଷମ ହୋଇଥିଲା । ତା’ର କେମ୍ପା ଗୋଡ଼ ଦୁଇଟି ପହଁରିବାରେ କୌଣସି ସମସ୍ୟା ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରି ନ ଥିଲା ।

Summary:
In the topic ‘The Swimmer Who Does Not Need Her Legs !‘, we read about a handicapped girl named C. N. Janaki who could swim the English Channel as a member of the relay team. She took interest in swimming since her early childhood though she was affected by polio. She became a good swimmer. Her dream was to swim the English Channel. So she conveyed her desire to the English Channel Swimming Association. Within a very short time a reply came to her. She would be allowed if she fulfils two conditions. . Firstly, the swimmer should be able to spend at least ten hours continuously in water. Secondly the swimmer should be lit for marathon swimming. It means she should be able to swim for long hours in high seas at a stretch. Janaki began her training under an NIS coach, Mr. Gopal in Bangalore for four years. He gave her a certificate that she was able to swim ten hours at a stretch. This was not enough for her training. She then joined the Thimaiah National Academy of Adventure in the coastal town of Malpe and began training in the Arabian Sea. She completed her course in three weeks under a coach called Dinesh Suvama and was able to swim 20 km a day in the sea. She then came back to Bangalore and sent her certificates to the Channel Swimming Association in England. Fortunately she got the permission from the Channel Association. She appealed for funds to go to England. To her good fortune the government, a few private agencies and several friends contributed the money she needed. Janaki with her parents left for England in the middle of 1992. They arrived at Dover and she began practising in the Channel. The Channel officials were worried to see that a physically handicapped person was trying to swim the Channel for the first time. They were watching her trainings very seriously. She was trained for about three weeks under the famous Channel coach, Stella Streeter. The time for the Channel swim came and she wanted to make a solo attempt. She was denied a solo attempt because the Association did not have a special boat to accompany her. She was selected to be a member of the relay team for swimming the Channel. Her co-swimmers were foreigners and mostly Americans. They were amazed to see Janaki swimming with them. They named the relay team as ‘Janaki’s Maritime Express’ to honour her. The event took place on 28 July 1992. In the course of the swim Janaki has to fight against nature. The Channel waters were yery cold and salty arid not favourable to her. Further bad waves and sticking of seaweeds and jelly fish with her body made her uncomfortable. She overcame these problems and completed her part successfully in the relay swim. Her parents Mr Nagappa and Mrs Indiramma were watching her during the swim very worriedly. They had not taken anything till the end of her swim. They became very happy when their daughter did it. Janaki who wanted to swim solo first now was happy being a part of the relay team. Her dream to swim the English Channel was fulfilled. She then started her training for the 1996 Paraplegic Olympics in Atlanta. Janaki is now working as a bank officer in Bangalore. She has a simple philosophy. They are as follows : (i) Do something worthwhile in life, (ii) Impossible is applied to something that has not been tried, (iii) Handicap is no bar to success, (iv) One can overcome all obstacles by hard work, determination, courage and self-reliance, (y) There is no short-cut to success. This was all about a nineteen years young handicapped girl and her achievements.

Notes:
handicapped — ଅସୁବିଧାଜନକ team — ଦଳ childhood — ପିଲାଦିନ conveyed — ପ୍ରସାରଣ desire — ଇଚ୍ଛା, continuously — କ୍ରମାଗତ ଭାବରେ | marathon — ଲମ୍ବା at a stretch — ଏକ ପ୍ରସାରଣରେ coach — ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷକ adventure — ଦୁଃସାହସିକ coastal town — ଉପକୂଳ ସହର fortunately — ସୌଭାଗ୍ୟବଶତଃ appealed — ଅପିଲ private agencies — ଘରୋଇ ସଂସ୍ଥା contributed — ଅନୁଦାନିତ physically handicapped — ଶାରୀରିକ ବିକଳାଙ୍ଗ solo attempt — ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ଉଦ୍ୟମ amazed — ବିସ୍ମିତ honour – ସମ୍ମାନ My fight — ମୋ ଲଢ଼େଇ favourable — ଅନୁକୂଳ seaweeds — ସାମୁଦ୍ରିକ ଉଦ୍ଭଦ, uncomfortable — ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣାସିକ୍ତ, successfully — କୃତିତ୍ଵର ସହ ସଫଳ, philosophy — ଦର୍ଶନ worthwhile — ମୂଲ୍ୟଯୁକ୍ତ, obstacles — ପ୍ରତିବନ୍ଧକ determination — ନିଷ୍ଠା achievements — ଉପଲବ୍ଧି

“The Swimmer Who Does Not Need Her Legs !’ ବା ‘ଗୋଡ଼ର ସାହାଯ୍ୟ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ କରିନଥିବା ଜଣେ ସନ୍ତରଣକାରୀ !’ ବିଷୟଟିରେ ଆମେ ସି.ଏନ୍. ଜାନକୀ ନାମକ ଏକ ପୋଲିଓ ରୋଗାକ୍ରାନ୍ତୀ ବିକଳାଙ୍ଗ ଝିଅ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ପଢ଼ୁ ଯିଏକି ଗୋଟିଏ ୬ ଜଣିଆ ଦଳର ସଭ୍ୟ ଭାବରେ ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀକୁ ପହଁରିଥିଲା । ପୋଲିଓ ରୋଗାକ୍ରାନ୍ତା ହୋଇ ମଧ୍ୟ ସେ ପିଲାବେଳୁ ପହଁରା ପ୍ରତି ଆଗ୍ରହୀ ହୋଇଥିଲେ । ଜଣେ ଭଲ ପହଁରାଳି ହୋଇ ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀକୁ ପହଁରିବାର ସ୍ଵପ୍ନ ଥିଲା ତାଙ୍କର । ସେ ଏକ ପତ୍ର ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ଏହା ‘ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ ସନ୍ତରଣ ସଙ୍ଗଠନ’ର କର୍ମକର୍ତ୍ତାଙ୍କୁ ଜଣାଇଥିଲେ । ପତ୍ର ପଠାଇବାର ସ୍ଵଳ୍ପଦିନ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ ବା ଚ୍ୟାନେଲ୍ ସଙ୍ଗଠନ ତରଫରୁ ଏକ ପତ୍ର ତାଙ୍କର ହସ୍ତଗତ ହେଲା । ଉକ୍ତ ପତ୍ରରେ ଦୁଇଟି ସର୍ଭେ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ ଥିଲା ଯାହାକୁ ପୂରଣ କଲେ ଜଣେ ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ଚ୍ୟାନେଲ୍‌କୁ ପହଁରିବାର ସୁଯୋଗ ପାଇପାରିବ । ପ୍ରଥମଟି ହେଲା, ପହଁରାଳି ସର୍ବନିମ୍ନ ୧୦ ଘଣ୍ଟା ପାଣିରେ ବିତାଇ ପାରୁଥୁବେ, ଦ୍ୱିତୀୟଟି ହେଲା ପହଁରାଳି ଏକାଥରକେ ଦୀର୍ଘ ସମୟ ଧରି ସମୁଦ୍ରରେ ପହଁରି ପାରୁଥ‌ିବେ । ଜାନକୀ ଏହି ସର୍ଭକୁ ପୂରଣ କରିବାପାଇଁ ବାଙ୍ଗାଲୋରରେ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲେ ଏବଂ ଚାରିବର୍ଷରେ ସେ ସୁଇମିଙ୍ଗ୍ ପୁଲ୍‌ରେ ଏକାଥରକେ ଦଶ ଘଣ୍ଟା ବିତାଇବାର ସମାର୍ଥ୍ୟ ଲାଭ କଲେ । ସେଠାରେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଏନ୍‌ଆଇଏସ୍ (NIS) କୋଚ୍ ଶ୍ରୀଯୁକ୍ତ ଗୋପାଳ ଏକ ପ୍ରମାଣପତ୍ର ଦେଲେ ଯେଉଁଥିରେ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ ଥିଲା ଯେ ସେ ଜଳରେ ଦଶ ଘଣ୍ଟା ପହଁରିବାର ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ ରଖୁଛନ୍ତି । ତା’ପରେ ସେ ‘ଧୂମାୟା ଜାତୀୟ ଦୁଃସାହସିକ ଆକାଡ଼େମୀ’ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ମାଲପେ ଉପକୂଳବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ସହରକୁ ଗଲେ ଏବଂ ସେଠାରେ ସେ ଆରବ ସାଗରରେ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲେ । ସେଠାରେ ସେ ଦିନେଶ୍ ସୁବର୍ଣ୍ଣା ନାମକ ଜଣେ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷକଙ୍କ ତତ୍ତ୍ୱାବଧାନରେ ତିନି ସପ୍ତାହ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ ନେଲେ । ସେ ଦିନକୁ ଅତି କମ୍‌ରେ ୨୦ କିଲୋମିଟର ପହଁରିବା ସହ ଦୀର୍ଘ ସମୟ ଜଳରେ ବିତାଇବା ଶିଖୁଲେ । ତା’ପରେ ସେ ବାଙ୍ଗାଲୋର ଫେରିଆସି ତାଙ୍କର ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରମାଣପତ୍ରକୁ ଲଣ୍ଡନସ୍ଥିତ ଚ୍ୟାନେଲ୍ ସଙ୍ଗଠନକୁ ପଠାଇଦେଲେ । ଯେତେବେଳେ ସେଥ‌ିରେ ଯୋଗ ଦେବାପାଇଁ ପତ୍ର ଆସିଲା ତାଙ୍କୁ ଅର୍ଥ ଯୋଗାଡ଼ କରିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିଲା । ସେଥ୍‌ପାଇଁ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଅର୍ଥ ସରକାର, ବେସରକାରୀ ସଂସ୍ଥା ଏବଂ ବନ୍ଧୁମାନଙ୍କଠାରୁ ମିଳିଲା । ଜାନକୀ ତାଙ୍କ ପିତା ଓ ମାତାଙ୍କ ସହ ୧୯୯୨ ମସିହାର ମଧ୍ୟଭାଗରେ ଇଂଲଣ୍ଡ ଯାତ୍ରା କଲେ । ସେଠାରେ ସେ ଡୋଭରରେ ପହଞ୍ଚି ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀରେ ଅଭ୍ୟାସ ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲେ । ଚ୍ୟାନେଲ୍ ସୁଇମିଙ୍ଗ୍ ସଙ୍ଗଠନର କର୍ମକର୍ତ୍ତାମାନେ ତାଙ୍କ ପହଁରାକୁ ନେଇ ବିବ୍ରତ ଥିଲେ କାରଣ ଚ୍ୟାନେଲ୍ ଇତିହାସରେ ପ୍ରଥମ ଥର ପାଇଁ ଜଣେ ବିକଳାଙ୍ଗ ପହଁରାଳି ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀକୁ ପହଁରିବାକୁ ପ୍ରୟାସ କରୁଥିଲା । ଜାନକୀଙ୍କ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ ଉପରେ ସେମାନେ ତୀକ୍ଷ୍ଣଣ ଦୃଷ୍ଟି ରଖୁଥିଲେ । ଷ୍ଟିଲା ଷ୍ଟିଟର ନାମକ ଜଣେ ସୁପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ଚ୍ୟାନେଲ୍ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷକଙ୍କ ତତ୍ତ୍ୱାବଧାନରେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ପ୍ରାୟ ତିନି ସପ୍ତାହ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ ଦିଆଗଲା । ଯେତେବେଳେ ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀକୁ ପହଁରିବାର ବେଳ ଆସିଲା ସେତେବେଳେ ଜାନକୀ ଚାହିଁଲେ ସେ ଏକାକୀ ପହଁରିବେ, ଯାହାକୁ ‘ସୋଲୋ ସ୍ବିମିଙ୍ଗ୍’ କୁହାଯାଏ । ତାଙ୍କୁ ଏପରି କରିବାକୁ ମନା କରାଗଲା କାରଣ ତାଙ୍କ ସହିତ ଯିବାପାଇଁ ବା ସୁରକ୍ଷା ପାଇଁ ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ନୌକାର ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା ନ ଥିଲା । ତାଙ୍କୁ ଏକ ୬ ଜଣିଆ ଦଳରେ ଦଳୀୟ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାରେ ପହଁରିବାପାଇଁ ସାମିଲ କରାଗଲା । ଜାନକୀଙ୍କୁ ବାଦେଲେ ବାକି ୫ ଜଣ ଥିଲେ ବିଦେଶୀ ପହଁରାଳି, ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ଆମେରିକୀୟ । ସେମାନେ ସମସ୍ତେ ଜାନକୀଙ୍କ ପହଁରିବାରେ ବିସ୍ମିତ ହେଲେ ଏବଂ ତାଙ୍କ ସମ୍ମାନାର୍ଥେ ସେହି ଦଳର ନାଁ ରଖୁ ‘ଜାନକିସ୍ ମାରିଟାଇମ୍ ଏକ୍‌ସପ୍ରେସ୍’ (‘Janaki’s Maritime Express’) । ଏହି ବିରଳ ଉଦ୍ୟମର ଅୟମାରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିଲା ୧୯୯୨ ମସିହା ଜୁଲାଇ ୨୮ ତାରିଖରେ । ସନ୍ତରଣ ସମୟରେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ପ୍ରକୃତି ବିରୁଦ୍ଧରେ ସଂଘର୍ଷ କରିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିଥିଲା । ପହଁରିବାବେଳେ ସେ ଅନୁଭବ କରୁଥିଲେ ଯେ ଯେପରି ସେ ପ୍ରକୃତି ବିରୁଦ୍ଧରେ ଲଢୁଛନ୍ତି । ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀର ଥଣ୍ଡା ଏବଂ ଲୁଣି ଜଳ ତାଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଅନୁକୂଳ ନ ଥିଲା । ସାମୁଦ୍ରିକ ଢେଉ ତା’ ସାଙ୍ଗକୁ ମଧ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତିକୂଳ ଥିଲା । ସାମୁଦ୍ରିକ ଉଦ୍ଭଦ ଓ ଜେଲିଫିସ୍ ଭଳି ମାଛ ତାଙ୍କ ଶରୀରରେ ଲାଗି ରହୁଥିଲେ । ଏହିସବୁ ସମସ୍ୟା ସତ୍ତ୍ଵେ ଜାନକୀ ତାଙ୍କ ଭାଗର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକୁ କୃତିତ୍ଵର ସହ ସମ୍ପାଦନ କରିଥିଲେ । ସେ ଦୀର୍ଘ ଦୁଇ ଘଣ୍ଟା ପହଁରି ନିଜ ଦଳକୁ ୩୬ କି.ମି. ଦୀର୍ଘ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀକୁ ପହଁରିବାରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିଥିଲେ । ସମୁଦ୍ରକୂଳରେ ଛିଡ଼ା ହୋଇ ଜାନକୀର ପିତା ଶ୍ରୀଯୁକ୍ତ ନାଗପ୍ପା ଏବଂ ମାତା ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ଇନ୍ଦିରାମ୍ମା ଉତ୍କଣ୍ଠାପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ହୃଦୟରେ ଅନାଇ ରହିଥିଲେ । ସେମାନେ କିଛି ଖାଇନଥିଲେ । ପଚାରିବାରୁ କହିଲେ ଯେ ଯେତେବେଳେ ଆମ ଝିଅ ଏଭଳି ଏକ ଭୟଙ୍କର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଛି ସେତେବେଳେ ଆମେ କିପରି ଖାଇପାରିବୁ ? ଆମ ଭଳି ବୟସ୍କ ଲୋକଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଏହା ବହୁତ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣାଦାୟକ । ସେ ଯାହାହେଉ ଜାନକୀ କୃତକାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହେଲେ । ତାଙ୍କ ସ୍ବପ୍ନ ସାର୍ଥକ ହେଲା । ସେ ତା’ପରେ ୧୯୯୬ରେ ଆଟଲାଣ୍ଟାରେ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠିତ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା ପାରାୟେଜିକ୍ ଅଲିମ୍ପିକ୍ ପାଇଁ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବାକୁ ଇଚ୍ଛା କଲେ । ଜାନକୀ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ବାଙ୍ଗାଲୋରରେ ଜଣେ ବ୍ୟାଙ୍କ ଅଫିସର ଭାବେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରତ । ଏକ ସରଳ ଦର୍ଶନରେ ସେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରନ୍ତି । ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହେଲା – (୧) ଜୀବନରେ କିଛି ମୂଲ୍ୟଯୁକ୍ତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିବାର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ରଖୁବା ଉଚିତ । (୨) ଅସମ୍ଭବ ଏକ ଶବ୍ଦ ଯାହା ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରାଯାଇନଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତି ଲାଗୁ ହୋଇଥାଏ । (୩) ଅକର୍ମଣ୍ୟତା ସଫଳତା ପ୍ରାପ୍ତି ପାଇଁ ବାଧକ ନୁହେଁ । (୪) ଜଣେ କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ, ଦୃଢ଼ ପ୍ରତିଜ୍ଞା, ସାହସ ଓ ଆତ୍ମବିଶ୍ଵାସ ବଳରେ ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରତିବନ୍ଧକକୁ ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରିପାରିବ। (୫) ସଫଳତା ନିମନ୍ତେ କୌଣସି ସହଜ ରାସ୍ତା ନାହିଁ । ଏସବୁ ସଫଳତା ହାସଲ କରିଥିବା ଜଣେ ଉଣେଇଶ ବର୍ଷୀୟା ଅକର୍ମଣ୍ୟ ବାଳିକାର କାହାଣୀ ।

The Text : ପାଠ୍ୟଚିଷୟ
Paragraphwise Analysis

Text – 1

Imagine switnining across a pooi with your feet dragging your dow,z. Now imagine having the courage ro swi,n across the English Channel in a similar fashion. Unbelievable, is,, ‘t it ? In spire of having legs made useless by polio, C.N.Janaki has become the first handicapped person to be part of a successful teani – crossing the channel.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ଗୋଟିଏ ପୋଖରୀରେ ପହଁରିବାବେଳେ ଗୋଡ଼ ଦୁଇଟି ତୁମକୁ ତଳକୁ ଟାଣୁଥିବା କଥା ଭାବନ୍ତୁ । ଏବେ ସେହିଭଳି ଭାବରେ ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ (English Channel)କୁ ସାହସର ସହ ପହଁରିବା କଥା ଭାବନ୍ତୁ । ଏହା ଅବିଶ୍ଵାସ୍ୟ ନୁହେଁ କି ? ଗୋଡ଼ ଦୁଇଟି ପୋଲିଓଦ୍ଵାରା ଅକର୍ମଣ୍ୟ ହେବା ସତ୍ତ୍ବେ ସି.ଏନ୍. ଜାନକୀ ପ୍ରଥମ ବିକଳାଙ୍ଗ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଭାବେ ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀକୁ ସଫଳତାର ସହ ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରିଥିବା ଦଳର ଭାଗୀଦାର ହୋଇ ପାରିଛନ୍ତି ।

2. Ir was in 1987 that Janaki was struck by polio. As a child she got the idea of trying to swim the English channel. So she conveyed this to the English Channel Swimming Association for details and they replied that two conditions have ro be met before a swimmer is allowed ro make an attempt :
(a) The swimmer should he able to spend at least ten hours continuously in water
(b) The swimmer šhould he able to do marathon swimming, thai is, lie or size should be able ro swim in the high seas for long hours ai a stretch.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
୧୯୮୭ ମସିହାରେ ଜାନକୀ ପୋଲିଓଦ୍ୱାରା ଆକ୍ରାନ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିଲେ । ଜଣେ ବାଳିକା ଭାବେ ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀକୁ ପହଁରିବାର ଅଭିପ୍ରାୟ ତାଙ୍କ ମନରେ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଥିଲା । ତେଣୁ ସେ ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ଚ୍ୟାନେଲ୍ ସୁଇମିଙ୍ଗ୍ ଆସୋସିଏସନ୍‌କୁ ଏହା ଜଣାଇ ଏଥପାଇଁ ସବିଶେଷ ବିବରଣୀ ମାଗିଥିଲେ ଏବଂ ସେମାନେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଇଥିଲେ ଯେ ଜଣେ ସନ୍ତରଣକାରୀକୁ ସୁଯୋଗ ଦେବାପାଇଁ ଦୁଇଟି ସର୍ଭ ପୂରଣ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ :
(କ) ସନ୍ତରଣକାରୀଙ୍କର ଅବିରତଭାବେ ସର୍ବନିମ୍ନ ୧୦ ଘଣ୍ଟା ପାଣିରେ ବିତାଇ ପାରିବାର ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ ଥିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । ଥିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଯେପରିକି ତାଙ୍କର ଏକାଥରକେ ସମୁଦ୍ରରେ
(ଖ) ସନ୍ତରଣକାରୀଙ୍କର ଲମ୍ବା ସନ୍ତରଣ କରିବାର ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ ଥିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଯେପରିକି ତାଙ୍କର ଏକାଥରକେ ସମୁଦ୍ରରେ ଦୀର୍ଘ ସମୟ ଧରି ସନ୍ତରଣ କରିବାର ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ ଥିବ ।

3. Janaki began training very hard in Ban galore to fulfil these conditions. ‘After abnosî four years of training’, she said. ‘J was able to spend ten hours at a stretch in the swimming pooi. An NIS coach, Mr Gopal, gave me a certificare saying that he had seen me swi,n for ten hours continuous!’

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ଏହିସବୁ ସର୍ଭକୁ ପୂରଣ କରିବାପାଇଁ ଜାନକୀ ବାଙ୍ଗାଲୋରରେ କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ ସହ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲେ । ସେ କହିଲେ, ‘‘ପ୍ରାୟ ଚାରିବର୍ଷ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ ନେବା ପରେ ମୁଁ ଏକାଥରକେ ପୁଷ୍କରିଣୀରେ ଦଶଘଣ୍ଟା ସନ୍ତରଣ କରିବାର ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ ହାସଲ କଲି । ଜାତୀୟ କ୍ରୀଡ଼ା ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନର ଜଣେ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷକ ଶ୍ରୀଯୁକ୍ତ ଗୋପାଳ ମୋତେ ୧୦ ଘଣ୍ଟା ଅବିରତଭାବେ ସନ୍ତରଣ କରିବା ଦେଖୁଥ‌ିବା କଥା ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ କରି ଏକ ପ୍ରମାଣପତ୍ର ଦେଲେ ।’’

4. Then. with, the help of the Thirnaiah National Academy of Adventure, she went to the coastal (OWn of Malpe and began training in the Arabian Sea. She spent three weeks there with a coach called Dinesh Suvarna. She learnt to spend long hours in the sea by swimming a ininitnum of 20 kilometres a day.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ତା’ପରେ ସେ ଧୂମାୟା ଜାତୀୟ ଦୁଃସାହସିକ ଆକାଡ଼େମୀର ସହାୟତାରେ ଉପକୂଳବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ସହର ମାଲପେକୁ ଗଲେ ଏବଂ ଆରବ ସାଗରରେ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲେ । ସେଠାରେ ସେ ଦିନେଶ ସୁବର୍ଣ୍ଣା ନାମକ ଜଣେ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷକଙ୍କ ତତ୍ତ୍ଵାବଧାନରେ ତିନି ସପ୍ତାହ ବିତାଇଲେ । ସେ ପ୍ରତିଦିନ ଅନ୍ୟୁନ ୨୦ କିଲୋମିଟର ସନ୍ତରଣ କରି ଦୀର୍ଘ ସମୟ ସମୁଦ୍ରରେ ବିତାଇବାର ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ ନେଲେ ।

5. Janaki then returned to Ban galore and sent her certificates to the Channel Swimming Association in England. When they gave her the permission to make the attempt, she had to start collectingfimdsfor the rip. The government, afew private agencies and severaifriends contributed the money she needed for the attempt.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ଜାନକୀ ତା’ପରେ ବାଙ୍ଗାଲୋର ଫେରିଆସିଲେ ଏବଂ ତାଙ୍କର ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରମାଣପତ୍ର ଚ୍ୟାନେଲ୍ ସୁଇମିଙ୍ଗ୍ ଆସୋସିଏସନ୍‌କୁ ପଠାଇଦେଲେ । ଯେତେବେଳେ ସେମାନେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ସନ୍ତରଣ କରିବାକୁ ଅନୁମତି ଦେଲେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଯାତ୍ରା ନିମନ୍ତେ ଅର୍ଥ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରିବା ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିଲା । ସରକାର, କେତେକ ଘରୋଇ ସଂସ୍ଥା ଏବଂ ଅନେକ ବନ୍ଧୁ ସେ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ କରୁଥିବା ଅର୍ଥ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଦାନ କଲେ ।

6. Janakj and her parents left ftr England in the middle of 1992. When she reached Dover and began practising in the English channel, the channel Swimming Associwion officials were quite shocked. This was the first ri,ne in their experience tizar a physically handicapped person was trying to swim the English Channel.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
୧୯୯୨ ମସିହା ମଧ୍ୟଭାଗରେ ଜାନକୀ ଏବଂ ତାଙ୍କର ପିତାମାତା ଇଂଲଣ୍ଡ ଯାତ୍ରା କଲେ । ଯେତେବେଳେ ସେ ଡୋଭରରେ ପହଞ୍ଚ୍ ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀରେ ସନ୍ତରଣ ଅଭ୍ୟାସ ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲେ ଚ୍ୟାନେଲ୍ ସୁଇମିଙ୍ଗ୍ ଆସୋସିଏସନ୍‌ର କର୍ମକର୍ତ୍ତାମାନେ ବିବ୍ରତ ହୋଇଗଲେ । ଜଣେ ଶାରୀରିକ ବିକଳାଙ୍ଗ ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀକୁ ସନ୍ତରଣ କରିବାକୁ ଉଦ୍ୟମ କରିବା ସେମାନଙ୍କ ଅନୁଭୂତିରେ ପ୍ରଥମ ଥିଲା ।

Text – 2

7. They were very worried, said Janaki, ‘and they kept a sharp eve on ¡ne during my training runs. ! trained for about three weeks under the famous Channel coach. Stella Streerer. But when ¡ told them that J wanted to make a solo attempt, they said they did not have a special boat to accompany me. This was in case I needed to be lifted out of the water, so it was decided that ¡ would he part of’ a relay team.’

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ଜାନକୀ କହିଲେ, ‘ସେମାନେ (କର୍ମକର୍ତ୍ତାମାନେ) ବହୁତ ବିବ୍ରତ ଥିଲେ ଏବଂ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ ସମୟରେ ମୋ ଉପରେ ତୀକ୍ଷ୍ଣଣ ଦୃଷ୍ଟି ରଖୁଥିଲେ l ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷକ ଷ୍ଟିଲା ଷ୍ଟୁଟରଙ୍କ ତତ୍ତ୍ଵାବଧାନରେ ମୁଁ ପ୍ରାୟ ତିନି ସପ୍ତାହ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ ନେଲି । କିନ୍ତୁ ମୁଁ ଯେତେବେଳେ ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ଏକାକୀ ସନ୍ତରଣ କରିବା କଥା କହିଲି, ସେମାନେ କହିଲେ ମୋ ସାଙ୍ଗରେ ଯିବା ନିମିତ୍ତ ଏକ ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ଧରଣର ନୌକା ସେମାନଙ୍କ ନାହିଁ ଯାହା ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ଦରକାରବେଳେ ମୋତେ ପାଣିରୁ ଉପରକୁ ଉଠାଇ ନିଆଯାଇପାରିବ । ତେଣୁ ନିଷ୍ପଭି ନିଆଗଲା ଯେ ମୁଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଦଳଗତ ସନ୍ତରଣକାରୀ ଦଳର ଭାଗୀଦାର ହେବି ।’

8. The C’htinnel swim can be done in Iwo ways. One is the solo, and the other the relay swim. Six swimmers form a team and they each do a minimum of two hours of swimming. Now the other swimmers in the team, mostly Americans, were amazed to see that Janaki could swim, and to honour her they named the relay team, ‘Janaki’s Maritime Express. Needless to say. even’ member of the team other than Janaki was physically normal.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ଚ୍ୟାନେଲ୍ ସନ୍ତରଣ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଦୁଇ ପ୍ରକାରରେ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଗୋଟିଏ ହେଉଛି ସୋଲୋ (ଏକାକୀ ସନ୍ତରଣ) ଏବଂ ଅନ୍ୟଟି ଦଳଗତ ସନ୍ତରଣ । ଛଅ ଜଣ ସନ୍ତରଣକାରୀ ଏକ ଦଳ ଗଠନ କରନ୍ତି ଏବଂ ସେମାନେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଅନ୍ୟୁନ ଦୁଇଘଣ୍ଟା ଲେଖାଏଁ ସନ୍ତରଣ କରନ୍ତି । ଏବେ ଦଳରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଅନ୍ୟ ସନ୍ତରଣକାରୀମାନେ ଯେଉଁମାନେ କି ପ୍ରାୟତଃ ଆମେରିକୀୟ ଥିଲେ, ସେମାନେ ଜାନକୀଙ୍କୁ ପହଁରିବା ଦେଖ୍ ଚକିତ ହୋଇଯାଇଥିଲେ ଏବଂ ତାଙ୍କୁ ସମ୍ମାନ ଜଣାଇବାପାଇଁ ସେମାନେ ସେହି ସନ୍ତରଣକାରୀ ଦଳର ନାମ ‘ଜାନକୀସ୍ ମାରିଟାଇମ୍ ଏକ୍‌ସପ୍ରେସ୍’ ରଖିଥିଲେ ।

9. The unique attempt was made on 28 July 1992. ‘Mv fight,’ said Janaki, ‘in the course of the swim was against nature. The Channel waters are so cold that I needed much more energy than usual to keep my arms moving. Then I had the problem of my legs moving to the left or to the right, whichever way the waves were moving. So I really needed a lot of energy. The water was very salty, and when it entered my mouth, I felt sick. And then there were the seaweeds and jellyfish. These fish kept sticking to my body and I felt very uncomfortable.’

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ଏହି ଅଦ୍ବିତୀୟ ପ୍ରଚେଷ୍ଟା ୧୯୯୨ ମସିହା ଜୁଲାଇ ୨୮ ତାରିଖରେ ହୋଇଥିଲା । ଜାନକୀ କହିଲେ, ‘ସନ୍ତରଣ କାଳରେ ମୋ ସଂଘର୍ଷ ପ୍ରକୃତି ବିରୁଦ୍ଧରେ ଥିଲା । ପ୍ରଣାଳୀର ଜଳ ଏତେ ଥଣ୍ଡା ଥିଲା ଯେ ମୋର ହାତ ଦୁଇଟି ସଞ୍ଚାଳନ କରି ରଖୁବାକୁ ସାଧାରଣ ଅବସ୍ଥାଠାରୁ ମୁଁ ଅଧିକ ଶକ୍ତି ଆବଶ୍ୟକ କରୁଥିଲି । ଏହାଛଡ଼ା ମୋତେ ଢେଉ ଯେଉଁ ଦିଗକୁ ଗତି କରୁଥିଲା ସେହି ଅନୁସାରେ ଡାହାଣକୁ କିମ୍ବା ବାମକୁ ଗୋଡ଼ ଚଳାଇବାରେ ଅସୁବିଧା ହେଉଥିଲା । ତେଣୁ ବାସ୍ତବରେ ମୁଁ ଅଧିକ ଶକ୍ତି ଆବଶ୍ୟକ କରୁଥିଲି । ସମୁଦ୍ରର ପାଣି ଖୁବ୍ ଲୁଣିଆ ଥିଲା ଏବଂ ଯେତେବେଳେ ତାହା ମୋ ପାଟିରେ ପଶିଯାଉଥିଲା, ମୁଁ ବାନ୍ତି କରିବା ଆରମ୍ଭ କରୁଥିଲି । ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ସେଠାରେ ସାମୁଦ୍ରିକ ଉଦ୍ଭଦ ଓ ଜେଲି ମାଛ ଥିଲେ । ସେହି ମାଛସବୁ ମୋ ଦେହରେ ଲାଗିଯାଉଥଲେ ଓ ମୁଁ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ଅନୁଭବ କରୁଥୁଲି ।’’

10. Howver, despite these problems, Janaki successfully did her share of the relay. She swam for about two hours and helped the relay team cross the 36 km Channel in 14 hours and 45 in mutes.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ସେ ଯାହାହେଉନା କାହିଁକି ଜାନକୀ ଏସବୁ ବାଧାବିଘ୍ନ ସତ୍ତ୍ବେ ଦଳଗତ ସନ୍ତରଣରେ ତାଙ୍କ ଅଂଶତକ କୃତିତ୍ବର ସହ ସମ୍ପାଦନ କଲେ । ସେ ପ୍ରାୟ ଦୁଇ ଘଣ୍ଟା ପହଁରି ଦଳକୁ ୩୬ କିଲୋମିଟର ପ୍ରଣାଳୀକୁ ୧୪ ଘଣ୍ଟା ୪୫ ମିନିଟ୍‌ରେ ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରିବାରେ ସହାୟକ ହେଲେ ।

11. Janaki’s parents, Mr Nagappa and Mrs. Indiramina, had anxiously stood on Dover beach wondering how things would turn out. ‘We could not eat a single morsel, ‘said Mr Nagappa. ‘How could we when our daughter was doing something so dangerous ? For us old people it was really very agonizing’. But their daughter did triumph and become the first handicapped swinmer to parr-swim the English Channel.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ଜାନକୀର ପିତାମାତା, ଶ୍ରୀଯୁକ୍ତ ନାଗପ୍ପା ଏବଂ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ଇନ୍ଦିରାଗା ଡୋଭର ବେଳାଭୂମିରେ ପରିଣତି କ’ଣ ହେବ ଦେଖିବାକୁ ଉତ୍କଣ୍ଠାର ସହ ଛିଡ଼ା ହୋଇଥା’ନ୍ତି । ଶ୍ରୀଯୁକ୍ତ ନାଗପା କହିଲେ, ‘ଆମେ ଖାଦ୍ୟ କଣିକାଟିଏ ମଧ୍ୟ ଖାଇପାରିନଥୁଲୁ । ଆମ ଝିଅ ଏତେବଡ଼ ବିପଦପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଥିଲାବେଳେ କିପରି ବା ଖାଇଥା’ନ୍ତୁ ? ଆମ ଭଳି ବୟସ୍କଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଏହା ଭାରି ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣାଦାୟକ ଥିଲା ।’’ କିନ୍ତୁ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଝିଅ ବିଜୟୀ ହେଲା ଏବଂ ଇଂଲିଶ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ ଦଳଗତଭାବେ ପହଁରିବାରେ ପ୍ରଥମ ମହିଳା ସନ୍ତରଣକାରୀଭାବେ ପରିଗଣିତା ହେଲା ।

12. After her success Janaki said, ‘Although I wanted to swim solo, I’m nevertheless happy that I was part of a relc,y ream that helped me fulfil in)’ dream of swimming the English Channel. I would now like to start training for the 1996 paraplegic Olympics in Atlanta.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ଏହି ସଫଳତା ପରେ ଜାନକୀ କହିଥିଲେ, ‘‘ଯଦିଓ ମୁଁ ଏକାକୀ ପହଁରିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଥୁଲି, ତଥାପି ଏକ ଦଳଗତ ସନ୍ତରଣକାରୀ ଦଳର ଅଂଶୀଦାର ଭାବେ ମୁଁ ଖୁବ୍ ଖୁସି ଥୁଲି ଯାହାକି ମୋର ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀକୁ ସନ୍ତରଣ କରିବାର ସ୍ବପ୍ନକୁ ସାକାର କରିଥିଲା । ମୁଁ ଏବେ ୧୯୯୬ରେ ଆଟ୍‌ଲାଣ୍ଟାଠାରେ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠିତ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା ପାରାୟେଜିକ୍ ଅଲିମ୍ପିକ୍ ପାଇଁ ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବାକୁ ପସନ୍ଦ କରିବି ।’

13. Janaki, who is a batik officer in Bangalore, has a simple philosophy : ‘1 have always wanted ro do something worthwhile in life. I strongly believe that the word ‘impossible’ is applied ro something that has not been tried. I wanted to prove that ro be handicapped is no bar to success. One can overcome all obstacles by hard work, determination, courage and self reliance. Self-reliance is vet-v important. God helps those who help themselves. Listly, there is one more thing I would like to say: there is really no short-cut to success!’

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ଜାନକୀ ଯିଏକି ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ବାଙ୍ଗାଲୋରରେ ଏକ ବ୍ୟାଙ୍କ ଅଫିସର ଭାବେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରତ, ତାଙ୍କର ଏକ ସରଳ ଜୀବନ ଦର୍ଶନ ଅଛି : ‘ମୁଁ ଜୀବନରେ ସର୍ବଦା କିଛି ମହତ୍ତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଥୁଲି । ମୁଁ ଦୃଢ଼ ଭାବରେ ବିଶ୍ବାସ କରେ ଯେ ‘ଅସମ୍ଭବ’ ଏକ ଶବ୍ଦ ଯାହା ପ୍ରଚେଷ୍ଟା କରାଯାଇନଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ନିମନ୍ତେ ପ୍ରଯୁଜ୍ୟ । ମୁଁ ପ୍ରମାଣ କରିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଥିଲି ଯେ ଶାରୀରିକ ବିକଳାଙ୍ଗ ଅବସ୍ଥା ସଫଳତାର ପ୍ରତିବନ୍ଧକ ନୁହେଁ । ଜଣେ ନିଜର କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ, ଦୃଢ଼ ପ୍ରତିଜ୍ଞା, ସାହସ ଏବଂ ଆତ୍ମବିଶ୍ଵାସ ବଳରେ ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରତିବନ୍ଧକକୁ ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରିପାରେ । ଆତ୍ମବିଶ୍ଵାସ ସବୁଠାରୁ ବେଶି ଗୁରୁତ୍ବପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ । ଈଶ୍ବର ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରନ୍ତି ଯେଉଁମାନେ ନିଜକୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବାକୁ ଆଗେଇ ଆସନ୍ତି । ଶେଷରେ, ଆଉ ଗୋଟିଏ କଥା ମୁଁ କହିବାକୁ ଚାହେଁ, ତାହା ହେଉଛି ସଫଳତା ପାଇଁ ବାସ୍ତବରେ କୌଣସି ସହଜ ରାସ୍ତା ନାହିଁ ।’’

Notes And Glossary : ଟିପ୍‌ପଣୀ ଓ କଠିନ ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ :

English Channel – the narrow sea-passage that separates England and France ଇଂଲିଶ୍ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ (ଏହା ଯାହା ଫ୍ରାନ୍ସ ଏବଂ ଇଂଲଣ୍ଡକୁ ପୃଥକ୍ କରୁଛି) – Mihir Sen was the first Indian to swim across the English Channel.
drag – push hard – ଜୋର୍‌ରେ ଟାଣିବା Someone dragged my feet in the darkness.
courage – fearlessness – ନିର୍ଭୀକତା The girl lacks courage to stand before her teacher.
imagine – think, feel, speculate brood – ଭାରିବା ବା କଳ୍ପନା କରିବା I imagine flying like a bird.
in a similar fashion – in that way, likewise – ସେହିପରି The Chief Minister resigned; the other ministers did in a similar fashion. ,
fashion – style – ଶୈଳୀ
useless – invalid – ଅକ୍ଷମ
imbelievable – incredible, mysterious – ଅବିଶ୍ୱସନୀୟ / ରହସ୍ୟମୟ Your story sounds imbelievabie.
polio – infectious disease of the spine which causes an inability (to move certain muscles) – ମେରୁଦଣ୍ଡର ଏକ ସଂକ୍ରାମକ ରୋଗ ଯାହା କେତେକ ମାଂସପେଶୀକୁ ଚଲାଇ ନେବା ଅକ୍ଷମ କରାଏ । PoIio is a dangerous disease. The Government of India is trying its best to make Indian polio – free.
handicapped – (here) having the physical disability of not being able to walk – ଶାରୀରିକ ବିକଳାଙ୍ଗ (Adj) A handicapped person is one whose physical structure is not normal. (N) Despite her handicap, Janaki could swim miles in the sea. (N) Mrs. Smith has opened a school for physically handicapped. (V) Our Educational Institutions are handicapped with infrastructure.
Maritime (Adj.) – situated near the sea – ସାମୁଦ୍ରିକ
turn out (y) – ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିବା
struck – affect, ill with – ଆକ୍ରାନ୍ତ (କୌଣସି ରୋଗଦ୍ଵାରା) The man is struck by malaria.
coach – a person who trains somebody in sports – ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷକ
coastal – near the seashore – ସମୁଦ୍ରକୂଳ
conveyed – let know, expressed, revealed, exposed – ପ୍ରସାରଣ I conveyed my decision to the Headmaster.
conditions – commitments – ସର୍ତ୍ତ What are your co,’zditions?
attempt – trial, endeavour – ପରୀକ୍ଷା, ପ୍ରୟାସ Attempt all the questions.
continuously – uninterruptedly, ପ୍ରୟାକ୍ରମାଗତ ଭାବରେସ without stopping — It has been raining continuously for three days.
at a stretch – without stopping – ଏକ ପ୍ରସାରଣରେ He can run 20 miles at a stretch.
NIS – National Institute of Sports ଜାତୀୟ କ୍ରୀଡ଼ା ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ
solo – (here) an unaccompanied swimming by one person alone – ଏଠାରେ ଏହାର ଅର୍ଥ ପହଁରିବା, ଦଳୀୟ ପହଁରା ନୁହେଁ ।He likes solo swimming.
Marathon – of long distance/time – ଦୀର୍ଘ ଦୂରତା / ସମୟର Dhoni played a marathon innings of 219 against the West Indies.
funds – money collected for a special purpose — ( ପାଣ୍ଠି ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ ସଂଗୃହୀତ)
several – a few – ଅଳ୍ପ କେତୋଟି
shocked – surprised – ବିସ୍ମିତ ଚକିତ
trip – a long journey – ଏକ ଦୀର୍ଘ ଯାତ୍ରା
contributed – helped assisted – ସାହାୟ୍ୟ କଲେLots of people coiitrihuted to the cause of the flood hit.
waters (plural) – part of a sea or a river – ପାଣିକୁ ଏଠି ବହୁବଚନରେ ସମୁଦ୍ର କିମ୍ବା ନଦୀର ଏକ(N) The channel wcuers are very cold. (V) He waters the plant everyday.
feel sick – start vomiting – ବାନ୍ତି ଆରମ୍ଭ He feels sick in fever.
morsel – a small piece of food – ଛୋଟ ଛୋଟ ଖାଦ୍ୟ ଖଣ୍ଡେ (N) He had not taken a single morsel of food throughout the day.
agonizing – cause mental anguish; worried – ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣାଦାୟକ (Adj) Her decision to discontinue her study was agonizing.
accompany – go in the company – Who will accompany you to Kolkata?
Needless to say – No need to say, obviously, undoubtedly – କହିବା ଅନାବଶ୍ୟକ Needless to say Sachin is the greatest batsman.
normal – general, usual – ସାଧାରଣ The body has a normal temperature.
energy – force – ଶକ୍ତି
nevertheless – still – ତଥାପି
energy – force – ଶକ୍ତି / ବଳ Food gives us energy.
stick to – come close to, get attached to – ବାନ୍ଧି ରଖିବା Some worms stuck ro his body.
despite – in spite of, although – ସତ୍ତ୍ୱେ , ଯଦିଓ Despite her bad handwriting, she got a first class.
paraplegic – (a person) the lower part of whose body including both legs, is paralysed; (incapable of moving) — ଯାହାର ଗୋଡ଼ ଦୁଇଟି ଚାଲିବାକୁ ଅକ୍ଷମ । He is a paraplegic person.
obstacle – hindrance; barrier; bar; obstruction etc. – ପ୍ରତିବନ୍ଧକ
self-reliance – an ability to do things and make decisions by oneself without the help of others ଆତ୍ମନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳତା |
swimmer – ସନ୍ତରଣକାରୀ
most often – ବହୁ ସମୟରେ
deaf – ବଧିର
dumb – ମୂକ
crippled – ଛୋଟା
blind – ଅନ୍ଧ
handicapped – ଶାରୀରିକ ବିକଳାଙ୍ଗ
deserve – ପାଇବାର ଯୋଗ୍ୟ
sympathy – ସହାନୁଭୂତି
nevertheless – ତଥାପି
philosophy – specific attitude – ମନୋଭାବ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ Simple living and high thinking was Gandhi’s philosophy.
worthwhile – good action, effective deed ଉତ୍ତମ କାର୍ୟ୍ୟ One should do something worthwhile in one’s life.
determination – strong will, resolution – ଦୃଢ଼ ଇଚ୍ଛାଶକ୍ତି,ସଂକଳ୍ପ
overcome – master – ସମ୍ପୂଣ୍ଡରୂପେ ଆୟତ୍ତ କରିବା
incase – ଯଦି
pity – ଦୟା
mercy – ଦୟା
description – ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା
across – from one side to the other side – ଗୋଟିଏ ପାଖରୁ ଅନ୍ୟ ପାଖ
dragging – pulling something/ somebody – ଟାଣିବା
similar – of the same, alike
courage – ସାହସ
swim – ପହଁରିବା
unbelievable – which cannot be believed easily – ଯାହାକୁ ସହଜରେ ବିଶ୍ୱାସ / ଅବିଶ୍ୱସନୀୟ
in spite of – ସତ୍ତ୍ୱେ In spite of his hard labour. he failed to secure 90% in the H.S.C. Examination.
useless – not useful – ଅଦରକାରୀ | The bat is a useless bird.
successful – ସଫଳ He is a successful teacher.
team – ଦଳ
struck – attacke/affected – ଆକ୍ରମଣ / ପ୍ରଭାବିତ |
struck by polio – ପୋଲିଓରେ ପୀଡ଼ିତ ହେଲେ
conveyed – communicated – ଯୋଗାଯୋଗ କଲେ | ଜଣାଇଲେ
details – items of information
replied – answered – ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲେ
condition – commitment
attempt – ଚେଷ୍ଟା
marathon swìmniing – long swimming – ଲମ୍ବା ପହଁରିବା |
at a stretch – without stopping – ଏକ ପ୍ରସାରଣରେ
began – ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେଲା
training – ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ
fulfil – ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ କରିବ
certificate – ପ୍ରମାଣପତ୍ର
Academy – ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟ
adventure – ଦୁଃସାହସ
coastal town – the town near the seashore ଉପକୂଳ ସହର
minimum – ସର୍ବନିମ୍ନ
returned – came back – ଫେରିଗଲା |
permission – ଅନୁମତି
private agencies – ଘରୋଇ ସଂସ୍ଥା
contributed – ଉପଯୋଗୀ
middle of 1992 – 1992 ମସିହାର ମଧ୍ୟଭାଗ
shocked – worried – ଚିନ୍ତିତ
experience – ଅଭିଜ୍ଞତା
worried – ଚିନ୍ତିତ
sharp eye – ବିଦ୍ଧିବା ଦୃଷ୍ଟି
solo attempt – the attempt made by one person – ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ଉଦ୍ୟମ/ |
special boat – ସ୍ୱତନ୍ତ୍ର ଡଙ୍ଗା |
accompany – ସାଥା ହେବାପାଇଁ
relay team – a competition between two teams in which a member acts one section – ରିଲେ ଦଳ |
solo – swimming by one person in an swimming event – ଏକାକୀ ସନ୍ତରଣ କରିବା
relay swim – ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ସନ୍ତରଣକାରୀ ନିଜ ନିଜ ଅଂଶକୁ ପହଁରି ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ସମ୍ପାଦନ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି ।
amazed – ବିସ୍ମିତ ହେଲେ, ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହେଲେ
honour – respect – ସମ୍ମାନ
needless to say – କହିବା ଅନାବଶ୍ୟକ
physically normal – ଶାରୀରିକ ସ୍ୱାଭାବିକ
unique – rare – ବିରଳ/ଅପୂର୍ବ
energy – force – ଶକ୍ତି
salty – ଲୁଣିଆ,
entered – ପ୍ରବେଶ କଲା
felt sick – ଅସୁସ୍ଥ ଅନୁଭବ କଲେ |
seaweeds – ଏକ ପ୍ରକାର ସାମୁଦ୍ରିକ ଉଭାଦ
jelly fish – ଏକ ପ୍ରକାର ସାମୁଦ୍ରିକ ମାଛ
kept sticking – ସଂରକ୍ଷିତ ଚଞ୍ଚଳନ
uncomfortable – ଅସହଜ,
despite – ସତ୍ତ୍ୱେ
share of the relay – ଦଳଗତ ପହଁରାରେ ଅଂଶ
anxiously – ଉତ୍କଣ୍ଠାର ସହ
wondering – ବିସ୍ମିତ ହୋଇ
triumph – ବିଜୟ
a single morsel – ଗୋଟିଏ ମୁର୍ସେଲ |
dangerous – ଭୟଙ୍କର
success – ସଫଳତା
Paraplegic Olympics – ଶାରୀରିକ ବିକଳାଙ୍ଗଙ୍କ ନିମନ୍ତେ
although – ଯଦିଓ
philosophy – ଦର୍ଶନ
worthwhile – ମୂଲ୍ୟଯୁକ୍ତ,
impossible – ଅସମ୍ଭବ
determination – ପ୍ରବନ୍ଧଗୁଡିକ
self-reliance – ଆତ୍ମନିର୍ଭରଶୀଳତା |
short cut – shorter way – ସହଜ ଉପାୟ

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 7 Nine Gold Medals

February 5, 2025February 4, 2025 by Prasanna

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 7 Nine Gold Medals Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Solutions Chapter 7 Nine Gold Medals

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Nine Gold Medals Text Book Questions and Answers

E. Let’s Understand The Poem: (ଆସ କବିତାଟିକୁ ବୁଝିବା )
Read the poem silently and answer the following questions.

Question 1.
What is this poem about?
(ଏହି କବିତାଟି କେଉଁ ବିଷୟରେ ଆଧାରିତ ?)
Answer:
This poem is about an inspiring event of race in which nine differently-abled athletes took part in a “Special Olympic” event.

Question 2.
Who came from all over the country?
( ସମଗ୍ର ଦେଶରୁ କେଉଁମାନେ ଆସିଥିଲେ ? )
Answer:
Nine differently abled athletes came from all over the country.

Question 3.
Why did they come there?
(ସେମାନେ କାହିଁକି ଆସିଥିଲେ ? )
Answer:
The nine athletes came to take part in a Special Olympic event. They came to run for gold, silver, and bronze medals.

Question 4.
Who is usually awarded the three medals – gold, silver, and bronze?
( ସାଧାରଣତଃ କେଉଁମାନେ ସ୍ଵର୍ଣ୍ଣ, ରୌପ୍ୟ ଏବଂ କାଂସ୍ୟ ପଦକ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରାଯାଏ ? )
Answer:
Three athletes, who are placed in first, second, and third positions in an athletic event, are usually awarded the gold, silver, and bronze medals respectively.

Question 5.
What was the event for which they had come?
( ଯେଉଁଥିପାଇଁ ସେମାନେ ଆସିଥିଲେ ସେହି ପ୍ରତିଯୋଗିତାଟି କ’ଣ ଥିଲା ?)
Answer:
The athletes had come to take part in a hundred-yard race in a “Special Olympic” event.

Question 6.
What had they done before they came down to these games?
(ଏହି ଖେଳରେ ଯୋଗ ଦେବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସେମାନେ କ’ଣ କରିଥିଲେ ? )
Answer:
The athletes had undertaken many weeks and months of training before they came down to these games.

Question 7.
What did the spectators do around the old field ?
(ପୁରାତନ ଖେଳପଡ଼ିଆ ଚାରିପାଖରେ ଦର୍ଶକମାନେ କ’ଣ କରୁଥିଲେ ? )
Answer:
The spectators gathered around the old field and cheered the winners.

Question 8.
Why did they gather around the old field ?
(ସେମାନେ କାହିଁକି ପୁରାତନ ପଡ଼ିଆ ଚାରିପାଖରେ ଏକତ୍ର ହେଲେ ?)
Answer:
The spectators gathered around the old field to cheer on all the young athletes and enjoy the game.

Question 9.
Why did their excitement grow high?
(ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଉତ୍ସାହ ବଢ଼ିଗଲା କାହିଁକି ?)
Answer:
The excitement grew high because the final event of the day was approaching.

Question 10.
What were all lined up? For whom?
(କ’ଣସବୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ? କେଉଁମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ? )
Answer:
The blocks were all lined up for the athletes who would use them.

Question 11.
What was the event? (second line, third stanza)
[ପ୍ରତିଯୋଗିତାଟି କ’ଣ ଥୁଲା ? (ତୃତୀୟ ପଦର ଦ୍ବିତୀୟ ଧାଡ଼ି)]
Answer:
The event was that, the athletes were to run the hundred-yard dash.

Question 12.
How many athletes were there ?
( ସେଠାରେ କେତେ ଜଣ ଖେଳାଳି ଥିଲେ ?)
Answer:.
There were nine athletes in the competition.

Question 13.
Which word (in the third line, third stanza) says that the athletes had taken firm decision to win a medal?
(ତୃତୀୟ ପ୍ରଦର, ୩ୟ ଧାଡ଼ିରେ ଥ‌ିବା କେଉଁ ଶବ୍ଦଟି ଖେଳାଳିମାନେ ପଦକ ଜିତିବାର ଦୃଢ଼ସଂକଳ୍ପ ନେଇଛନ୍ତି ବୋଲି କହୁଛି ?)
Answer:
The word “resolved” in the third line, the third stanza says that the athletes had taken a firm decision to win a medal.

Question 14.
Where were those nine athletes?
( ସେହି ନଅ ଜଣ ଖେଳାଳି କେଉଁଠି ଥିଲେ ?)
Answer:
Those nine athletes were in back of the starting line.

Question 15.
What were they poised for ?
(କେଉଁଥିପାଇଁ ସେମାନେ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ଥିଲେ ?)
Answer:
The athletes were poised for the sound of the gun.

Question 16.
Why was the pistol exploded?
(ପିସ୍ତଲ କାହିଁକି ଗର୍ଜି ଉଠିଲା ?)
Answer:
The pistol exploded to give a signal to start running. ‘

Question 17.
What did the runners do?
(ଦୌଡ଼ାଳିମାନେ କ’ଣ କଲେ ?)
Answer:
When the pistol exploded, the runners charged ahead.

Question 18.
Who among the nine runners was unable to run?
(ଦୌଡ଼ାଳିମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ କିଏ ଦୌଡ଼ିବାକୁ ଅସମର୍ଥ ଥିଲା ?)
Answer:
The youngest among the nine athletes was unable to run.

Question 19.
Why was he unable to run?
(ସେ କାହିଁକି ଦୌଡ଼ିବାକୁ ଅସମର୍ଥ ଥିଲା ?)
Answer:
The youngest among the nine athletes lost his balance and stumbled in the middle. He fell down and was unable to run.

Question 20.
Where did he fall?
(ସେ କେଉଁଠାରେ ପଡ଼ିଗଲା ?)
Answer:
The young athlete fell to the asphalt.

Question 21.
Why did he fall?
( ସେ କାହିଁକି ପଡ଼ିଗଲା ?)
Answer:
He fell down as he stumbled and lost his balance.

Question 22.
Who does ‘he’ in the fifth stanza stand for?
(ପଞ୍ଚମ ପଦରେ ‘he’ ଶବ୍ଦଟି କାହାପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି ?)
Answer:
In the fifth stanza, he refers to the smallest athlete.

Question 23.
Why did the boy cry out in frustration and anguish?
(ପିଲାଟି କାହିକି ହତାଶା ଓ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣାରେ ଚିତ୍କାର କଲା ?)
Answer:
The boy cried out in frustration and anguish as he was unable to get up and run. All his dreams and efforts were spoiled in a moment.

Question 24.
What dashed in the dirt? What makes the poet say so?
(କ’ଣ ମାଟିରେ ମିଶିଗଲା ? କବି କାହିଁକି ଏପରି କହିଛନ୍ତି ?)
Answer:
All his dreams for the medals were dashed in the dirt. Because all his dreams and efforts came to an end. So the poet says all the hopes of the boy are dashed in the dirt.

Question 25.
What did the other runners do?
(ଅନ୍ୟ ଖେଳାଳିମାନେ କ’ଣ କଲେ ?)
Answer:
The other runners didn’t push ahead. They stopped running and turned back to help the young athlete.

Question 26.
How do you feel about their stopping here? Should athletes do like this?
(ଏଠାରେ ସେମାନେ ରହିଯିବାରୁ ତୁମେ କିପରି ଅନୁଭବ କରୁଛ ? ଖେଳାଳିମାନେ ଏଭଳି କରିବା ଉଚିତ କି ?)
Answer:
The athletes stopped running and turned back to help the young athlete stand on his feet. It conveys a message that humanity and fellow feeling is better than winning a race. It was a rare incident. Generally, athletes don’t do like this. But they should do this.

Question 27.
Who does ‘him’ stand for in the sixth stanza?
(ଷଷ୍ଠ ପଦରେ ‘him’ ଶବ୍ଦଟି କାହାପାଇଁ ଉଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ?)
Answer:
The word ‘him’ in the sixth stanza stands for the young athlete.

Question 28.
What had they done for the boy to complete the race?
(ବାଳକଟି ଦୌଡ଼ ପୂରା କରିବା ପାଇଁ ସେମାନେ ତା’ପାଇଁ କ’ଣ କଲେ ?)
Answer:
The other athletes stopped running and returned back to help the boy. They helped the boy stand on his feet and walked hand in hand to finish the race together.

Question 29.
Why did they go back to him?
(ସେମାନେ କାହିଁକି ତାହା ପାଖକୁ ଫେରିଗଲେ ?)
Answer:
All other athletes went back to help him stand on his feet.

Question 30.
What did they do first?
(ସେମାନେ ପ୍ରଥମେ କ’ଣ କଲେ ?)
Answer:
They returned to help their fellow athlete. They made him stand on his feet first.

Question 31.
What did they do next?
(ତା’ପରେ ସେମାନେ କ’ଣ କଲେ ?)
Answer:
Then all the athletes walked hand-in-hand to complete the race.

Question 32.
What happened to the hundred-yard dash?
(୧୦୦ ଗଜ ଦୌଡ଼ର କ’ଣ ହେଲା ?)
Answer:
The hundred-yard dash was reduced to a walk.

Question 33.
What did they carry with them?
(ସେମାନେ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ସହ କ’ଣ ବୋହି ନେଉଥିଲେ ? )
Answer:
They carried a banner with them.

Question 34.
What did the banner say?
(ବ୍ୟାନାର କ’ଣ କହୁଥିଲା ?)
Answer:
The banner said that it was “Special Olympics”.

Question 35.
What did the race end with?
(ଦୌଡ଼ର ସମାପ୍ତି କିପରି ଘଟିଲା ?)
Answer:
The race ended with a walk hand-in-hand and all nine athletes became the winner of the event.

Question 36.
How did they come to the finish line?
(ସେମାନେ finish lineକୁ କିପରି ଆସିଲେ ?)
Answer:
All the athletes walked hand-in-hand to come to the finish line.

Question 37.
What do you mean by “a standing ovation”?
(“a standing ovation’ର ଅର୍ଥ କ’ଣ ?)
Answer:
Here “a standing ovation” means the popular appreciation for the masterly performance the athletes had done.

Question 38.
How were their faces then? Were they all happy? Why?
(ସେତେବେଳେ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ମୁଖମଣ୍ଡଳ କିପରି ଥିଲା ? ସମସ୍ତେ ଖୁସି ଥିଲେ କି ? କାହିଁକି ?)
Answer:
Their faces were beaming then. They all won gold medals. They all were happy for the sympathy and love they showed to the young athlete.

Question 39.
What do you learn from such type of help of the athletes?
(ଖେଳାଳିମାନଙ୍କର ଏହି ପ୍ରକାର ସାହାଯ୍ୟରୁ ତୁମେ କ’ଣ ଶିକ୍ଷାଲାଭ କଲ ?)
Answer:
We learn that humanity, love, affection, fellow feeling, and cooperation are high above personal achievements.

F. Let’s Appreciate The Poem: (ଆସ କବିତାର ମୂଲ୍ୟାୟନ କରିବା)

Question 1.
What message does the poet convey in “Nine Gold Medals”?
(“Nine Gold Medals” କବିତାରେ କବି କି ବାର୍ତ୍ତା ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି ?)
Answer:
The poet conveys the message that humanity, love, affection, fellow feeling, and cooperation are better than any sort of competition or personal achievements.

Question 2.
What is important – winning a medal or helping a fellow brother in trouble?
(ପଦକ ଜିତିବା କିମ୍ବା ସାଙ୍ଗଭାଇକୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବା ଦୁଇଟିରୁ କେଉଁଟି ପ୍ରଧାନ ?)
Answer:
Helping a fellow brother in trouble is more important than winning a medal.

Question 3.
What is necessary for a person – to understand the emotions of others or to become self-centered?
(ଜଣେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ପାଇଁ କେଉଁଟି ଆବଶ୍ୟକ – ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କ ମନୋଭାବ ବୁଝିବା କିମ୍ବା ସ୍ଵାର୍ଥକୈନ୍ଦ୍ରିକ ହେବା ?)
Answer:
Understanding the emotions of others is necessary for a person to become self-centered.

Question 4.
Explain – (ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା କର) “He gave out a cry in frustration and anguish His dreams and efforts all dashed in the dirt.”
Answer:
The smallest athlete stumbled and lost his balance and fell to the ground. He cried in frustration and anguish as all his dreams and efforts were spoiled in a moment.

Question 5.
What do you mean by “nine beaming faces said more than these words ever will”?
(‘‘ନଅଟି ଉଜ୍ଜଳ ମୁଖମଣ୍ଡଳ ଶବ୍ଦରେ ଯାହା କହିହେବ ନାହିଁ ତା’ଠାରୁ ଅଧିକ କିଛି କହୁଥୁଲଶ’’ – ଏଥୁରୁ ତୁମେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝୁଛି ?)
Answer:
The nine athletes walked hand-in-hand to the finishing point and all were winners of the race. They were each awarded a gold medal for their empathy for each other. Their special deed justified the name ‘Special Olympic’ event. Their beaming faces told about the importance of humanity, brotherhood, and fellow feeling in this modem world.

G. Let’s Do The Activities: (ଆସ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ କରିବା)

Question 1.
Let’s recite the poem :
(ଆସ, କବିତାଟିକୁ ଆବୃଦ୍ଧି କରିବା ।)
Answer:

The teacher divides the class into five groups.
S/he read aloud the poem two times with proper word stress and intonation.
S/he read the poem aloud line by line and students repeat after him/her.
Students read the. first line and the teacher reads aloud the second line and so on till the whole poem is complete.
Each group reads a stanza and the rest of the groups repeat after them and so on.
Finally, each group reads a stanza and other groups listen to them.
The teacher invites some students to recite the poem individually.

Question 2.
Let’s match the stanza with their themes.
(ଆସ, ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକର ବିଷୟବସ୍ତୁ ସହ ମେଳ କରିବା ।)
Match column ‘A’ with column ‘B’. ‘A’ contains the stanza numbers and ‘B’ contains the themes. Write the stanza numbers in the last column. One is done for you. (‘A’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ସହିତ ‘B’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭକୁ ମିଳାଅ ! ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ‘A’ରେ ପଂକ୍ତି କ୍ରମ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ଏବଂ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ‘B’ରେ ବିଷୟବସ୍ତୁ ରହିଛି । ପଂକ୍ତିର କ୍ରମ ସଂ%: ଶେଷ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭରେ ଲେଖି । ଗୋଟିଏ ତୁମ ପାଇଁ କରିଦିଆଯାଇଛି ।)

Stanza Numbers	Themes of the stanzas
1	nine resolved athletes at the back of the starting line – ready for the event
2	athletes from all over the country – to run for the medals – attended long trainings
3	pistol exploded – signal given – running ahead – the smallest one lost control – fell down
4	spectators gathered – cheer – final event – highly excited	2
5	the other runners – came back – helped him stand
6	nine runners – joined hands – walked instead of running – banner – Special Olympic
7	end of the race – nine gold medals – faces – looked happy
8	cried in frustration and terrible pain – thought his dream shattered

Answer:

Stanza Numbers	Themes of the stanzas
1	nine resolved athletes at the back of the starting line – ready for the event	3
2	athletes from all over the country – to run for the medals – attended long trainings	1
3	pistol exploded – signal given – running ahead – the smallest one lost control – fell down	4
4	spectators gathered – cheer – final event – highly excited	2
5	the other runners – came back – helped him stand	6
6	nine runners – joined hands – walked instead of running – banner – Special Olympic	7
7	end of the race – nine gold medals – faces – looked happy	8
8	cried in frustration and terrible pain – thought his dream shattered	5

Question 3.
Let’s arrange the jumbled sentences to get the summary of the poem. The first and the last sentences are already in order. Write the number of the sentence in the box provided for each. (ଆସ କବିତାର ସାରାଂଶ ପାଇଁ ବାଦ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସଜାଇବା । ପ୍ରଥମ ଓ ଶେଷ ବାକ୍ୟ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଠିକ୍ କ୍ରମରେ ରହିଛି । ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକର କ୍ରମ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ବାକ୍ସରେ ଲେଖି ।)

Nine athletes came from all over the country to take part in a running race. [ 1 ]
The pistol exploded to signal a start.
All of them were running ahead.
They had already received training before coming there.
But the youngest of them lost control and fell down.
The blocks were all lined up for the running race and they were in the back of the starting line.
Being frustrated, he cried in severe pain.
They all joined hands and walked together to the end line holding a banner.
The other runners, instead of running, came to him and helped him stand.
They were all happy to help the youngest runner and all were awarded gold medals. [ 10 ]

Answer:

Nine athletes came from all over the country to take part in a running race. [ 1 ]
The pistol exploded to signal a start. [ 4 ]
All of them were running ahead. [ 5 ]
They had already received training before coming there. [ 2 ]
But the youngest of them lost control and fell down. [ 6 ]
The blocks were all lined up for the running race and they were in the back of the starting line. [ 3 ]
Being frustrated, he cried in severe pain. [ 7 ]
They all joined hands and walked together to the end line holding a banner. [ 9 ]
The other runners, instead of running, came to him and helped him stand. [ 8 ]
They were all happy to help the youngest runner and all were awarded gold medals. [ 10 ]

H. Let’s Write: (ଆସ ଲେଖୁବା )
Write a paragraph for each stanza of the poem. Go through the above matching activity before you begin to write. One paragraph is written to help you. (ପଦ୍ୟର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ପଂକ୍ତିପାଇଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦ ଲେଖ । ଲେଖିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଉପରେ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ମେଳକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକୁ ଅନୁଧ୍ୟାନ କର । ଗୋଟିଏ ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦ ତୁମକୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଲେଖାଯାଇଛି ।)
Answer:

The poem “Nine Gold Medals’ has eight stanzas. The first stanza is about how athletes from all over the country came to take part in a running race. They had to run for medals. There were three kinds of medals – gold, silver, and bronze. They had attended long training before this event.
The second stanza is about how the spectators gathered around the old field to cheer the athletes. The final event of the day was approaching and excitement grew high.
The third stanza is about how nine resolved athletes stood at the back of the starting line. They were ready to run.
The fourth stanza is about how the pistol exploded giving the signal to run. All the athletes ran ahead, but the smallest one stumbled and lost balance, and fell down.
The fifth stanza is about how the smallest athlete cried in frustration and pain. His dream of winning a medal shattered in a moment.
The sixth stanza is about how all nine runners came back to help the smallest runner. They helped the boy to stand on his feet.
The seventh stanza is about how the nine athletes joined hands and walked instead of running to finish the race. They carry the banner of ‘Special Olympic7 with them.
The eighth stanza is about how the race ended. All were winners and awarded a gold medal each. Their faces were beaming and they were happy.

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Nine Gold Medals Important Questions and Answers

Very Short A Objective Questions With Answers
Answer The Followings In A Sentence.

Question 1.
What is the poem ‘Nine Gold Medals’ about?
Answer:
The poem ‘Nine Gold Medals’ is about an inspiring running event that took place among nine disabled athletes.

Question 2.
Who came from all over the country?
Answer:
Disabled athletes came from all over the country.

Question 3.
Why did the disabled athletes come there?
Answer:
The disabled athletes came there to participate in a race competition.

Question 4.
Who has usually rewarded the three medals- gold, silver, and bronze?
Answer:
Usually, the first winner of the competition is rewarded with a gold medal and the second winner gets a silver medal and the winner who stands third gets a bronze medal.

Question 5.
What was the event for which they had come?
Answer:
They had come to participate in a running race competition in a special Olympic event.

Question 6.
What had they done before they came down to these games?
Answer:
They had trained themselves hard for many weeks and months before they came down to these games.

Question 7.
What did the spectators do around the Oldfield?
Answer:
The spectators gathered round the old field and cheered the athletes.

Question 8.
Why did they gather around the old field?
Answer:
They gathered round the old field to enjoy watching the games and cheered the athletes.

Question 9.
Why did their excitement grow up?
Answer:
Their excitement grew up because the final event of the day was approaching.

Question 10.
What were all lined up?
Answer:
The blocks were all lined up for the athletes who would use them.

Question 11.
What was the event?
Answer:
The event was a hundred-yard dash.

Question 12.
How many athletes were there?
Answer:
There were nine athletes in the competition.

Question 13.
Which word tells that the athletes had taken a firm decision to win a medal?
Answer:
The word ‘ resolved ’ in the third line of the third stanza tells that the athletes had taken a firm decision to win a medal.

Question 14.
Where were those nine athletes?
Answer:
Those nine athletes were at the back of the starting line.

Question 15.
What were they poised for?
Answer:
They were poised for the sound of the gun.

Answer The Following In A Word Or A Phrase.

Question 1.
Where did the athletes come from?
Answer:
all over the country

Question 2.
Why did they run for it?
Answer:
for gold, silver, and bronze medals

Question 3.
How many athletes were there in the race?
Answer:
nine athletes

Question 4.
Who gathered round the old field?
Answer:
the spectators

Question 5.
Where did the spectators assemble?
Answer:
around the old field

Question 6.
What were all lined up?
Answer:
the blocks

Question 7.
What was the event?
Answer:
a hundred-yard dash

Question 8.
What were the athletes poised for?
Answer:
the sound of the gun

Question 9.
What exploded to signal the beginning of the race?
Answer:
the gun

Question 10.
Who was unable to run?
Answer:
the youngest of the runners

Question 11.
Where did the young athlete fall?
Answer:
to the asphalt

Question 12.
Why did the young athlete cry out?
Answer:
in frustration and anguish

Question 13.
What did the athletes carry with them?
Answer:
a banner

Question 14.
What did the banner say?
Answer:
Special Olympics

Question 15.
How did the athletes go to the finishing point?
Answer:
holding their hands

Question 16.
What does the poem ‘ Nine Gold Medals ‘ say?
Answer:
humanity, not personal achievement

Question 17.
Who is the poem ‘ Nine Gold Medals ’ written by?
Answer:
David Roth

Question 18.
What does the expression ‘ anguish’ mean?
Answer:
mental pain

Question 19.
What do we call a person who takes part in sports?
Answer:
athlete

Question 20.
What does the expression ‘nine beaming faces’ refer to?
Answer:
nine happy disabled athletes

Fill In The Blanks.

1. The athletes came from ____________ the country.
Answer:
all over

2. The spectators ____________ round the old field.
Answer:
gathered

3. The hundred-yard ____________ and the race to be run.
Answer:
dash

4. They ____________ for the sound of the gun.
Answer:
poised

5. The ____________ were all lined up for the race.
Answer:
blocks

6. They turned back ____________ to help the young athlete.
Answer:
one by one

7. They were holding a ____________ that read “Special Olympics”.
Answer:
banner

8. Being frustrated. he cried is ____________.
Answer:
anguish

9. They all were awarded ____________.
Answer:
gold medal

10. His dreams and efforts all ____________ is the dirt.
Answer:
dashed

Multiple Choice Questions With Answers.

Question 1.
How many athletes were there in the race?
(A) two athletes
(B) five athletes
(C) nine athletes
(D) six athletes
Answer:
(C) nine athletes

Question 2.
Who gathered round the old field?
(A) the visitors
(B) the travelers
(C) the players
(D) the spectators
Answer:
(D) the spectators

Question 3.
What exploded to signal the beginning of the race?
(A) the gun
(B) the hell
(C) the trumpet
(D) the drum
Answer:
(A) the gun

Question 4.
Where did the young athlete fall?
(A) to the ground
(B) to the mud
(C) to the asphalt
(D) to the rocks
Answer:
(C) to the asphalt

Question 5.
What did the athletes carry with them?
(A) a leaflet
(B)a flag
(C) a banner
(D) none of these
Answer:
(C) a banner

Question 6.
What do we call a person who takes pan in sports?
(A) participant
(B) coach
(C) athlete
(D) winner
Answer:
(C) athlete

Question 7.
The spectators ____________ round the old field.
(A) assembled
(B) viewed
(C) gathered
(D) walked
Answer:
(C) gathered

Question 8.
The ____________dashandcheracetoberun.
(A) hundred-yard
(B) fifty-yard
(C) twenty-yard
(D) ten-yard
Answer:
(A) hundred-yard

Question 9.
They ____________ for the sound of the gun.
(A) poised
(B) waited
(C) expected
(D) awaited
Answer:
(A) poised

Question 10.
The ____________ were all lined up for the race.
(A) blocks
(B) players
(C) tracks
(D) athletes
Answer:
(A) blocks

Question 11.
They turned back ____________ to help the young athlete.
(A) simultaneously
(B) one by one
(C) in a row
(D) quickly
Answer:
(B) one by one

Question 12.
They were holding a ____________ that read “Special Olympics”.
(A) leaflet
(B) hag
(C) banner
(D) signboard
Answer:
(C) banner

Question 13.
Being frustrated, he cried ____________.
(A) pain
(B) despair
(C) anger
(D) anguish
Answer:
(D) anguish

Question 14.
They all were awarded ____________.
(A) silver medals
(B) bronze medals
(C) iron medals
(D) gold medals
Answer:
(D) gold medals

Question 15.
His dreams and efforts ____________ all in the dirt.
(A) vanished.
(B) crashed
(C) dashed
(D) washed
Answer:
(C) dashed

Nine Gold Medals Summary in English

Lead-In:
David Roth has sent a great message to humanity that the world now needs no more competition but more cooperation and collaboration. The authenticity of the incident offers a moral value. The present times need it badly when people forget to help one another in an unhealthy rat race in every aspect of life.
ଉପକ୍ରମ :
ଡେଭିଡ୍ ରୋଥ୍ ଆମକୁ କବିତା ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ସୁନ୍ଦର ନୈତିକ ଭାବ ପରିବେଷଣ କରିଛନ୍ତି । ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ପୃଥ‌ିବୀ ପ୍ରତିଯୋଗିତା ଅପେକ୍ଷା ପରସ୍ପର ସହଯୋଗୀ ମନୋଭାବ ଅଧିକ ଦରକାର କରୁଛି । ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ପୃଥ‌ିବୀବାସୀ ତାହା ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣରୂପେ ଭୁଲି ଯାଇଛନ୍ତି । ସାହାଯ୍ୟର ହାତ ବଢ଼ାଇବା ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତେ ପ୍ରତିଯୋଗିତାରେ ଜୟଲାଭ କରିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଛନ୍ତି । କବିତା “Nine Gold Medals” ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ କବି ସୁନ୍ଦର ଭାବରେ ଏକଥା ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କରିଛନ୍ତି । କବିତାଟି ନୈତିକତାବୋଧକ ଏବଂ ସୃଜନଶୀଳ ।

Stanzawise Analysis:
Stanza – 1
The athletes had come from all over the country
To run for the gold, for the silver and bronze
Many weeks and months of training
All comings down to these games.
ଅନୁବାଦ :
ସମଗ୍ର ଦେଶରୁ ଖେଳାଳିମାନେ ଦୌଡ଼ ପ୍ରତିଯୋଗିତାରେ ଭାଗ ନେବାକୁ ଆସିଥିଲେ । କେବଳ ସ୍ଵର୍ଣ୍ଣ, ରୌପ୍ୟ ଏବଂ କାଂସ୍ୟ ପଦକ ଜିତିବାପାଇଁ ସେମାନେ ଆଗରୁ ସପ୍ତାହ ସପ୍ତାହ ଏବଂ ମାସ ମାସ ଧରି ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ ନେଇଥିଲେ ।

Stanza – 2
The spectators gathered around the old field
To cheer on all the young women and men
The final event of the day was approaching
Excitement grew high to began.
ଅନୁବାଦ :
ଏକ ପୁରାତନ ଖେଳପଡ଼ିଆର ଚାରିପାଖରେ ଦର୍ଶକମାନେ ଏକତ୍ର ହେଲେ । ସମସ୍ତେ ଖେଳାଳିମାନଙ୍କୁ ଉତ୍ସାହିତ କରିବାକୁ ଆସିଥିଲେ । କାରଣ ଏହା ଥିଲା ଶେଷ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟାୟ ଖେଳ । ଦିବସର ଶେଷ ପ୍ରତିଯୋଗିତାର ସମୟ ନିକଟତର ହେଉଥିଲା । ଉତ୍ସାହ ଓ ଉଦ୍ଦୀପନା ବଢ଼ିବାରେ ଲାଗିଥିଲା ।

Stanza – 3
The blocks were all lined up for those who would use them
The hundred-yard dash and the race to be run
These were nine resolved athletes in back of the starting line
Poised for the sound of the gun.
ଅନୁବାଦ :
ଖେଳାଳିମାନଙ୍କ ବ୍ୟବହାର ପାଇଁ ସମସ୍ତ ଟ୍ରାକ୍ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ହୋଇସାରିଥିଲା । ଶହେ ଗଜ ଦୂରତା ଦୌଡ଼ିବାର ଥିଲା । ନଅ ଜଣ ସଂକଳ୍ପବଦ୍ଧ କ୍ରୀଡ଼ାବିତ୍ ଆରମ୍ଭରେଖା ପଶ୍ଚାତ୍‌ରେ ଦୌଡ଼ିବା ନିମନ୍ତେ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ହୋଇ ବନ୍ଧୁକ ଫୁଟିବା ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ଅପେକ୍ଷା କରିଥିଲେ ।

Stanza – 4
The signal was given, the pistol exploded
And so did the runners all charging ahead
But the smallest among them, he stumbled and staggered
And fell to the asphalt instead.
ଅନୁବାଦ :
ପିସ୍ତଲ ଗର୍ଜି ଉଠିଲା ଓ ଦୌଡ଼ିବାର ସଙ୍କେତ ଦିଆଗଲା । ଖେଳାଳିମାନେ ଆଗକୁ ଦୌଡ଼ିବାକୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲେ । ମାତ୍ର ସମସ୍ତଙ୍କଠାରୁ ସାନ ପିଲାଟି ଝୁଣ୍ଟି ପଡ଼ିଲା ଓ ଭାରସାମ୍ୟ ହରାଇ ତଳେ ପଡ଼ିଗଲା ।

Stanza – 5
He gave out a cry in frustration and anguish
His dreams and his efforts all dashed in the dirt
But as sure as I’m standing here telling this story
The same goes for what next occurred.
ଅନୁବାଦ :
ପିଲାଟି ହତାଶାବୋଧ, ମାନସିକ ଓ ଶାରୀରିକ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣାରେ ଚିତ୍କାର କଲା । ତାହାର ସମସ୍ତ ସ୍ବପ୍ନ ଓ ଉଦ୍ୟମ ମୁହୂର୍ତ୍ତକରେ ମାଟିରେ ମିଶିଲା । ମୁଁ ସେଠାରେ ଛିଡ଼ା ହୋଇ ଦେଖୁଥୁଲି ଏବଂ ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ଘଟଣା ଠିକ୍ ନିମ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାର ଥିଲା ।

Stanza – 6
The eight other runners pulled up on their heels
The ones who had trained for so long to compete
One by one they all turned around and went back to help him
And brought the young boy to his feet.
ଅନୁବାଦ :
ଅନ୍ୟ ଆଠଜଣ ଖେଳାଳି ଅଟକିଗଲେ ଯେଉଁମାନେ କି ପ୍ରତିଯୋଗିତା ନିମନ୍ତେ ଦୀର୍ଘଦିନର ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷଣ ନେଇଥିଲେ । ଆଉ ଆଗକୁ ନ ଯାଇ ଜଣ ଜଣ କରି ସମସ୍ତେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବାକୁ ପଛକୁ ଫେରିଲେ ଏବଂ ପିଲାଟିକୁ ଠିଆ କରିବାରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କଲେ ।

Stanza – 7
Then all the nine runners joined hands and continued
The hundred-yard dash now reduced to a walk
And a banner above that said (Special Olympics)
Could not have been more on the mark.
ଅନୁବାଦ :
ତା’ପରେ ସମସ୍ତ ନଅ ଜଣ ଦୌଡ଼ାଳି ହାତ ଧରାଧରି ହୋଇ ଆଗକୁ ବଢ଼ିଲେ । ଶହେ ଗଜର ଦୌଡ଼ ଚାଲିବାରେ ରୂପାନ୍ତରିତ ହେଲା । ଉପରେ ଲାଗିଥିବା bannerରେ ଲିଖ୍ ‘Special Olympics” ନାମକୁ ଏହା ଯଥାର୍ଥରେ ସାକାର କରୁଥିଲା ।

Stanza – 8
That’s how the race ended, with nine gold medals
They came to the finish line holding hands still
And a standing ovation and nine beaming faces
Said more than these words ever will
ଅନୁବାଦ :
ଏହିପରି ଭାବେ ଖେଳ ସମାପ୍ତ ହେଲା । ନଅଟି ସୁନା ପଦକ ସମସ୍ତ ଖେଳାଳିଙ୍କୁ ଦିଆଗଲା । ନଅ ଜଣ ଖେଳାଳିଙ୍କର ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ବଳ ମୁଖମଣ୍ଡଳ ଓ ଦର୍ଶକମାନଙ୍କର ଛିଡ଼ା ହୋଇ ସମ୍ଭାଷଣ ଏହାଠାରୁ ଆହୁରି ଅଧ୍ଵ କିଛି କହୁଥିଲା ।

About The Poet: (କବିଙ୍କ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ )
David Roth was bom on 10 October 1954 in Bloomington, Indiana. He is an American rock vocalist, song composer, author, actor, and radio personality. The present poem is based on an inspiring event of a race in which nine differently-abled athletes took part in a “Special Olympic” event. In the race when one runner fell to the ground, all others stopped and returned to help him stand on his feet, and they walked hand-in-hand to finish the race. All of them won and were awarded gold medals for their empathy for each other. The poem is highly educative in terms of value education in this competitive world. The poet highlights humanity which is high above personal achievements. It conveys a great message to humanity that the world now needs no more competition but more love, affection, fellow feeling, cooperation, and collaboration.

Notes And Glossary: (ଟିପ୍‌ପଣୀ ଓ କଠିନ ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ)
athlete — a participant in a group of sports activities
training — practice on anything
spectators — persons watching an event
cheer — to encourage — ଉତ୍ସାହିତ କରିବା
approaching — drawing near — ପାଖେଇ ଆସୁଛି
excitement — a state of being excited — ଉତ୍ତେଜନା
blocks — two starting blocks on the ground where the manners push their feet against at the beginning of the race
resolved — determined — ସଂକଳ୍ପବଦ୍ଧ
poised — ready — ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ
signal — a sign to start — ସଙ୍କେତ
stumble — hit the feet against something — ଝୁଣ୍ଟି ପଡ଼ିବା
staggered — lost balance — ଭାରସାମ୍ୟ ହରାଇଲେ
instead — ଏହ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତେ
medal — a gift for winning an event — ପଦକ
exploded — sounded — ଶବ୍ଦ ହେଲା
frustration — hopelessness — ନିରାଶାବୋଧ
occurred — happened — ଘଟିଲା |
reduce — cut down
ovation — an expression of popular
appreciation — ସ୍ବୀକୃତିସୂଚକ ସମ୍ମାନ
beaming — ଆଲୋକିତ
anguish — terrible mental pain — ଭୟଙ୍କର ମାନସିକ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା |